■ ;i f1||| (SniPir ©F Provost Monroe E. Dftutsch TWENTIETH CENTURY TEXT-BOOKS CLASSICAL SECTION EDITED BY JOHN HENRY WRIGHT, Harvard University BERNADOTTE PERRIN, Yale University ANDREW FLEMING WEST, Princeton University Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2007 with funding from IVIicrosoft Corporation http://www.archive.org/details/firstlatinbookOOmoorrich TWENTIETH CENTURY TEXT-BOOKS A First Latin Book BY CLIFFORD HERSCHEL MOORE, PH.D. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR IN HARVARD UNIVERSITY NEW YORK D. APPLETON AND COMPANY 1903 ,/^ Copyright, 1903, bt D. APPLETON AND COMPANY PKEFACE This First Latin Book is intended to provide the necessary preparation for the reading of Nepos and Caesar. Whatever objections may be urged against the custom, the fact remains that the majority of schools begin these authors immediately, or very soon, after the first book is completed, and therefore the beginner must be prepared as fully as possible for this reading. To provide this preparation, the 850 words most frequent in Caesar's Gal- lic War and Nepos's Lives were selected to form the main vocabulary of this book ; then, since every art is acquired only by the frequent practice of the same or similar exer- cise, each word, with few exceptions, has been used eight times or more in the sentences for translation. Although this repetition and the large type chosen to relieve the pupil's eyes may at first glance make the exercises seem long to some teachers, the author holds that the principle of frequent use is of vital importance, and believes that in no other way can an adequate knowledge of the essen- tial vocabulary be acquired. If the exercises here given be done faithfully, the pupil will find on passing to Nepos or Caesar that he is acquainted with all the common words in the senses in which they are used by these authors, and will escape the discouragement incident to the acquisition of a new vocabulary. Some may miss lists of related words such as are given in many books. Experience, however, shows that such lists have little value compared with those made by the JVi25012i VI FIRST LATIN BOOK pupil himself in his note-book. The making of such lists should be steadily encouraged and the lists frequently re- viewed. In the vocabularies allied words are regularly given to assist the pupil's memory. The method of presentation, so far as possible, is the natural one. Sentences are used from the beginning ; the unnatural order at first, all inflections with little syn- tax, then syntax, has been avoided ; but the simplest and most familiar constructions of the noun and verb are em- ployed early in connection with the fundamental inflec- tions. The demonstrative pronouns are introduced in Lesson XII ; and the simple independent uses of the sub- junctive are begun in Lesson XXIX, followed by those dependent constructions which naturally belong with the independent. The introduction of Indirect Discourse in connection with the Subject and Object Infinitive will, it is hoped, free the learner from one of the time-honored terrors of Latin. Throughout, inflections and syntax are gradually developed and fully illustrated. In the treat- ment of the latter, recourse has constantly been made to points of similarity in Latin and English, and construc- tions familiar to the learner from his daily speech, as, for example, appositives, predicate nouns and adjectives, subject and object infinitives, have been freely used before they receive formal treatment. As a result of this, the rule is simply the codification of the learner's knowledge rather than the presentation of a new principle. As some teachers prefer to use a grammar with the first book, references have been given under each rule to the Latin grammar of West (W.), Bennett (B.), Allen and Greenough (AG.), and Harkness (H.). The author hopes that this book will prove interest- ing as well as useful. To secure this end the subject- matter of the exercises has been considered with care, and in most lessons the sentences taken together tell some PREFACE vii story rather than remain isolated illustrations of inflec- tions and syntax. Passages of connected Latin, fables and stories from Greek and Koman history, are early in- troduced and used with increasing frequency to the end. These have been drawn and adapted from Livy, Eutro- pius, Florus, Viri Eomae, etc. At the end Caesar's account of his first invasion of Britain is given as possessing unique interest for English-speaking pupils. Yet while every effort has been made to give the neces- sary elementary knowledge in a simple and interesting manner, care has been taken not to avoid or to slur over the real difficulties of beginning Latin. The author has no sympathy with the notion, now fortunately disappear- ing, that a study must be made easy to escape being dull. A knowledge of Latin, like that of every other subject, can only be acquired by hard work ; and the author's own ex- perience in teaching the elements of Latin has convinced him that nothing contributes so certainly to an interest in the subject as hard study and, the mastery of each principle as it is met. Eeal acquisition is a delight, and nothing has done so much to create a distaste for Latin or caused so many to drop the language at the end of the first year as careless work in the beginning and the useless half-knowledge resulting therefrom. Inflections and rules should be learned^ and the exercises should be mastered. If this be done throughout the study of this book, the pupil will find a genuine interest in JVepos and Caesar. Finally, no attempt has here been made to supplant the intelligent teacher. The printed word can never be so potent as the living voice, and each topic can be advan- tageously illustrated by the instructor. The author wishes to thank Prof. A. F. West for per- mission to make free use of the excellent statements em- ployed in his Latin Grammar in the Twentieth Cen- tury Series ; to express his obligation for invaluable aid VUl FIRST LATIN BOOK of every kind to Dr. J. W. H. Walden, of Cambridge ; to Dr. J. W. Hewitt, Master in Worcester Academy, and to Mr. Peterssen of the Harvard Graduate School for their kind assistance in proof-reading ; and especially to Prof. Charles H. Forbes, of Phillips Academy, Andover, for his help at many points where his large experience has been of great service. All suggestions and corrections will be gratefully re- ceived. C. H. M. Cambridge, Mass., August 15, 1903. CONTENTS LESSON PAGES Introduction 1-6 I. First Declension. — Nominative and Accusative Singular and Plural. Subject. Object . . 7-9 11. First Declension {continued). — Possessive Genitive. Dative of the Indirect Object .... 9-12 III. First Declension {continued). — Predicate Nominative. Dative of Possessor 12-14 IV. Second Declension. — Appositives. Ablative of Place. 14-17 V. Second Declension {continued). — Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions. Agreement of Ad- jectives. Predicate of Adjectives .... 17-20 VI. Second Declension {continued). — Ablative of Accom- paniment 21-23 VII. The Verb sum. Present system in the Indicative and Infinitive. Agreement of Verbs. Adjectives in -er 24-26 VIII. First Conjugation. — Active Voice : Present System in the Indicative and Infinitive 27-29 Reading Exercise : The Retort Truthful . . . 29-30 IX. First Conjugation {continued). — Passive Voice : Pres- ent System in the Indicative and Infinitive. Ab- lative of Agent 30-32 X. The Verb sum. Perfect System in the Indicative and Infinitive. Ablative of Means or Instrument . 33-35 XI. First Conjugation {continued).— Ferteet System of amo in the Indicative and Infinitive, Active and Passive. Ablative of Cause 36-39 XII. The Demonstratives hic and ille .... 39-42 XIII. The Relative qui. Agreement of the Relative Pro- noun 43-45 XIV. The Demonstrative is: The Interrogative quis . 46-49 ix FIRST LATIN BOOK LESSON PAGES XV. The Third Declension. — Mute Stems . . 49-52 Reading Exercise : The Early Kings of Rome . 53 XVI. The Third Declension. — Mute Stems {continued). —Ablative of Manner 53-56 XVII. The Third Declension {continued). — Liquid, Na- sal, and Spirant Stems. Objective Genitive . 56-60 XVIII. The Third Declension {continued). — Stems in -i . 60-64 XIX. The Third Declension {continued). — Mixed Stems 64-67 XX. The Third Declension {continued). — Rules for Gender. Accusative and Ablative of Time . 67-70 Reading Exercise: The Beginning of the Re- public 70-71 XXI. Adjectives of the Third Declension . . 71-74 XXII. Comparison of Adjectives. — Declension of Com- paratives. Ablative of Comparison . . 74-77 XXIII. Comparison of Adjectives {coiitinued). — Adjec- tives in -er and -ilis. Ablative of Degree of Difference 78-80 XXIV. Comparison of Adjectives {continued). — Irregu- lar Comparison. Ablative of Separation . 81-84 XXV. Formation and Comparison of Adverbs . . 84-87 Reading Exercise : Wars with the Gauls . . 87-88 XXVI. Fourth and Fifth Declensions . . . . 89-92 XXVII. Second Conjugation. — The Indicative entire and the Present Infinitive of habeo, active and passive 92-94 XXVIII. The Genitive and the Ablative of Quality . 95-97 XXIX. Subjunctive in Independent Sentences. — Pres- ent System of the Subjunctive of sum, amo, and habeo. Volitive Subjunctive. Optative Subjunctive 97-101 XXX. Subjunctive in Dependent Sentences. — Pur- pose and Result Clauses 101-104 Reading Exercise : Tlie Persian Wars . . 105 XXXI. Third Conjugation. Present System of rego in the Indicative, Subjunctive, and Infinitive, Active and Passive. Substantive Clauses of Purpose 106-109 XXXII Third Conjugation {continued). — Perfect System of rego in the Indicative, Active and Passive 109-111 CONTENTS XI LESSON PAGES XXXIII. Third Conjugation (Verbs in -io).— The Indica- tive entire, Present and Imperfect Subjunc- tive, and Present Infinitive of capio. Active • and Passive. Substantive Clauses of Result. Clauses introduced by quin .... 111-115 XXXIV. Fourth Conjugation. — The Indicative entire. Present and Imperfect Subjunctive, and Present Infinitive of audio. Active and Passive 115-117 XXXV. Review of the Four Conjugations. — Rela- tive Clauses of Purpose and of Charac- teristic 117-121 Reading Exercise : The Battle of Marathon . 121-122 XXXVI. Deponent Verbs of the First and Second Conjugations. — Substantive Clauses with Verbs of Fearing 122-124 XXXVII. Deponent Verbs of the Third and Fourth Conjugations. — Semi - Deponent Verbs. Ablative with Deponents .... 125-127 XXXVIII. The Perfect System of the Subjunctive . 128-130 XXXIX. Conditional Sentences . . . . . 131-134 XL. Personal and Reflexive Pronouns . . 134-137 Reading Exercise : The Battles of Thermopylae and Salamis 137-139 XLI. The Infinitive. — Subject and Object Infinitives. Indirect Discourse 139-143 XLII. Indirect Discourse {continued). — Indirect Ques- tions. Conditions in Indirect Discourse . 143-146 Reading Exercise : Roman History from GO B.C. 147-148 XLIII. The Compounds of sum. — Dative with Com- pounds 148-150 XLIV. Volo, nolo, malo 150-152 Reading Exercise: The Beginning of Civil War 153-154 XLV. Commands and Prohibitions .... 154-156 XLVL Eo and fio 157-158 Reading Exercise : The Civil Wars {con- tinued) 159-160 XLVII. Temporal Clauses. — Clauses introduced by an- tequam and priusquam ; by dum . . . 160-164 Xll FIRST LATIN BOOK LESSON XLVIII. XLIX. L. LI. LIL LIII. LIV. LV. LVI. LVII. PAGES Clauses introduced by cum .... 164-167 Reading Exercise : The Assassination of Cae- sar 167-168 Cause and Concession 169-171 Participles. — Ablative Absolute .... 172-175 Reading Exercise : The Destruction of the Con- spirators 176-177 The Verb fero . . ' 177-179 Review of Pronouns and Irregular Adjec- tives 179-181 Reading Exercise : The Battle of Actium and the End of the Cit^il Wars .... 181-183 Review of the Genitive and Dative . . 183-187 Review of the Accusative and Ablative . 187-191 Reading Exercise: Octavian^s IViumph and Bute 191-193 Periphrastic Conjugations 193-195 Gerund and Supine 196-199 Numerals 199-200 Caesar's First Invasion of Britain . . . 201-215 Appendix. — Declensions and Conjugations . . 217-258 Latin-English Vocabulary 259-285 English-Latin Vocabulary 286-298 » o J a J FIRST LATIN BOOK INTKODUCTION THE LATIN LANGUAGE 1 The Latin language is so named because it was first spoken by the ancient Latin tribe whicli inhabited the neighborhood of Rome. It gradu- ally spread until it became the principal language of the Roman Empire, which once covered the whole western civilized world. It lasted as the common spoken language well into the Middle Ages, and as the universal language of scholars until about the middle of the eighteenth century. Some books are still written in Latin, and some scholars speak it. It is also used in our time as the language of the Roman Catholic Church. 2 Latin is the parent of those modern languages which are known as Romance languages — such as French, Italian, and Spanish. About one-half of all our English words are borrowed from foreign languages, and four-fifths of these borrowed words come either directly or indirectly from Latin. Alphabet 3 The Latin alphabet is the same as the English, except that it has no j or w. /a « i^ '■ ;>; n, r ^ ; \ c o'MiiST LATIN BOOK 4 U as the vowel form of V was not invented until the Middle Ages, but for convenience both forms are generally used. K is found only in Kalendae, Caleiids^ the first of the mouthy and a very few other words. Q is always followed by u as in English. T and Z were introduced about 50 B. 0. to represent the sounds of the corresponding Greek letters, and are found only in foreign words. 5 The vowels are a, e, i, o, u, y. The diph- thongs are ae, oe, au, eu, ei, ui. 6 The consonants are all other letters. They are divided into Mutes (stopped sounds) p, b, t, d, c, k, q, g. Liquids . . . 1, m, n, r. Sibilant . . . s. Double consonants . x = cs or gs, z = ds. Pronunciation 7 VOWELS The mark - over a vowel means that it is long^ and ** that it is short. a as the last a of aha!. a as the first a of alia I e as in wliey. e as in loliet. i as in 'pique. i as in picTc. 6 as in omen. o as in omit. u as 00 in pool. u as in put. y y like the German iJb or the French u. 8 DIPHTHONGS ae as ai in aish. eu as eu in feud. oe as oi in oil. ei as ei in feint. au as ow in owl. ui as we. THE LATIN LANGUAGE 3 9 The sounds of ei, ui, eu, will be more accurately re- produced if the English words are somewhat drawled, so that the component vowels may be heard more distinctly, e. g^^fee-int. 10 CONSONANTS Consonants are sounded as in English, except that c and g are always hard, as in cat^ get, i consonant is always like y in yet, s is always sharp, as in sun,, sea, t is always sounded as in time. V is always like w in wine, X is like ks, z is like dz in adze, bs is like ps, bt is like pt. ch is like h. Doubled consonants, like 11, nn, tt, must be sounded separately: il-le, dn-nus, mit-to. Compare the English looh-case^ rat-trap. Syllables 11 A Latin word has as many syllables as it con- tains separate vowels and diphthongs : au-rum, gold] a-ma-vit, he loved] for-ti-tu-do, brewery. 12 In dividing words into syllables : {a) A single consonant is attached to the following vowel : le-ga-tus, ambassador. (b) When two or more consonants stand together, as many are usually attached to the following vowel as can begin a word : for-tis, hrave ; pro-vin-ci-a, province ; c6- gno-sco, I recognize. {c) But compound words are divided into their com- ponent parts : ad- sum, I am present. 4 FIRST LATIN BOOK Quantity of Vowels 13 Vowels are either long (marked -) or short (marked ^). In this book all long vowels are marked ; all vowels not marked may be regarded as short. 14 A vowel is regularly short before a vowel or h : meus, mfiine ; nihil, nothing, (a) A few exceptions occur, chiefly in proper names derived from the Greek : Aeneas. 15 It will be useful to remember that, with a few ex- ceptions which will be marked, a vowel before nt or nd is short. 16 Diphthongs, vowels formed from diphthongs, and vowels due to contraction are long: causa, reason \ iniquus (in-|-afequus), '^^?^/a^r; cogo (co-f- ago), compel. Also a vowel before i consonant, nf, ns, and often before gn, is long : eius, of him^ his ; infans, child ; mensa, table ; regnum, Tcingdom. Quantity of Syllables 17 A syllable is long if it contains a long vowel or a diphthong. It is also long if it contains a short vowel followed by two or more consonants, or by a double consonant : ex, from ; mors , death. It is important to remember that it is the syllable^ not the vowel, which is long by position. Thus the last syllor hie of amant is long by position, owing to the time re- quired to pronounce the consonants nt, but the vovwl a is short. THE LATIN LANGUAGE 5 Accent 18 The last syllable of a word is called tlie ultima^ the next to the last the penult^ and the syllable before the penult, the antepenult 19 Words of two syllables are accented on the penult: pa-ter, ma-ter. 20 Words of more than two syllables are accented on the penult, if the penult is long: R6-ma-nus. Otherwise they are accented on the antepenult : ta-bu-la, table ; ma-ri-ti-mus, maritime. 21 A few monosyllables, called enclitics because they are closely joined to the preceding words, always throw an accent upon the syllable before them, even if that syllable be short. The most common enclitics are -ne, a sign of a question, and -que, and: auditne, does Tie Tiearf rosaque, and a rose. 22 Exercise for Pronunciation In faucibus lupi os inhaeserat. Mercede In the throat of a wolf a hone had stuck. For pay igitur conducit gruem, qui illud extrahat. Hoc therefore he hired a crane who it was to take out. This grtis longitudine colli facile effecit. Cum the crane because of the le^igth of his neck easily did. When, autem mercedem postularet, subrldens lupus et however, his pay he asked for, smiling the wolf and dentibus inf rendens, " Num tibi," inquit, " parva merces his teeth gnashing, " Does it to you,^^ said he, " small pay videtur, quod caput incolume ex lupi faucibus seem that your head unharmed frorri a wolfs throat extraxisti ? " you have got out 9 " 6 FIRST LATIN BOOK 23 The Latin language has the same parts of speech as the English, and the same grammatical terms — case^ num- her^ mood^ tense^ voice, declension, etc. — are for the most part used in both English and Latin grammar. Cases 24 The cases in Latin are the nominative^ vocative^ genitive^ dative^ accusative^ ablative. These are partially distinguished by different forms, as will be explained later. There are also a few nouns which have a locative case, but this case had been nearly lost before the Romans developed a literature. The meanings of the cases will be shown in the following lessons. Gender 26 There are three genders in Latin, as in Eng- lish; but the gender of a Latin noun is more often determined by its ending than by its mean- ing. Special rules for gender will be given for each class of nouns; but the following general rules are useful : (a) Masculine are names of males, also names of rivers, winds, and months : pater, father ; Caesar, Caesar ; Rhenus, Rhine \ Eurus, east wind \ Martins, March, {b) Feminine are names of females, also names of countries, islands, towns, and trees: mater, mother \ Tnllia, Tullia ; Eurdpa, Europe ; Sicilia, Sicily ; quercus, oak. LESSON I FIRST OR -a DECLENSION 26 Stem in a^ The Gender is Feminine^ except of nouns which denote males (25 a). NOMINATIVE AND ACCUSATIVE SINGULAR AND PLURAL 27 Examples PLURAL &bulae, stories. rosae, roses. fibulas, stories. rosas, roses. SINGULAR T^T- ( fibula, story. Nominative < ' ^ (rosa, rose. . (fibulam, story. Accusative •< ' ^ (rosam, rose. (a) Notice how the Latin plural is distinguished from the singular, and that, while in English the nominative and accusative (i. e. objective) have the same form, in Latin the endings differ. Form the accusative singular, the nominative and accusative plural of puella, girl; via, road; parva, small; magna, large. * The Stem is the body of the word to which the endings are attached. The term is used here for convenience, but the changes of stems in forming the cases are too complicated for the beginner to attempt to understand. 7 8 FIRST LATIN BOOK 28 VOCABULARY Nouns Adjectives ancilla, f. maid-servant, bona, f. good. fabula, f. story^ tale. lata, f. wide., hroad. lulia, f. Julia. longa, f. long. puella, f. girl. magna, f. large. rosa, f . rose. parva, f . small., little. Tullia, f. Tullia, via, f. road. Verbs est, {he., she., it) is. Particles sunt, {they) are. -ne, a sign of a question amat, {he^ she^ it) lovesy (21). likes. et, and. amant, {they) love., like. 29 Examples 1. Pnella est parva. The girl is small. 2. Viae sunt longae. The roads are long. 3. liilia amat parvam puellam. Julia loves the little girl 4. Amantne puellae rosas ? Bo the girls like roses 9 {a) Notice that in Latin there is no article : we may translate puella, girl^ a girl^ the girl^ as the situation requires. The fourth example above might have been translated, Do girls like the roses ? {b) Notice also that the adjectives agree with their nouns in gender^ number^ and case^ as in English. 30 Utile.— The Subject of a finite^ verb is in the Nomina- tive. 31 Utile,— The Direct Object of a transitive verb is in the Accusative. W. 289, 308 ; B. 166, 172 ; AG. 173, 237 ; H. 387, 404. 32 1. Fabula est longa. 2. Lata est via. 3. Longa via est lata. 4. Julia est puella. 5. Parva puella est Tullia. ^ That is, in any mood except the infinitive. FIRST DECLENSION 9 6. lulia amat magnas rosas. 7. Amatne lulia longas f abulas ? 8. Parvae puellae f abulas amant. 9. Julia est ancilla. 10. Estne^ bona ancilla? 11. Tullia et Itilia sunt bonae ancillae. 12. Ancillae parvam puellam amant. 33 1. The road is long. 2. The wide road is long. 3. Girls like roses. 4. Does Julia like roses? 5. Julia likes large roses. 6. Are Julia and Tullia little girls? 7. They are maid-servants. 8. Is the story good ? 9. It is good and long. LESSON II FIRST DECLENSION (Continued) 34 Paradigm SINGULAR PLURAL NoM., Voc.2 rosa, a rose. rosae, roses. Gen. rosae, of a rose. rosarum, of roses. DAT. rosae, to a rose. rosis, to roses. Accu. rosam, a rose. rosas, roses. Abl. rosa, imth ^ a rose. rosis, with roses. (a) The terminations, printed above in full-faced type, represent the case - endings combined with the stem ; but in some forms no case-ending appears. (5) Notice what cases are alike in the paradigm. Make a^ table of the terminations and commit it to memory. * Notice that the number of the subject is shown by the verb- ending. * The vocative is the case of address; in most nouns it- is the same as the nominative. 3 This translation of the ablative is only one of a number pos- sible ; the various meanings will be given later. 10 FIRST LATIN BOOK POSSESSIVE GENITIVE 36 Examples 1. Rosa puellae est alba. The girl's rose is white. 2. Ancilla Tulliae est bona. Tullia's maid is good. (a) Notice that the genitives puellae and Tulliae tell the persons who possess the rose and the maid-servant. Such a genitive is called a Possessive Genitive, 36 JRiUe.—The Genitive is used to denote the Possessor. W. 353 ; B. 198 ; AG. 214, a. I ; H. 440, 1. DATIVE OF THE INDIRECT OBJECT 37 Examples 1. lulia rosam ancillae dat. Julia gives the maid a rose. 2. Tullia fabulam puellis narrat. Tullia tells the girls a story, {a) Notice that the datives ancillae and puellis tell the persons to whom something is given or told. Such a dative, denoting the person toward whom the action of the verb is directed, is called the Dati/ve of the Indi- rect Object. It may often be translated by the English Objective case with to or for. 38 B.vle. —The Indirect Object of a verb is in the Dative case. W. 326 ; B. 187 ; AG. 224 ; H. 424. 39 VOCABULARY Nouns Adjectives cura, f . care. cara, f . dear., Moved. epistula, f . letter. mala, f . lad, wiclced. filia,^ f. daughter. multa, f . much., many. patria, f . fatherland. nova, f . neio. regina, f. queen. pulchra, f. beautiful, pretty. silva, f. ivood, forest. 1 Dative and ablative plural f Ilia-bus. FIRST DECLENSION XI sed, conj. but. n5n, adv. not. Verbs dat, (Ae, sJie^ it) gives. narrant, {tJiey) tell, dant, {they) give. habet, {he^ sJie^ it) has. narrat, (he,, she, it) tells. habent, (they) have, 40 1. TuUia est reglnae filia. 2. Keglna novam fabulam filiae narrat. 3. Eegina habet pulchras filias. 4. Re- ginae filiabus (dat.) pulchram fabulam narrat. 5. Parvae puellae (nom.) rosas multas reginae dant. 6. Eegina amat patriam. 7. Patria reginae (dat.) cara est. 8. Eegina est bona et patriam amat. 9. Eegina filiae epistulam dat. 10. Suntne viae patriae longae ? 11. Sunt longae sed non latae. 12. Silva pulchra est lata. 13. Eeginae bonae multam ciiram habent. 14. Mala ancilla est magna ciira. 41 Notice how the order of the preceding sentences dif- fers from that in English. Latin being an inflected lan- guage, that is, having different forms to express the rela- tion of words, admits of greater freedom in the arrange- ment of a sentence than ours. For example, if some one should say in English, The queen the girl loves,, we should not know whether queen was subject or object ; but in the Latin Regina puellam amat, the case-endings make the construction clear. Study the following sentences : 1. Regina parvam puellam amat. The Queen (in contrast to the king, or any one else) loves the little girl, 2. Parvam puellam amat regina. It is the little GIRL (not some one else) the queen loves, 3. Amatne regina parvam puellam? Does the queen love the little girl ? The following general principles should be re- membered: {a) In a Latin sentence the subject, as the most im- portant part, is ordinarily placed first ; then the object 12 FIRST LATIN BOOK follows, as the next most important part; the indirect object, if any, follows ; and the verb comes at the end, except such unimportant forms as est^ sunt^ and other parts of the Latin verb ' to be,' which may generally be placed in any convenient part of the sentence. {b) Adjectives usually precede their nouns. {g) If a word is to be made emphatic, it is ordinarily put first in the sentence. 42 With these principles in mind translate the following sentences, and see the varying meaning you can give by changing the position of the Latin words. Remember the Latin order is sig- nificant ; it is never a matter of chance. 1. Tullia's letter is long. 2. The maid gives the letter to the queen. 3. The queen's daughter is not beautiful, but (she is) ^ dear. 4. The maid is telling Julia a new story. 5. Julia is a little girl, but she loves long stories. 6. Large forests are beautiful. 7. A good ^ queen loves her country, but a bad ^ queen does not. LESSON III FIRST DECLENSION (Continued) PREDICATE NOMINATIVE 43 Examples 1. Alexandra est regina. Alexandra is the queen. 2. Tullia et lulia sunt par- Tullia and Julia are little vae puellae. girls. (a) Notice that in these sentences the nominatives regina, puellae, are in the predicates, and mean the same 1 Omit. '■^ Express emphasis by the order. FIRST DECLENSION 13 as the subjects Alexandra and Tullia et lulia. Such nouns as regina and puella are called Predicate Nouns, (b) Notice that nouns were used in this way in sen- tences 4, 5, 9, 10, and 11 of Lesson I, and sentences 1 and 14 of Lesson 11. 44 Hule, — A Predicate noun agrees with its subject in case. W. 290 ; B. 168 ; AG. 185 ; H. 393. DATIVE OF POSSESSOR 45 Examples 1. Bona ancilla est liiliae (dative). Julia has a good maid. 2. Rosae sunt puellis (dative). The girls have roses. (a) Notice that the datives luliae and puellis are used in the predicate with est and sunt to tell the persons to whom ancilla and rosae belong, and that the meaning is the same as lulia bonam ancillam habet, Puellae rosas habent. Such a dative is called the Dative of Possessor. The thing possessed is the subject of the verb. 46 Mule.— The Dative is used with esfj and other forms of the Latin verb meaning "to be," to denote the Possessor. W. 340 ; B. 190 ; AG, 231 ; H. 430. 47 VOCABULARY Nouns ara, f. altar. Graecia, f. Greece. Britannia, f. Britain^ Eng- Italia, f. Italy. land. nauta, m. sailor. dea,^ f. goddess. poeta, m. poet. feima, f. fame^ reputation. vita, f. life. Adjectives clara, f. renowned., famous. mea, f. my. grata, f . pleasing^ acceptable. tua, f . your (singular). * Dea forms the dative and ablative plural like filia (39). 14 FIRST LATIN BOOK Verbs laudat, {Tie^ etc.) praises, habitat, {Jie^ etc.) lives^ dwells, laudant, {they) praise, habitant, {they) live^ dwell. Adverbs ibi, there. nbi, where (relative and in- terrogative). 48 1. Graecia est mea patria, Italia est patria TuUiae. 2. Deae habent multas aras. 3. Deabus sunt multae arae. 4. Ubi^ sunt arae dearum? 5. Laudatne poeta deam? 6. Poeta, magna est tua fama. 7. Longa vita non est nautae. 8. Vita reginae est longa. 9. Eegina multas filias habet. 10. Eeginae (dat.) sunt multae filiae. 11* Fama est poetae grata. 12. Clara est poetae fama. 13. Italia est patria nautae, sed ibi non habitat. 49 1. The poet loves great fame. 2. Altars are accept- able to the goddesses. 3. England is the sailor's native land and he lives there. 4. Poets love and praise their native land. 5. The queen has a beautiful daughter.^ 6. Do the broad forests belong to the queen ?^ 7. My daughter, your letter is not long. LESSON IV SECOND OR -o DECLENSION Stem in o 50 The Gender of nouns of the Second Declension ending in -us in the nominative is usually Mas- culine. ^ As ubi is itself an interrogative particle, -ne is not needed. 2 In how many ways can this be translated ? SECOND DECLENSION 15 51 Paradigm Servus, slave. servo- SINGULAR PLURAL NOM., Voc. servus, serve servi Gen. servi servorum Dat. serv5 servis Accu. servum servos Abl. servo servis {a) The vocative singular of such nouns ends in -e. In all other nouns and in all plurals it is the same as the nominative. (b) Notice what cases have the same terminations ; make a table of the terminations and commit it to memory. {p) All the feminine adjectives given in the preced- ing vocabularies have corresponding masculine forms in -us declined like servus : bonus, carus, clarus, longus, magnus, parvus, etc. {d) Decline together, bonus amicus, latus campus. APPOSITIVES 52 Examples 1. Dea Vesta aram habet. The goddess, Vesta, has an altar. 2. luliae puellae rosam The maid gives a rose to the dat ancilla. ^ girl Julia. (a) Notice that Vesta is in the same case as dea, and explains what goddess is meant; that luliae bears the same relation to puellae. Such a noun explaining an- other noun referring to the same person or thing is called an Appositive^ as in English. 53 Hide, — An Appositive agrees with its subject in case. W. 291 ; B. 169, 2 ; AG. 184 ; 11. 393. Decline together dea Vesta, Marcus dominus. 16 ■ FIRST LATIN BOOK ABLATIVE OF PLACE 54 Examples 1. Amicus est in horto. A friend is in the garden, 2. Dea aram in campo The goddess has an altar in habet. the plain, (a) Notice that in hort5, in campd answer the ques- tion Where f Such an ablative is called an Ablative of the Place Where. 55 ^i^e,— The Place Where is expressed by the Ablative with a preposition. W. 401 ; B. 228 ; AG. 258, c ; H. 483. 56 VOCABULARY Nouns agricola, -ae, m. farmer, servus, -i, m. slave, amicus, -i, m. friend, terra, -ae, f. land,,' earthy campus, -i, m. plain^ field, ground, dominus, -i, m. tnaster, own- Vesta, -ae, f. Vesta (a god- er, dess). hortus, -i, m. garden, vilicus, i, m. steivard^ super- Marcus, -i, m. Marcus, intendent of an estate, oceanus, -i, m. ocean, villa, -ae, f. country house^ ftuintus, -i, m. Quintus. farm. Verbs curat, (he^ etc.) cares for, errant, {they) wander, stray takes care of, abo^t. curant, (they) care for, take labdrat, {he, etc.) works, care of, laborant, {they) work, errat, {he, etc.) wanders, navigat, {he, etc.) sails, strays about, navigant, {they) sail, in, preposition with abl., in, itaque, conj., therefore, 57 1. Ara deae Vestae est in silva. 2. Deae grata est rosa. 3. Itaque Marcus multas rosas deae dat. 4. Marcus est agricola et amicus Quinti. 5. Quinto sunt lati campJ SECOND DECLENSION 17 et magnus hortus. • 6. Habet villam et multos servos. 7. Servi laborant in campis domini. 8. Quintus in terra non habitat, sed oceanum navigat. 9. Marcus est Qulnti vilicus. 10. Itaqne Marcus hortum et villam mei amici Quinti curat. 11. Amice Quinte, Marcus est bonus vili- cus. 12. Julia et Tullia, filiae domini, ibi errant, ubi sunt multae et pulchrae rosae. 58 1. The steward's reputation is good. 2. Marcus, the owner of the country house, has a new steward.^ 3. Where are the new slaves working ? 4. They are working in your garden, but the maids are working in my country house. 5. The ocean is dear to the sailor, but the farmer praises the land. 6. Julia, where are your beautiful roses? 7. My roses are on (in) the altar of the goddess. 8. Poets praise the famous forests of Italy, where the goddess has many altars.^ LESSON V SECOND DECLENSION (Continued) NEUTER NOUNS 59 The Gender of all nouns of the Second Declen- sion ending in -urn is Neuter. 60 Paradigm Donum, gift, dono- SINGULAR PLURAL NoM., Voc. donum dona Gen. doni donorum Dat. dono donis Accu. donum dona Abl. dono donis * Translate the sentence in two ways. 18 FIRST LATIN BOOK ' (a) Notice that the Nominative, Yoeative, and Accu- sative have the same form. This is true of all neuters. ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS 61 The masculine and feminine adjectives given in the preceding vocabularies have neuter forms in -urn : bonum, carum, alarum, longum, magnum, parvum, etc. These are declined like donum. The full declension of these adjectives is shown thus : g2 Singular MASC. FEM. NoM., Voc. bonus, bone bona Gen. boni bonae Dat. bono bonae Accu. bonum bonam Abl. bono bona NEUT. bonum boni bono bonum bono Plural NoM., Voc. boni bonae bona Gen. bonorum bonarum honor Dat. bonis bonis bonis Accu. bonds bonas bona Abl. bonis bonis bonis AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES.— PREDICATE ADJECTIVES 63 Examples 1. Amicus est bonus. 4. Amici sunt boni. 2. Puella est pulchra. 5. Puellae sunt pulchrae. 3. Donum est gratum. 6. Dona sunt grata. 7. Eegina magnam curam habet. 8. Poeta pulchros hortos laudat. {a) Notice that in these sentences and in those of all the preceding lessons the adjectives have the same Gen- SECOND DECLENSION 19 \ der^ Number^ and Case as the nouns they modify ; also that in the first six sentences the adjectives are in the predicate. Compare these with predicate nouns (43). 64 Ttule.—An Adjective agrees v^ith. its noun in Gender, Number, and Case. W. 293 ; B. 234 ; AG. 186 ; H. 394. 65 In the sentences used tlius far the adjectives have the same terminations as the nouns they modify ; but this is not always so — e. g., we must say, bonus agricola, boni agricolae, etc., since agricola is masculine. Decline clarus poeta. 66 VOCABULARY Nouns argentum, -i, n. silver^ money, Horatius,^ -i, m. Horace. donum, -i, n. gift. lupus, -i, m. wolf. filius,^ -i, m. son. Mtisa, -ae, f. Muse. gladius,^ -i m. sword. periculum, -i, n. danger. gratia, -ae, f. gratitude^ populus, -i, m. people, favor (gratus, -a, -um). scutum, -i, n. shield. Eomanus, -a, -um, Roman. quoque, adv., also^ too.- Verbs erat, {Jie^ etc.) was. errabat,^ {lie^ etc.) was wan- erant, {they) were. dering^ wandered. ^ The Genitive singular of all nouns in -ins ends in single -i ; the accent is always on the penult : filT, Horati, The Vocative singular of f ilius and all proper names in -iiis also ends in -i : fill, Horati. ^ Notice how the form of this tense is related to the present errat. Errabat is called the Imperfect tense and is equivalent to the English Progressive Preterite or to the simple Preterite. Form the Imperfects of fugat, laudat, narrat, and servat. The imper- fect of dat is dabat, da bant. L 20 FIRST LATIN BOOK errabant, {they) were wan- habitabat, {lie^ etc.) was liv- dering^ wandered, ing, lived, dwelt. fugBi, {he, etc.) ^uts to flight, habitabant, {they) were liv- fiigant, {they) put to flight. irig, lived, dwelt, habebat, {he, etc.) teas hav- servat, {he, etc.) saves, pro- ing, had. tects. habebant, {they) ioere hav- servant, {they) save, protect, ing, had, 67 1. Horatius erat clarus poeta. 2. In Italia habitabat et populo Eomano carus erat. 3. Filius vilici erat et villain parvam, donum amici, habebat. 4. Ibi habitabat et villam amabat. 5. Non multum argentum sed multos amicos habebat. 6. Horatius parvus filius vTlicI in silva errabat. 7. Ibi lupus quoque errabat. 8. Gladius et scu- tum non erant Horatio. 9. Itaque magno in^ periculo erat Horatius, sed Musae poetam servabant. 10. Hora- tius lupum fugabat et Musis gratiam habebat. 68 1. Where did the famous poet Horace live ? 2. Italy was the native land of the poet Horace. 3. The poet's life was not long, but it was dear to the Muses. 4. The Muses saved Horace's life ; therefore he felt grateful ^ to the goddesses and gave (them) ^ many gifts. 5. Horace put a wolf to flight in the forest. 6. Horace's friend gave (him)^ a beautiful country house. 7. Horace did not have great gardens and many slaves. 8. But the gifts of his friend were acceptable to the poet. * A monosyllabic preposition frequently stands between an ad- jective and its noun. ' Compare sentence 10 above. 3 Omit. SECOND DECLENSION 21 LESSON VI SECOND DECLENSION (Continued) Nouns in -er and -ir 69 Paradigms Puer, hoy. puero- SINGULAR PLURAL NOM., Voc. puer pueri Gen. pueri puerorum Dat. puero pueris A ecu. puerum pueros Abl. puero Ager, field, agro- pueris SINGULAR PLURAL NoM., Voc. ager agri Gen. agri agrorum DAT. agro agris Accu. agrum agros Abl. agro Vir, man. viro- agris SINGULAR PLURAL NoM., Voc. vir viri Gen. viri virorum Dat. viro viris Accu. viruin viros Abl. viro viris {a) Notice that with the exception of the nominative and vocative singular these nouns are declined like ser- vus ; also that the only difference between the declension 22 FIRST LATIN BOOK of puer and ager is that pner keeps the e of the nomi- native throughout, while ager drops it. Most nouns in -er of the Second Declension are declined like ager. ABLATIVE OF ACCOMPANIMENT 70 Examples 1. Foeta cum filio errat. The poet is walking with (his) son, 2. ftuintus cum vilico habi- Quintus lived with (his) tabat. steward, 3. Regina cum filiabus in The queen was in the gar- horto erat. den with (her) daughters, (a) Notice that in these sentences the ablative with cum is used to denote the person who accompanies the subject. Such an ablative is called the Ablative of Ac- Gompaniinent, 71 iJM^c.— Accompaniinent is regularly expressed by the Ablative with the preposition cum. W. 392 ; B. 222 ; AG. 248 a ; H. 473, 1. 72 VOCABULARY Nouns ager, agri, m. field, magister, magistri, m. school- bellum, -i, n. loar, master^ teacher, Britanni, -drum, m. Britons^ oppidum, -i, n. town, inhabitants of Britaifi, praemium/ -i, n. reivard, liber, libri, m. book, E5ma, -ae, f . Rome, liberi,^ -drum, m. children vir, viri, m. man, (free-born). . ^ ^ Adjectives antiquus, -a, -um, ancient, validus, -a, -um, strong, stur- old. dy, * Not used in the singular. * The genitive singular of neuter nouns in -ium ends in single -i; praemium, praemi (66, i). SECOND DECLENSION 23 Verbs erit, {he^ etc.) will he, dabunt, (they) will give, erunt, (they) will be, habebit, {he, etc.) will have, amabit/ (he^ etc.) will love, habebunt, (they) will have, amabimt, (they) will love, servabit, {he, etc.) will save, dabit, {he, etc.) will give, servabunt, {they) will save, cum, prep, with abl. with, semper, always, 73 1. Yilicus cum servis est in agris. 2, Servi Marci agricolae in horto lab5rant. 3. Bonis servis dominus praemium dabit. 4. In Britannia sunt antiquae viae Eomanae. 5. Multi liberi sunt Marc5 agricolae, pulchra filia et validi filii. 6. Liberi poetae habebunt bonum magistrum. 7. lulia, poetae filia, libros magistri curat. 8. Pueri cum amicis in lata silva semper errant. 9. Erunt validi viri, gladium et scutum habebunt et bella amabunt. 10. Nauta cum liberis oceanum navigat. 11. Magno in periculo erunt liberi, sed nauta liberos servabit. 74 1. Marcus's sons live in the town with their teacher. 2, The children will not have much money, but they will have many good books. 3. The teacher wanders in the ancient woods and fields with the children. 4. He tells the boys and girls many good stories. 5. The teacher will give the boys books, not money, as a reward. 6. The children will love the books of the poet Horace, the gift of (their) ^ teacher. 7. The books of the poet Horace will always be famous. 8. A great reputation will be the reward of a good poet. * Notice how these Futures are related to the present and imper- fect (66) forms of the same verbs. Form Futures, singular and plural, of fugat, laudat, narrat, and write sentences containing these forms. 2 Omit. 24 FIRST LATIN BOOK LESSOX VII THE VERB SUM, to be 75 Learn the present, imperfect, and future indic- ative, and the present infinitive of sum (485). {a) Notice that the endings of the verb learned indi- cate the person and number^ as the endings of nouns indicate the case and nuinber. Thus far only the third person has been employed : est, erat, erit in the singular ; sunt, erant, erunt in the plural. The subjects of the first and second persons are expressed only for emphasis. 76 Rule,— A, finite verb agrees with its subject in Number and Person. W. 296 ; B. 254, 1 ; AG. 204 ; H. 388. 77 1. Sum, eram, ero. 2. Es, eras, eris. 3. Estis, eratis, eritis. 4. Sumiis, eramus, erimus. 5. Erat, esse, erit. 6. Estis, eritis, erunt. 78 1. You (sing.) are, you (sing.) were. 2. You (plu.) will be, you were. 3. I was, you shall be, they are. 4. They are, they were, they shall be. 79 Adjectives in -er Paradigms Niger, nigra, nigrum, UacJc. Singular MASCULINE FEMININE NEUTER NOM., Voc. niger nigra nigrum Gen. nigri nigrae nigri DAT. nigro nigrae nigro Accu. nigrum nigram nigrum Abl. nigro nigra nigro ADJECTIVES IN -EB 25 Plural MASCULINE FEMININE NEUTER NOM., Voc. nigri nigrae nigra Gen. nigroriim nigrarum nigrorum DAT. nigris nigris nigris Accu. nigr5s nigras nigra Abl. nigris nigris nigris Miser, misera, miseruin, wretched. Singular MASCULINE FEMININE NEUTER NOM., Voc. miser misera miserum Gen. miseri miserae miseri DAT. miser5 miserae misero Accu. miserum miseram miserum Abl. miserd misera miserd Plural NOM., Voc. miseri miserae misera Gen. miserorum miserarum miserorum DAT. miseris miseris miseris Accu. miseros miseras misera Abl. miseris miseris miseris {a) Notice that these adjectives in -er have the same peculiarities of declension as nouns in -er ; the feminine nominative shows whether the adjective follows ager or puer. 80 VOCABULARY aeger, -gra, -grum, feeble, niger, -gra, -grum, UacTc. sicTc, pulcher, -chra, -chrum, heau- ceteri, -ae, -a/ the rest of, tiful. liber, -era, -erum, free. sacer, -era, -crum, sacred. miser, -era, -erum, ivretched., tener, -era, -erum, delicate., unhappy. soft., tender. ^ Usually plural ; the masculine and neuter are frequently used as substantives. 26 FIRST LATIN BOOK auxilium -i, n. aid^ assist- equns -i, m. horse, ance^ help, herba -ae, f . grass. dare, to give. liberare, to set free. vocare, to call. 81 1. EquT nigri in latis agris errabant. 2. Herba tenera aegris equis grata erit. 3. Servus erat cum equis in campis et equos domini curabat. 4. Quintus, magister filiorum Marci, est servus. 5. Marcus dominus argentum servo non dabit sed filios Quinti liberabit. 6. Liberatne dominus ceteros filios servi ? gratiam habebunt.^ 7. Ita- que, pueri, liberi eritis et in agris non laborabitis. 8. In villa Horati poetae erat antiqua ara, Miisis sacra. 9. Horatius puer Musas vocabat. 10. " Musae, in peri- culo sum." Bonae erant misero puero et auxilium da- bant. 11. Poeta amicus Miisarum est ; in periculo Miisas vocabit. 12. Poetam miserum semper servabunt deae. 13. Auxilium miseris viris dare Miisis est gratum.^ 82 1. Julia, the poet's daughter, was sick, but not un- happy. 2. She had many beautiful books, the gift of her teacher. 3. The rest of the poet's children are strong and will be handsome men. 4. Greece is an ancient land, sacred to the Muses. 5. All other lands are beautiful, but they are not dear to poets. 6. The master will set the unhappy slaves free and give the boy a reward. 7. Boys gave tender grass to the sick horse. 8. To give aid to an unhappy man is good.^ » Compare 67, 10. ' Notice that the subject of est is the entire infinitive clause anxilinm . . . dare, and that the neuter predicate adjective gratum modifies it. All clauses used as substantives are neuter. * Compare sentence 13 above. FIRST CONJUGATION "^ 27 LESSOR VIII FIRST OR a CONJUGATION ACTIVE VOICE; PRESENT SYSTEM 83 The Principal Parts of a Latin verb are tlie Present Indicative, Present Infinitive, Perfect In- dicative, and Perfect Participle. When these are known all other forms can easily be determined. Thus the Principal Parts of amo are : amo, I love, amare, to love, amavi, / have loved, I loved. amatus, having been loved. 84 Learn the present, imperfect, and future indica- tive, and the present infinitive active of amo (479). (a) Notice that all these forms, with the apparent exception of the first person singular of the present in- dicative, are formed from the stem ama-, which may be obtained by dropping -re of the present infinitive. This form ama- is called the Present Stem, and the tenses formed from it belong to the Present System.^ 85 The Personal Endings express Person, Num- ber, and Voice. They are given for the active voice in the following table : Person Singular Plural First. -m, -6 -mus Second. _s -tis Third. -t -nt ^ The present and imperfect subjunctive, the present and future imperative, and the present participle, which also belong to the Present System, will be taken up later. 28 FIRST LATIN BOOK 86 The Imperfect is formed by adding to the stem ama-, -ba-, sometimes called the Tense Sign of the imperfect, to which are added the personal end- ings. The Tense Sign of the Future for all verbs of the First and Second Conjugation is -bi-, which appears as -bo in the 1st pers. sing, and -bu- in the 3d pers. plural. 87 Inflect like amo the following : fugo, fagare, fugavi, fuga- servd, servare, servavi, ser- tus, to put to flight. vatus, to save. Iaud5, laudare, laudavi, lau- voc5, vocare, vocavi, voca- datus, to praise. tus, to call. 88 1. Laudo, laudabas, laudabit. 2. Servabitis, servaba- mus, servat. 3. Fugamus, f ugabamus, fugabimus. 4. Vo- cat, vocare, vocabat. 5. Fugabis, laudabo, servabatis. 6. Fugant, fugabant, fugabunt. 89 1. He is calling, they will save. 2. I am praising, I was praising, I shall praise. 3. You are putting to flight, you were putting to flight, you will put to flight. 4. He calls, they called, you will call. 5. To save, you will save, you saved. 90 1. Eoma erat antiquum oppidum in Italia. 2. Ibi populus Romanus habit abat. 3. Valid! viri erant Eomiini et cum ceteris populis Italiae bella agebant.^ 4. Populo Romano erant lati agri. 5. Multi equi in tenera herba agrorum errabant. 6. Roman! Romam, pulchrum oppi- dum, semper amabunt et laudabunt. 7. Romulus erat clarus Romanus. 8. Magister, Hberis pulchram fabulam de ^ {about) Romulo narras. 9. Fabulas narrare mih! {to ^ Carried on. 2 A common preposition with the ablative. FIRST CONJUGATION ^ 29 me) gratum est : f abulam de Eomulo narrabo. 10. Lupa ^ (she-wolf) Eomulum puerum curabat et vitam miseri pueri servabat. 11. Eomulus cum lupa in silva habita- bat. 12. Pueri, amatisne f abulam de Eomulo ? 91 1. Master,^ you will call your slaves. 2. I call my slaves ; you call yours. 3. Slaves, you will work in the fields diligently ^ with your master. 4. You shall have a fine reward ; you shall be free men. 5. He will set free the good slaves. 6. They did work diligently ^ and their master set them free. 7. To a good farmer the earth will give many rewards. 8. He chased away the wolf and saved the children. 9. To save the poet was pleasing to the Muses. 92 READING EXERCISE The Retort Truthful ^N'asTca* ad poetam Ennium venit (came) et quaesTvit {asked for) poetam. Ancilla dixit (said), " Ennius non domi {at home) est ; " sed Nasica sensit {perceived that) ancillam ^ domini iiissu {at the order) dixisse {had spoken) et poetam ^ intus {within) esse {was). Faucis {few) post diebus ^ {days) ad N^asicam venit Ennius et eum {hi^n) quaesivit ; sed exclamat {cried out) Nasica se ^ {he) domi non esse. Tum Ennius, "Quid? (what?) ego (/) non cognosco {recog7iize) vocem {voice) tuam '' ? Hie {at this) Nasica : Homo {man) es impudens."'' Ego cum {whe?i) te {you) quaererem,^ ancillae^ tuae credidi (/ believed) te^ * Compare lupus, 66. ^ Not ma^ister. • ^ diligenter. * A distinguished Roman lawyer. ^ Subject of the following infinitive. ^ Abl. of time. ' Guess at the meaning. What English word is derived from it ? ^ First person singular, imp. subj. act. Compare quaesivit, the perf. indie, of the same verb. Translate as if indicative. * Dative with the following verb. 30 FIRST LATIN BOOK domi non esse; tti (you) mihP (me) non credis^ ipsi^ (myself) ? LESSON IX FIRST OR a CONJUGATION (Continued) PASSIVE VOICE 93 The Principal Parts of a Latin verb in the Passive Voice are the Present Indicative, Present Infinitive, and Perfect Participle. Thus the Prin- cipal Parts of amo in the passive are : amor, / am loved. amari, to be loved, amatus, having been loved. 94 Learn the present, imperfect, and future indica- tive, and the present infinitive passive of amo (479). (a) Notice that all the forms learned are based on the present stem ama-, and that the imperfect and future indicative passive are formed with the same tense signs, -ba-, -bi- (be), as the corresponding tenses in the active. 98 The Personal Endings of the indicative pas- sive are : •Person Singular Plural First. -r -mur Second. -ris, -re -mini Third. -tiir -ntiir 96 Form the principal parts in the passive and inflect fago, laudo, servo, voco. ^ Dative with the following verb. ^ Present tense. What person and number ? ^ Agreeing with mihi. FIRST CONJUGATION ^ 31 97 1. Amare, amari. 2. Amabam, amabar ; vocabo, voca- bor. 3. Laudatur, laudabatur, laudabitur. 4. Lauda- mini, laudabimini, laudabamini. 5. Fugant, fugabuntur, fugaris. 6. Vocabis, vocaberis, vocabare. 7. Amare, laudari, fugare. 98 1. We are calling, you saved (plu.). 2. We shall be saved, they will save. 3. I did call, he is saving, he will save. 4. You will be saved, you are being saved. 5. To call, to be saved, to put to flight. 6. They were praising, they were being praised, they were praised. 7. We are being saved, you shall be saved. ABLATIVE OF AGENT 99 Examples 1. Quintus amlciLin servat. Quintus saves Ms friend. 2. Amicus a Cluinto servatur. The friend is saved iy Quin- tus. 3. Dominus servnm liberat. The master sets free the slave. 4. Servus a domind libera- The slave is set free ly his tur. master. (a) I^otice that when a statement is changed from the active form to the passive, the object of the active verb becomes the subject of the passive, and that the subject of the active verb is shifted from the nominative to the ablative with the preposition a (or ab *). Such an abla- tive with a or ab tells who the doer or agent of the ac- tion is, and is called Ablative of Agent. 100 JKi^Ze.— The Agent with Passive verbs is expressed by the Ablative with a or ah. W. 379 ; B. 216 ; AG. 246 ; H. 468. ^ A or ab may be used before consonants, ab before vowels. 32 FIRST LATIN BOOK 101 VOCABULARY incola, -ae, m. inliabitant. oppidanus, -a, -um, delonging lupa, -ae, f. she-wolf (lupns). to a town (oppidum) ; (fre- murus, -i, m. wall (of a city). quently used as a substan- praesidium, -i, n. defense^ tive) an inhahitant of a protection. town. aedifico, -are, -avi, -atus, to euro, -are, -avi, -atus, to care build. for. appell5, -are, -avi, -atus, to pugnd, -are, -avi, -atus, to call^ name. fiyht. a, ab, prep, with abl., by. de, prep, with abl., about^ concerning. 102 1. Eomulus Eomam aedificabat. 2. Koma a Eomulo, viro valido, aedificabfitur. 3. Oppidum pulchrum a Romulo Roma appellabatur. 4. Roma ab incolis semper amabitur. 5. Clara fabula de Romulo llberis a magistro narrabitur. 6. Vitam Romuli lupa servabat et pue- rum curabat. 7. Incolae oppidi oppidanP appellantur. 8. Incolae antiqui Romae liberi viri erant et Roman! appelliibantur. 9. Miirus, praesidium oppidT, ab Romanis aedificabatur. 10. In multis bellls cum ceteris incolis Italiae antiquT Roman! pugnabant. 103 1. The poet Horace was saved by the Muses. 2. Romu- lus was saved and cared for by a she-wolf. 3. Ancient Rome was a strong town, and was built by Romulus. 4. Romulus was loved by the Roman people. 5. An altar sacred to Romulus was built by the Romans in the city. 6. The famous wall of Britain was not built by the ancient Britons, but by the Romans. 7. The horses are sick and are being cared for by their master. 8. To be cared for by their master is pleasant to the horses. 9. Tender grass is being given the handsome horses by the slaves. ^ Predicate nominative. PERFECT SYSTEM OP SUM ^ 33 LESSON X PERFECT SYSTEM OF SUM 104 Learn the perfect, pluperfect, and future per- fect indicative, and the perfect infinitive of sum (485). 105 These tenses belong to the perfect system of sum, which is formed on the stem fu-, obtained by dropping -i of the first person singular of the perfect indicative. {a) Notice that the perfect system of this verb is formed on a different stem from the present system. (J) Notice also that the personal endings of the phiperfect and future perfect are the same as those of the present system. The perfect indicative has cer- tain endings pecuhar to itself. 106 The Personal Endings of the Perfect Indica- tive Active are shown in the folloAving table : Person Singular Plural First. -i -imus Second. -isti -istis Third. -it -erunt, -ere 107 1. Fuisti, fueras, fiieris. 2. Fuerunt, f uerant, fuerint. 3. Fuisse, f uere, f uimus. 4. FuT, f uero, f ueratis. 5. Fuis- tis, f ueratis, fueritis. 108 1- I have been, I shall have been. 2. I had been, they had been, they will have been. 3. He had been, he will have been, to have been. 4. We shall have been, we have been, we had been. 3 34 FIRST LATIN BOOK 109 ABLATIVE OF MEANS OR INSTRUMENT Examples 1. Viri gladiis armantur. 2. Nautae oceanum vento navigant. 3. Lupum armis fugabant servL The men are being armed with swords. Sailors sail the sea hy 7neans of the wind. The slaves i^ut the wolf to flight with weapons. (a) Notice that in these sentences the ablatives gla- diis, vento, armis denote the Means or Instrument by which the action of the verb is performed ; also that the Means or Instrument of the action goes along with, accom- panies, the actor in the action, so that such an ablative, which is called the Ablative of Means or Instrument^ is in reality similar to the Ablative of Accompaniment (71), used without the preposition. It is generally trans- lated with or by. 110 Rule.— The Ablative is used to denote the Means or Instrument. W. 386 ; B. 218 ; AG. 248, c ; H. 476. Ill VOCABULARY arma, -ormn, n. plu. arms, hasta, -ae, f. spear, weapons. inimicus, -i, m. enemy (ami- cansa, -ae, f. cause, reason, cus, 66). deus,^ -i, m. god, proelium, -i, n. battle. Gallus, m. a Gaul, templum, -i, n. temple. victoria, -ae, f. victory. proximus, -a, -um, next, near- est. Gallia, f. Gaul. dubius, -a, -um, doubtful. ^ Vocative deas. PERFECT SYSTEM OP SUM ^ 35 oppugno, -are,^ to storm^ at- olim, once^ once on a time^ tack. formerly, diu, long., for along time, sine, prep, with abl., witli- fortiter, bravely. out. 112 1. Terra proxima Italiae (dat.) Gallia appellabatur. 2. Antiqui incolae Galliae Romanes non amabant. 3. In- imici populi Romani semper fuerant. 4. Incolae Galliae Galli olim appellabantur. 5. Multae causae belli cum Romanis fuerant Gallis. 6. Gallis olim erant multa pul- chra oppida. 7. Multa oppida Gallorum a Romanis op- pugnabantur. 8. Oppidani armis diu et fortiter ptigna- bant. 9. Sed Galli validos miiros non habebant ; itaque oppidani miseri sine praesidio fuerunt. 10. Gladiis et hastis piignabant et in templis deos vocabant, nam (for) victoria diu fuerat dubia. 113 1. The Romans stormed a town of the Gauls without reason. 2. Did the Gauls have a good reason for war^ with the Romans? 3. The Gauls and the Romans had been enemies for a long time. 4. The Romans did not have the protection of a wall, but they were strong men. 5. The battle had been for a long time doubtful. 6. The inhabitants called upon the gods in the temples. 7. But the gods gave the victory to their enemies. 8. The Romans put the townsmen to flight with their spears. 1 In the following vocabularies only the present infinitive of verbs whose principal parts are like amo will be given. * Compare 112, 5. 36 FIRST LATIN BOOK LESSON XI PERFECT SYSTEM OF AMO 114 Learn the perfect, pluperfect, and future per- fect iudicative, and the perfect infinitive, active and passive, of amo (479). (a) Notice that the perfect system in the active is formed from the perfect stem amav-, which may be ob- tained by dropping the ending -i of the first person sin- gular of tlie perfect indicative active. Observe also the additions to this stem, by means of which the pluperfect and future perfect tenses are formed. With what forms of sum may they be compared ? (h) Notice that the perfect passive system is com- pounded of the perfect passive participle amatus, having been loved^ and the proper tenses of sum — the present to form the perfect amatus sum, the imperfect to form the pluperfect amatus eram, and the future to form the future perfect amatus erd. 115 The participle is declined like the adjective bonus, and agrees with the subject in gender, number, and case exactly like a predicate adjec- tive (63). For example : Singular Plural Masc. puer est amatus^ pueri sunt amati Fem. puella est amata puellae sunt amatae Neut. donum est amatum dona sunt amata 116 1. AmavT, amatus sum, amati sumus. 2. Amavit, amaverat, amaverit. 3. Amata es, amata eras, amata eris. * This apparently reversed order is common ; the predicate na- ture of the participle here clearly appears. PERFECT SYSTEM OF AMO \ 37 4. Amavistis, amati estis, amati eritis. 5. Amavero, ama- tus ero, amatus eram. 6. Amata est, amatae erant, amata erit. 7. Amatum erat, amata sunt, amata erunt. 8. Ama- visti, amaveras, amaveris. 9. Amavisse, amatus esse. 10. Amaverunt, amaverant, amaverint. 117 1. We loved, we had loved, we shall have loved. 2. We had been loved, you shall have loved, we shall have been loved. 3. You had loved, you had been loved, he has been loved. 4. They have loved, they were loved, they had been loved. 5. To have been loved, to have loved. ABLATIVE OF CAUSE 118 Examples 1. Pueri fabula delectantur. The boys are delighted with the story. 2. ftuintus victoria est lau- Quintus was praised because datus. of his victory. 3. Dominus servos industria The master praised the slaves laudavit. 07i account of their iiidus- try. 4. Agricola filiorum causa The farmer will worh for laborabit. the sahe of his sons. 5. Puer a magistro dili- The boy will be praised by gentia laudabitur. the schoolmaster for his diligence. (a) Notice that in these sentences the ablatives fabula, victoria, industria, etc., answer the question Why ? — that is, that they express the Cause of the action of the verb. Such an ablative is called the Ablative of Cause^ and may be translated by a variety of English phrases, as in the examples above. 119 Hide. — The Ablative is used to denote Cause. W. 384 ; B. 319 ; AG. 245 ; H. 475. 38 FIRST LATIN BOOK 120 VOCABULARY amicitia, -ae, f. friendship^ diligentia, -ae, f. carefulness^ alliance^ friendly rela- industry. lions (amicus, 54). finitimi,^ m. plu. neighhors, animus, -i, m. mind^ cour- frumentum, -i, n. graiii, age., soul. inopia, -ae, f. want., lach^ c5pia, -ae, f. plenty^ abun^ scarcity. dance. odium, -i, n. hatred. c5piae, -arum, f. plu. forces^ troops. expugno, -are, to take hy porto, -are, to carry., Iring. storm, capture (oppugno, supero, -are, to defeat, over- 111). co7ne. incitd, -are, to arouse, stir up. vast5, -are, lay waste. 121 1. Galli odio Romanorum ^ incitati sunt. 2. Magnus fuit animus Gallorum; diu et fortiter pugnfiverunt. 3. Sed copiae oppidanorum inopia frumenti superatae sunt. 4. In oppido erat copia armorum, non frumenti. 5. Inopia frumenti auxilium oppidanis dabant finitimi. 6. Amici populi Romani appellati sunt ; causa amlcitiae frumentum portant. 7. Romani oppidanos armis supera- verunt, et sacra templa deorum vastaverunt. 8. Inopia frumenti, non copiis Romanorum superati fuerimus. 9. Sed finitimi auxilium miseris oppidanis odio non dabunt. 10. Oppidum ab Romanis amicorum causa ex- piignatum est ; incolae oppidi fugati et agri vastati sunt.^ 11. Oppidum inimicorum expiignavisse fuit Romanis gra- tum. 12. Victoria deos laudabant Romani et in templa arma portabant. * Also used as an adjective — fiuitimus, -a, -um, neighboring, bordering on. ^ The Latin language here uses the genitive case to represent the English objective case with the preposition for. 3 Notice that sunt does double duty for both fugati and vastati. THE DEMONSTRATIVES HIG AND ILLE 39 122 1. A wall has been built by the inhabitants of the town. 2. The inhabitants of the town built a strong wall on account of (their) many wars. 3. The neighbors had been stirred up by their hatred for the townsmen.^ 4. The townsmen had been attacked by their neighbors, and because of (their) hatred their fields had been laid waste. 5. The forces in the town fought long and bravely with swords and spears, but the victory was doubtful. 6. The enemies of the Gauls were defeated and pacified by lack of supplies. 7. The Gauls' spirit is great ; they will fight long and bravely. 8. A strong wall will be a great protection to the Gauls. 9. The friends of the Eomans brought a supply of grain with great diligence ; the Eo- mans praised them for their friendship. 123 LESSON XII THE DEMONSTRATIVES HIC AND ILLE Hic, this. Singular MASCULINE FEMININE NEUTER NoM., Voc. hie haec hoe Gen. huius huius huius Dat. huic huic huie Accu. hunc hanc hoe Abl. hoc hac Plural hoe NoM., Voc. hi hae haee Gen. horum harum horum Dat. his his his Accu. h5s has haee Abl. his his his Compare 121, 1, 40 FIRST LATIN BOOK nie, that. Singular MASCULINE FEMININE NEUTER NoM., Voc. iUe ilia illud Gen. illius illius illius DAT. iUi iUi illi Accu. ilium illam illud Abl. iUo ilia ilia Pll jral NoM., Voc. ill! iUae iUa Gen. illorum illarum illorum DAT. illfs iUis iUis Accu. iUds illas iUa Abl. llllR illis iUis {a) Notice that in the plural these pronouns follow closely the regular first and second declensions ; but in the singular they differ widely. 124 Both hie and ille may be used alone as pro- nouns, or as pronominal adjectives in agreement with nouns. {a) Hie points out something which is near the speaker in time, place, or thought, etc. It is therefore sometimes called the demonstrative of the first person : hie puer, this hoy (near me) ; M libri, these books (by my side, or which I have just mentioned, etc.). (b) nie points out something which is remote in time, place, thought, etc., from the speaker. It is therefore sometimes known as the demonstrative of the third per- son : ille vir, that man (yonder, near him); illi libri, those hoohs (over there, mentioned some time ago, etc.). {g) When ille and hie are contrasted in the same sentence they frequently mean the former^ the latter: THE DEMONSTRATIVES BIG AND ILLE 41 ille bonus, hie malus est, The former is a good man^ the latter bad, (d) Ille is sometimes used in the sense of the loell- known^ the famous. It then follows its noun. 125 Examples 1. Hie ager est mens, ille This field is mine^ that tuus. yours. 2. ftuintus et Mareus sunt Quintus and Marcus are Romani; ille magister, Romans; the former is hie est discipulus. the teacher^ the latter the pupil. 3. Horatius, poeta ille, R6- Horace^ the well-known poet^ manis fuit carus. was dear to the Roinans. 126 VOCABULARY Belgae, -arum, m. pin. the intro, -are, to enter ^ go in. Belgians. Nervii, -orum, m. plu. the eoniuro, -are, to swear to- Nervians (a Belgian peo- gether^ plot. pie). eontra, prep, with accu., numerus, -i, m. number. against. nune, adv. noiv. Haedui, -drum, m. plu. the nuntio, -are, to send news., Haeduans (a Gallic peo- report. pie). paeo, -are, to pacify^ sub- inter, prep, with accu., due. among., between. pare, -are, to get ready., pre- interea, adv. meamvhile. pare. 127 1. Caesar ^ magnis cum copiis agros Nerviorum intra- vit. 2. Hi cum ceteris Belgis contra populum Eomanum coniuraverant. 3. Multae causae belli erant illis cum ^ The declension of this noun will be given later. 42 FIRST LATIN BOOK Romanis. 4. Belgae fama belli et odio Eomanorum incitati erant. 5. Haec Nerviis ab amicis Haeduorum erant ntintiata : 6. " Romanus ille multa oppida expug- navit, oppidanos miseros fugavit, agros latos vastavit. 7. Haedui ab illo multis proeliis pacati,^ nunc in ami- citia Romanorum sunt." 8. Non amici sed servi Roma- norum erant. 9. Interea Romano illi ab inimicis l^er- viorum haec erant nuntiata : 10. " Magnus numerus Nerviorum cum ceteris Belgis in armis est. 11. Copia frumenti ab his parata et auxilium a finitimis est^ datum." 128 1. The Haeduans and the Nervians used to live^ in Gaul. 2. The former were in friendship with the Romans,^ but the latter had not yet been subdued. 3. A great number of these on account of their hatred of the Romans conspired with the rest of the Belgians. 4. And because of the scarcity of grain, aid was given them by their neighbors. 5. These, for the sake of their friendship, brought them (i. e., the former) an abundance of grain and of weapons. 6. This was reported to the Romans by their enemies. 7. And Caesar attacked their nearest town. 8. The inhabitants fought long and bravely, but that famous Roman defeated them and laid waste their fields. ^ Notice that this is the perf. pass, participle agreeing with HaediiT, not a part of the indicative mood. * Compare 121, 10, and notice how sentence 7 above differs from this. 2 What tense I * Genitive case. THE RELATIVE QUI 43 LESSON XIII THE RELATIVE QUI 129 Paeadigm ftui, wJio^ wMch^ what. Singular MASCULINE FEMININE NEUTER NOM., Voc. qui quae quod Gen. cuius cuius cuius DAT. cui cui cui Accu. quern quam quod Abl. quo qua quo Plural NoM., Voc. qui quae quae Gen. qudrum quarum quorum DAT. quibus quibus quibus Accu. qu5s quas quae Abl. quibus quibus quibus 130 Examples 1. Puer qui laudatur est bonus. 2. Horatius quein Edmani amabant clarus poeta erat. 3. Hoc est ddnum quod Q,uint5 datum est. 4. Haec sunt d5na quae Marcus laudabat. The loy who is praised is good. Horace^ whom the Romans lovedj was a famous poet. This is the gift which was given to Quintus. These are the gifts which Marcus praised. (a) Notice that in these sentences the relatives qui, quem, quod, quae, agree with their antecedents in gender and number, but that the cases are determined by the 44 FIRST LATIN BOOK construction of the relative sentences. Thus in sen- tences 1 and 3 qui and quod are the subjects of the rela- tive sentences, and so happen to be in the same case as their antecedents; but in sentences 2 and 4 queiii and quae are accusatives, objects of the verbs in the relative sentences. Their antecedents, however, are both nomi- native. 131 Ride, — The Relative Pronoun agrees with its Antece- dent in Gender and Number, but its Case depends on the construction of the clause in which it stands. W. 299; B. 250; AG. 198; H. 396. 132 VOCABULARY ab-suin, ab-esse, a-fui, to he hie, adv. here^ at this point distant from (with ab and or place (compare the pro- the abl.) noun hie), ad, prep, with accu. to^ Vdisxa^d,^^. now ^ air eady^at last, toward, idoneus, -a, -um, fit^ suitable. castra, -onun, n. plu. a for- iuvo, -are, iuvi, iutus, to help, tified camp, loeus,^ -i, m. place, eonsilium, -i, n. jE?Zaw, t/e5^^/^. longe, adv. /ar, much (lon- convoed, -are, call together^ gus, -a, -um). assemble. natura, -ae, f. nature, deeertd, -are, to contend^ paratus, -a, -uin, ready ^ pre- fight, pared, exspeeto, -are, to looTc out for ^ praeda, -ae, f . booty, wait for^ expect. propero, -are, to hurry., hasten, 133 1. Numerus Nerviorum qui in armis parati erant, ab Remis nuntiatus est. 2. Hi, quorum agros Caesar iam ^ lam means now at last, already, while nunc, 126, means now at the present time. 2 The plural is neuter, loca, -orum ; loci, -orum is used only to mean, topics. THE RELATIVE QUI 45 intraverat, proximi Galliae (dat.) erant. 3. Parati erant Eomanos frumento et magnis copiTs iuvare. 4. Ceteri Belgae, qui amici Nerviorum erant, Eomanos exspectabant. 5. Komani illo loco,^ qui natura proelio (dat.) erat idoneus, a Belgis expectati erant. 6. Hoc loco, qui ab castris Eoma- norum non longe aberat, contra populum Eomanum armis decertabunt Nervii. 7. Ubi (when) Eomano illi consilium Nerviorum nuntiatum est, ad locum properavit. 8. In- terea ISTervii cum animis ad proelium paratis ilium ibi expectabant. 9. Hie inter Eomanos et Belgos diti et fortiter pUgnatum est.^ 10. Hli victoriae et praedae causa, hi pro ^ liberis et patria piignaverunt. 134 1. Caesar called together those* Belgians who had not conspired together. 2. These who were ready to contend in battle were the Eemi. 3. The Haeduans^ whose towns had been captured by the Eomans, aided them with grain. 4. The Eomans hurried to a place which was naturally suited for a camp. 5. They prepared supplies and assem- bled their allies at (ad) this place. 6. The camp was not far away from the place where the Nervii had already been waiting for them a long time. 7. They fought for the sake of their country, which they loved. 8. But the Eomans had entered Gaul for the sake of booty. ^ Abl. of place. 2 This form of the verb has no personal subject, but supplies its subject (cf. pugna, hattle, fighting) in itself. Translate, There was a battle, or in a similar way. Such a verb is called an Impersonal Verb. 3 A common preposition with the abl., for the sake of. * Use the proper case of ille. 46 FIRST LATIN BOOK LESSON XIV THE DEMONSTRATIVE IS THE INTERROGATIVE QUIS 135 Paradigms Is, that. Singular • MASCULINE FEMININE NEUTER NOM., Voc. is ea id Gen. eius eius eins Dat. ei ei ei Accu. eum earn id Abl. e5 ea 65 Plueal NOM., Voc. ei, ii eae ea Gen. eomm eamm eorum Dat. eis, iis eis, iis eis, iis Accu. eds eas ea Abl. eis, iis eis, iis eis, iis {a) Notice the similarity in the declension of is, hie, and nie. (5) Is, that^ is in meaning like iUe, but less definite ; it often means simply he^ she, it, and is very common as an antecedent of qui: is qui oppidum expugnavit, he who stormed the town\ ea quae portavit that which he hrought. THE INTERROGATIVE QUIS 47 136 ftuis, who? Singular MASCULINE AND FEMININE NEUTER NoM., Yoc. quis quid Gen. cuius cuius DAT. cui cui Accu. queiiL quid Abl. quo quo Plural Like qui relative. {a) ftuis is the substantive form of the interrogative — i. e., the form used without a noun : quis vocat ? Who calls f (b) The adjective form is qui, what? what hind of? ftui puer vocat? What hoy calls? ftuod donum porta- vit? What gift did he hring? This qui is dechned exactly like qui relative.^ 137 Examples 1. Magister diligentiam eius laudavit. 2. Is, qui cum diligentia la- boravit, laudatus est. 3. ftuis discipulum laudavit? 4. ftui magister diligentiam discipuli laudavit? 5. ftuod ddnum dabit magi- ster ei, qui cum diligen- tia laboravit? The teacher praised his in- dustry. The one who ivorlced indus- triously was praised. Who praised the pupil f What teacher praised the pupiVs industry 9 What gift will the teacher give to the one who worhed industriously f ^ It should be said that the distinction between substantive quis? and adjective quif was not always observed by Roman writers. Thus we find quis vir vocat? as well as qui vir vocat? Yet it will be well in translating the English exercises of this book to ob- serve the distinction made above. 48 FIRST LATIN BOOK 188 VOCABULARY comparo, -are, to get ready^ mora, -ae, f. delay, get together. nam, conj. for. concilium, -i, n. conference^ noster, -tra, -trum, our (com- a meeting of state or of pare mens). war. postuld, -are, to demand., ask in, prep, with accu., into. for. (Compare in with abl., reliquus, -a, -um, remaining., 66.) the rest. (Compare ceteri, legatns, -i, m. envoy, ambas- 80.) sudor. socius, -i, m. ally. 139 1. Qui Galli contra amicos nostros coniurfiverunt ? 2. Jill erant Nervil et ceteri Belgae. 3. Socii populi Komfml erant Haedui, flnitimi Xerviorum, qui ab Ro- mfinis pacati erant. 4. li nunc copiam frumenti ab illls postulabant. 5. Qua de causa erant ^ NerviT contra Ro- mfmos incitati? 6. Odio populi Romani qui olim Hae- duos pficfiverunt. 7. lam ab els erat concilium Belgarum convocatum. 8. Quod consilium eo in concilio ab Hae- duls est datum? 9. Hoc consilium datum est. reliquos Belgas incitare, sine mora copiam frumenti comparfire, copias in oppidum proximum convocare. 10. Ibi Ro- manos expectare et cum eis pro patria decertare erat consilium. 11. A quibus erant haec Romano illi nun- tiata? Ab legatis Remorum, qui nostri amici diu fue- rant. 12. Nam cum reliquis Belgis non coniiiraverant et auxilium Romanis dare parati erant. 140 1. For what reason did the Remi not conspire with the rest of the Belgae ? 2. The rest of the Belgae were already in arms, but these were our allies. 3. They were prepared to give aid with supplies of grain. 4. What was the * The forms of sum are frequently thus separated in position from the perfect participles to which they belong grammatically. THE THIRD DECLENSION 49 plan of the Nervii ? 5. Their plan was to call together an assembly of the Belgians, and on account of lack of supplies to demand aid from their neighbors. 6. These brought the grain which had been asked for, but the Remi con- spired with the Komans against the rest of the Gauls. 7. And so their fields were devastated by the Nervii and their allies. 8. In the meantime, Caesar had subdued the Haeduans and had taken by storm a great number of their towns. 9. Who were these and whose allies had they been ? LESSON XV THE THIRD DECLENSION 141 The stem ends in a consonant or -i. All consonant stems may be found by drop- ping the ending -is of the genitive singular: princip-is, reg-is. Consonant stems are divided into two classes, Mute and Liquid Stems, according to the nature of the final consonant. Mute Stems end in b or p, c or g, d or t (6). 142 MUTE STEMS Pakadigms Princeps, m. chief. princip- SlNGULAR Plural NoM., Voc. princeps prmcipes Gen. prmcipis prmcipum DAT. prmcipi principibus Accu. principem prmcipes Abl. 4 principe principibus 60 FIRST LATIN BOOK Rex, m. king. Miles, m. soldier. reg- milit- SlNGULAR NOM., Voc. rex mlles Gen. regis • militis Dat. regi militi Accu. regem militem Abl. rege Plural milite NoM., Voc. reges milites Gen. regnin militum Dat. regibus militibus Accu. reges milites Abl. regibus militibus {a) Notice that the nominatives singular of these nouns ends in -s. Stems in b or p retain their final consonants unchanged before this ending: urbs, prin- ceps ; when stems end in c or g, the final consonant com- bines with -8 to form x: (duc-s) dux, (reg-s) rex; but stems ending in d or t drop their final consonants be- fore -s of the nominative : (cust5d-s) custos, (milit-s) miles. (i) Notice also that the last vowel of the stem is some- times changed in the nominative : milit-, miles, etc. These few changes can easily be learned by observation. 143 Make a list of the terminations and commit it to memory. Decline together : hie princeps ; rex iUe ; is miles. 144 VOCABULARY administro, -are, to manage, comes, comitis, m. and f. ante, prep, with accu. hefore. companion^ attendant. THE THIRD DECLENSION 61 coniunx, coniugis, f. consort^ lux, lucis, f. light. wife, miles, militis, m. soldier. custos, custodis, m. guards pax, pacis, f. peace. keeper. princeps, principis, m. leader^ dux, duels, m. leader. chief. grex, gregis, m. fioch^ herd, rex, regis, m. king. iudex, iudicis, m. judge. vulnero, -are, to wound. 145 {a) 1. Hi qui coniurabant et bellum administrabant erant principes Galliae. 2. Concilium eorum, qui agros populi Romani intrabant, a rege convocatum est. 3. Ab CO loco, qui natura castris idoneus erat, milites Eomani non longe aberant. 4. Nam oppidum quod erat in via iam expugnaverant et ad socios properabant. 5. Hie, inter castra Gallorum et oppidum nostrum, errabant multi greges. 6. Quorum custodes, miseri servi regis, a militi- bus fugati erant. 7. Ante lucem incolae oppidi coniuges et liberos in silvas portaverant, arma comparaverant, ducem expectabant. (h) 8. Eo loco inter milites regis et Caesaris diti et for- titer pugnatum est^ et multi vulnerati sunt. 9. Galli, qui olim cum Romanis piignaverant, iam pacis causa eos iuvare parati erant. 10. Sed Romani inopia frumenti agros eorum vastare et socios nostros iuvare parabant. 11. In ceteris oppidis magna copia frumenti erat ; hoc Caesari (dat.) ab legatis Remorum et comitibus regis nuntiatum est. 12. Inter custodes gregum et comites meos erit index Caesar. 146 1. Owing to lack of supplies Caesar prepared to lay waste the lands of the Gauls. 2. The Gauls, whose wives and children were in the forests, fought for (pro) their lives ^ with swords and spears. 3. In the fields there were many flocks, of which the king's children were the guards. * Compare 133, 9. * Use the singular. 52 FIRST LATIN BOOK 4. The leader's plan was to help the allies of the Eoman people and to pacify the other Gauls. 5. Before daylight he called the principal men of Gaul, together with ^ the king, into the camp. 6. Here Caesar announced his plan in regard to peace. 7. "I will be judge between the Eemi and the other peoples of Gaul, and for the sake of peace I will give you many gifts." 8. The Gauls were ready to assist the Komans with grain, which had been in their towns for a long time. 147 READING EXERCISE De antiquis regibus Komani haec narrant : primus qui in Italia regnavit^ erat Sfiturnus. Hie non longe ab lani- eulo^ arcem (citadel) condidit (founded) quam Saturniam* appellavit. Agriculturam * quoque Italos primus docuit (taught), Postea (aftertoards) Latinus in illis locis regna- vit. Sub (under) hoc rege Troia in Asia ab Graecis ex- pugnata est. Itaque Aeneas, clarus Troianus, AnchTsae^ et deae filius, cum multis sociis ex patria aufugit^ (fl^d) et in Italiam pervenit (came), Ibi rex Latinus ei filiam Laviniam dedit. Aeneas oppidum condidit, quod Lavi- nium appellavit. Tertius rex erat Ascanius, Aeneae filius, qui regnum^ (throne) in alium (another) locum transtulit (transferred)^ et in monte (mountain) Albano novum oppi- dum condidit, quod Albam Longam appellavit. Hoc loco multi regnaverunt, dum (until) Eomulus, qui Eheae Sil- viae et dei filius erat, in monie Palatio Eomam condidit. ^ Together with, translate by one word. ^ regrno, -are, is a verb formed from the same base as rex (re^-). What must the verb mean ? ^ The high ridge across the Tiber from Rome. '* Guess the meaning. 5 Gen. sing, of the Greek name AnchTses. ^ Perf. indie, of aufiigio ; compare fu^o, -are. '' What other words have the same stem 1 THE THIED DECLENSION 53 148 LESSON XVI THE THIRD DECLENSION MUTE STEMS {Continued) Paradigms Vox, f. voice. Obses, m. and f . hostage. Virtus, f . manliness^ voc- obsid- Singular virtut- [courage. NOM., Voc. vox obses virtus Gen. vocis obsidis virtutis DAT. voci obsidi virtuti Accu. vocem obsidem virttitem Abl. voce obside Plural virtute NoM., Voc. voces obsides virtutes Gen. vocum obsidum virtutum DAT. vocibus J obsidibus 1 virtutibus Accu. voces obsides virtutes Abl. vocibus \ obsidibus 1 virtutibus Caput, n. head. capit- Singular Plural NOM., Voc. caput capita Gen. capitis capitum Dat. capiti capitibus Accu. caput capita Abl. capite capitibus {a) Notice the manner in which the nominatives of vox, obses, and virtus are formed, and compare them with the similar nouns in the preceding lesson. 54 FIRST LATIN BOOK (5) Notice that the nominative of caput is the sim- ple stem with the second vowel changed from i to ii. Compare the declension of this noun with that of neu- ters of the Second Declension (60). ABLATIVE OF MANNER 149 Examples 1. Eex cum audacia pugna- The king fought with hold- vit. ness. 2. Rex magna cum audacia The king fought with great pugnavit. holduess, 3. Rex magna audacia pug- The king fought tvith great navit. boldness, {a) Notice that in these sentences the ablatives an- swer the question, How f That is, they tell the manner in which the king fought. Such an ablative is called an Ahlatvoe of Manner} 150 Tilde* — The manner of an action is expressed by the Ab- lative, usually with cuin ; but if the Ablative is modified by an adjective, cum need not be used. W. 390; B. 220; AG. 248; H. 473, 3. 151 VOCABULARY audacia, -ae, f. boldness^ Germani, -orum, m. Ger- courage. mans. caput, capitis, n. head. laus, laudis, f . praise, glory. celeriter, adv. quickly. magnopere, adv. greatly. ^ The same idea is frequehtly expressed in Latin as in English by an adverb : rex andacter (boldly) pugnavit = rex cum audacia pugnayit. THE THIRD DECLENSION 56 obses, obsidis, m. and f. hos- sacerd6s,sacerd6tis,m.^ries^. tage, vester, -tra, -trum, your, occupo, -are, to seize, (Compare noster, 138.) per, prep, with accu. through,, virtus, virtutis, f . manliness^ dy means of, courage, pr5, prep, with abl. for, for vox, v5cis, f . voice^ word, the sake of, 152 1. De audacia eorum qui contra populum Komanum conitirabant iam erat nuntiatum.^ 2. Sed Caesar obsides, quorum magnus numerus erat, celeriter convocavit et per sacerdotem haec nuntiavit. 3. " Magna virtute, obsides, piignaverunt Galli et vestri socii, et magna per Galliam est laus eorum. 4. Itaque eos magnopere laudo ; semper amici et socii populi Eomani appellabuntur. 5. Nam ei fortiter pro patria et liberis decertaverunt. 6. Sed nunc arma et auxilia a comitibus regis contra Komanos parantur; castra nostra cum audacia opptignabunt. 7. Sed paratus sum eos in amicitia habere,^ dona dare, bellum cum Germanis administrare." 8. Haec sacerdos magna voce niintiavit et obsides, qui principes Galliae erant, a Caesare cum cura servabantur. 9. Interea Belgae, qui olim pacati erant, friimenti copiam per legatos dare properaverunt. 10. Haec Caesari erant grata ; itaque multa oppida Ger- manorum celeriter occupavit et copias eorum fugavit. 153 1. In the camp were many hostages, who had been protected (servo) by the Komans with great care. 2. They were the chief men of Gaul who once had fought with great bravery against Caesar and the Eomans. 3. Before daybreak Caesar called a priest, who made the fol- lowing announcement^ to the hostages in a loud voice. 4. "You (vos), together with the Britons, once (olim) 1 Compare 133, 9. * Present infin. of habe5, to have, to hold, ^ Translate, announced these things. 56 FIRST LATIN BOOK conspired against the friends of the Eoman people and pre- pared to lay waste their territory and to seize their towns. 5. Your glory among the Gauls was great, but you have been defeated by Caesar and your towns seized. 6. Xow you have helped the Eoman soldiers with a supply of grain ; therefore he praises you (vos) and will give your kings many rewards. 7. He is ready to help your allies, the Britons, a great number of whom were formerly in the friendship of the Roman people, and to be at peace with them." 8. Without delay Caesar's ambassadors car- ried this news^ throughout Gaul and Britain; a great number of the Gauls and Britons were thus quickly pacified. LESSON XVII THE THIRD DECLENSION (Continued) 154 Liquid, Nasal, and Spirant Stems The steins end in -1 or -r, -n, and -s. 155 Paradigms Consul, m. consul. Victor, m. victor. Hoin5,m.andf.7w«/i. cdnsul- victor- homin- SlNGULAR NoM., Voc. consul victor homo Gen. consulis victoris hominis Dat. consul! victori homini Accu. consulem victorem hominem Abl. consule victore homine ^ Uaec. THE THIRD DECLENSION 57 NOM., Voc. Gen. DAT. Accu. Abl. Plural consules victores consulum vTctorum consulibus victoribus consules victores homines hominum hominibus homines consulibus victoribus hominibus Nomen, n. name. Honor, m. honor. Corpus, n. dody, ndmin- hou5s- corpos- Singular NoM., Voc. nomen honor corpus Gen. nominis honoris corporis DAT. nomini honori corpori Accu. nomen honorem corpus Abl. nomine honore corpore Plural NoM., Voc. nomina honores corpora Gen. nominum honorum corporum DAT. nominibus honoribus corporibus Accu. nomina honores corpora Abl. nominibus honoribus corporibus {a) Notice that liquid stems like consul- and victor- form the nominative singular without the case-ending. ih) Notice also that nasal stems like homin- not only have no case-ending in the nominative singular, but drop the final -n ; the nominative generally ends in -6. This is true of almost all masculine and feminine nouns of this class. Neuter stems like nomin- have the nomina- tive like the stem, changing the final vowel from i to e. {g) In the case of spirant stems like honos- and corpos-, the s is always changed to r between two vowels, so that the stem seems to end in the liquid r. The nomi- native has no case-ending, but the nominatives of a few 58 FIRST LATIN BOOK common nouns of this class ^ have the r of the appar- ent stem ; in neuters the last vowel, e or o, of the stem is regularly modified to u before s. OBJECTIVE GENITIVE 156 Examples 1. Amor patriae est magnus. Love of country is great. 2. Timore militum in oppi- Because of their fear of the dum properant. soldiers they are hurrying into the town. 3. Avidi laudis erant Galli. The Gauls were eager for praise. (a) Notice that in these sentences the genitives patriae, militum, laudis, are the objects of the feelings expressed in the nouns amor, timore, and the adjective avidi. Such a genitive is called an Objective Genitive, Compare the genitive of Possessor (35). 157 HtUe, — The Genitive is used with nouns and adjectives to denote the Object of the action or feeling implied in the word it modifies. W. 351; B. 200. 204; AG. 217. 218; H. 440, 2. 450. 158 VOCABULARY adpropiiiqu5, -are, to ap- consul, consulis, m. consul proach. corpus, corporis, n. body. amor, ain5ris, m. love. homo, hominis, m. and f . hu- apud, prep, with the accu. man being^ ma?i. tvith^ among. honor, honoris, m. honor. arbor, arboris, f. tree. iter, itineris, n. journey^ avidus, -a, -um, eager. march., route. clamor, clamoris, m. shouts labor, laboris, m. worJc^ labor, noise (of shouting). neque . . . neque, neither^ nor, * E. g., arbor, f. tree ; clamor, m. shout ; color, m. color ; dolor, m. pain. THE THIRD DECLENSION 59 nomen, nominis, n. name, Vertiscus, -i, m. Vertiscus (a occulta, -are, to hide. chieftain of the Remi). pecus, pecoris, n. flockj^ herd victor, victoris, m. victor (grex, 144). (victoria, 111), timor, timoris, m. fear, 159 1. Magnus erat Romanis militibus amor laudis. 2, Itaque ante Iticem sine mora magno militum clamore et labore ad murum Caesar consul properavit. 3. Iter erat per agros sociorum, ubi arbores erant multae et magnae. 4. Interea Belgae, qui timore Romanorum greges et pecora in silvis occultaverant, decertare para- bant. 5. Belgae magna corpora et longos gladios habe- bant; semper avidi laudis fuerant. 6. Sed apud Remos erat vir f iliae regis, Vertiscus nomine.^ 7. Itaque ille vir, princeps et dux, amicus erat multorum Belgarum et magno in honore erat apud consulem Romanum. 8. Ea de causa Caesar eum et comites eius celeriter vocavit et haec eis de pace per sacerdotem nuntiavit. 9. "Belgae sunt caput huius belli, sed neque odio illorum neque praedae causa ad oppidum properamus. 10. Belgae Ger- manos f rumento et militibus contra Romanes iuvant ; ab eis agri sociorum nostrorum vastantur. 11. Nunc prae- mium hiiius belli est Romanis laus magna, illis vita; victores erimus." 160 1. The road to the town lay^ through the country of the Haeduans. 2. In the fields were many men and many herds with keepers. 3. The inhabitants were already approaching the town with their wives and children because of their fear of the Roman consul. 4. In the meantime Caesar hastened by forced * marches from the * Pecus and grex are frequently used without distinction, but pecus is used particularly of small cattle, a flock of sheep, etc. 2 By name. ^ Was. * Use the right case of mag'nus. 60 FIRST LATIN BOOK camp to the town, which he attacked before dawn. 5. In the German's camp was a famous man, Ariovistus by name,^ who had many friends among the allies of the Komans. 6. The Belgians had been victors, for they were helped by these men with grain and horses. 7. The Ger- mans had brought a large number of trees, and with great labor had got ready a wall before the town. 8. They fought with great courage and from love of country. LESSON XVIII THE THIRD DECLENSION (Continued) Stems in -i 161 MASCULINE AND FEMININE STEMS Paradigms Civis, m. citizen. Hostis, m. and f . Nubes, f. cloud. civi- enemy, hosti- SlNGULAR nubi- NOM., Voc. civis hostis nubes Gen. civis hostis niibis Dat. civi hosti niibi Accu. civem hostem niibem Abl. civi, -e hoste Plural nube NOM., Voc. cives hostes niibes Gen. civinm hostimn nuhiuin Dat. civibus hostibus nubibus Accu. civis, -es hostis, -es nubis, -es Abl. civibus hostibus nubibus 1 Compare 159, 6. THE THIRD DECLENSION 61 {a) ISTotice that the singular of hostis and nubes differs from that of mute stems only in the nominative ; but that the plural differs in the genitive and accusative. (b) Not many nouns of frequent occurrence belong to this class; the most common of those declined like civis are finis, m. end^ and ignis, m. fire ; in the latter the ablative igni is rare ; igne is the common form. (g) a few nouns have the accu. sing, ending in -im, abl. sing in -i ; these will be noted in the vocabularies. 162 NEUTER STEMS Mare, n. sea. Animal, n. creature. mari- animali- SlNGULAR NOM., Voc. mare animal Gen. maris animalis DAT. mari animali Accu. mare animal Abl. mari Plural animali NoM., Voc. maria animalia Gen. 1 animalium DAT. maribus animalibus Accu. maria animalia Abl. maribus animalibus {a) Notice that neuter nouns of this class have only -i in the ablative singular, and always -ia in the nomi- native, vocative, and accusative plural. 1 The genitive plural of mare is found but once, and then has the form marum. 62 FIRST LATIN BOOK 163 To the class of -i stems belong : (1) Nouns of the third declension ending in is or -es, mostly feminine, or in -e, neuter, not in- creasing in the genitive.* (2) Neuters ending in -al and -ar. 164 VOCABULARY animal, animalis, n. living hostis, hostis, m. and f. ene- creature. my. caedes, caedis, f. slaughter, ignis, ignis, m. fire. civis, civis, m. and f . citizen, impetro, -are, to obtain (one's clades, cladis, f. loss^ disas- request). ter. mare, maris, n. sea. coUis, coUis, m. hill, moenia, moenium, n. plu. conlocd, -are, to place^ to sta- walls, rarnparts (of a tion. town). e, ex,2 prep, with the abl. nubes, nubis, f. cloud. out of, from. post, prep, with the accu. et . . . et, both . . . and. after, behind, finis, finis, m. end\ plu. -que, and.^ boundaries, territory. rogo, -are, to ask for.^ frater, fratris, m. brother. turris, turris,^ f. tower. 165 1. Principes eius consili et duces hostium erant Ger- mani. 2. Inter Nervios is qui sacerdos iudexque appella- ^ That is, having the same number of syllables in the genitive as in the nominative singular. ^ E is used before consonants only ; ex before both vowels and consonants. Compare a, ab. ^ Always attached to the second of a pair of words : terra marlque, on land and sea. Compare -ne. * The thing asked for and the person from whom it is asked are both in the accusative : consulem anxilinm rogaut, they ask the consul for aid. ^ Accu. sing, ends occasionally in im ; 161, c. THE THIRD DECLENSION 63 batur, magna voce haec nuntiavit. 3. "Hostes iam et pecora et greges timore militum nostrorum in silvis occultant." 4. Consilium est regis, cuius f rater in ami- citia nostra olim erat, civis contra nostros ^ incitare et oppidum opptignare. 5. Magnus est eis numerus equorum, quibus celeriter et cum audacia in nostros finis properaverunt ; iam moenibus adpropinquant. 6. Sed in nostris collibus parati sunt ignes, ante moenia sunt custodes ; oppidum expugnare non poterunt,^ sed magna erit clades eorum. 7. In vestris collibus, Germani, sunt nova animalia, quorum fama apud Romanes magna est. 8. Turres, quae in colle post oppidum erant, iam nubi- bus occultabantur. Itaque consul moenibus oppidi sine clade adpropinquabat. 9. Ante liicem ptignatum est magna virtute a Romanis sociisque inter mare et castra. Hi ex oppido in silvas magna caede fugati sunt. 10. Itaque consulem Romanum auxilium et rogabunt et im- petrabunt socii nostri. 166 1. The cause of the war was hatred for both the king and his companions. 2. The king^s brother was a leader and a chief among the Belgians, and had been greatly praised for his bravery and patriotism ; ^ he asked the Romans for help.* 3. The enemy had prepared fires on the hills, and in company with the Germans were already hastening by forced marches into their terri- tory. 4. The Nervii fought from the walls, but the enemy built towers on the hill which was behind the town. 5. The slaughter was not great, for the enemy fought with small spears, and the Nervii had swords. * Used substantively, our men, our soldiers. 2 The future indicative of possum, can, he able. What person and number is it f ' Translate, love of country, * Compare 165, 10. 64 FIRST LATIN BOOK 6. Quickly and fearlessly^ the rest of the enemy ap- proached over ^ the hills, which were already hidden by the clouds. 7. The Nervii were neighbors of those who had conspired together, and after the battle they entered their lands for plunder. LESSON XIX THE THIRD DECLENSION (Continued) 167 MIXED ► STEMS Paradigms Arx, f . citadel. XJrbs, i I city. Cliens, m. client arc(i)- urb(i)- client(i)- Singular NOM., Voc. arx urbs cliens Gen. arcis urbis clientis DAT. arci urbi client! Accu. arcem urbem clientem Abl. arce urbe cliente Plueal NoM., Voc. arces urbes clientes Gen. arciuin urbinm clientium DAT. arcibus urbibus clientibus Accu. arces, -is urbes, -: [s clientes, -is Abl. arcibus urbibus clientibus ' Translate, without fear. ^ Use per. THE THIRD DECLENSION 65 {a) Notice that these nouns are declined like conso- nant stems in the singular, but show the peculiarities of i stems in the plural. No sharp distinction can be made between nouns of this class and nouns like hostis and nubes which are classed under i stems. 168 To the class of Mixed Stems belong : (1) Most monosyllables in -s and -x preceded by a consonant, as arx, urbs, etc. (2) Most nouns in -ns and -rs, as aliens, cohors, etc. 169 VOCABULARY arx, arcis, f. citadel. legio, legionis, f. legio7i (a civitas, civitatis,^ f . state^ military body made up of citizenship (civis, 164). ten cohortes). cliens, clientis, m. client. mons, montis, m. moun- cohors, cohortis, f. cohort (a tain. military body of 300-360 mors, mortis, f. death. men). navis,^ navis, f. ship (navigo, eques, equitis, m. horseman 56 ; nauta, 47). (equus, 80). pons, pontis, m. Iridge. etiam, adv. even. quies, quietis, f . quiet., peace. flumen, fluminis, n. river. ripa, ripae, f. lank (of a faga, fugae, f. flight (fiigo). stream). gens, gentis, f. clan^ family^ urbs, nrbis, f. city. tribe. 170 1. Inter hostis erant multi qui clientes populi Eomani olim fuerant. 2. Hi ex fuga in castra nostra erraverant, ubi eos victor consul, Quintus nomine,^ cum cura servabat * Feminine nouns in -as, -atis, sometimes have the genitive plural in -ium, accusative plural in -es, -is, like mixed stems ; but for the present they are treated as consonant stems. ^ Usually declined like civis, rarely like turris. 3 Compare 159, 6. 5 66 FIRST LATIN BOOK et obsidum loco ^ habebat. 3. Eques regi eorum, qui non longe ab ea urbe in colle aberat, consilium hostium nuntiavit. 4. Interea consul clientes Eomanorum in navibus celeriter ad ripam fluminis portavit ; ibi erat locus castris idoneus. 5. Magnum numerum armorum huius belli causa gentes Germanorum comparaverant et iam in finis Gallorum properabant. 6. Post arcem, quae in colle erat, hostes magno labore pontem paraverant ; et ibi et in arce proelium exspectabant. 7. Magna erit etiam in morte laus eorum qui pro patria cum audacia decertaverunt. 8. Inter mare et montem in quo ignes hostium erant, magna cum caede Gallorum pugnatum est. 9. Post regis mortem reliqui hostes fugantur ; haec consuli nimtiantur. Magno amore praedae legiones Ko- manae ad ripam properant. 10. Iam neque quies neque pax in Gallia erat, sed ab oceano marique ad Mmen Ger- manorum bellum et arma. 171 1. The states of Gaul were aroused to war by their hatred of the Eoman citizens. These with their ^ clients were in the Gauls' cities and towns. 2. Therefore the consul, whose name was Quintus,^ together with his^ brother, hastened by forced marches into Gaul. 3. He did not have many horsemen, but he got ready towers in a suitable place on a hill. 4. Many ships had been built by the allies of the Eoman people, and these were not far away. 5. The enemy had many fires on the hills and mountains, and they awaited the battle and death with great courage. 6. The slaughter was great, both of the ^ loco, abl. in place of = as, ' » Omit. * This may be translated as in 170, 2 ; we may also say cai (dat. of possessor) nomen erat Quinto or cui nomen erat Quintus. The predicate dative Quinto, agreeing with cui, is more common than the predicate nominative Quintus, agreeing with nomen. THE THIRD DECLENSION 67 Eomans and of those who were fighting bravely for their ^ country. 7. The Gauls were conquered, but the Romans, though victorious,^ did not lay waste their lands. LESSON XX THE THIRD DECLENSION (Continued) RULES FOR GENDER 172 The following rules will help to fix tlie gender of a majority of the nouns of the Third Declen- sion, but it is important and easy to learn the gender of each noun when it is first met. (1) Masculine are nouns in -o, -or, -6s, -er, -es (gen. -itis, -idis) : ordo, order^ ran\ ^ctor, mos, custom^ agger, mound^ eques, etc. (2) Feminine are nouns in -as, -es (gen. -is), -is ; -X and -s (after a consonant) ; -do, and collective and abstract nouns in -io : civitas, nubes, navis, arx, urbs, multitudo, legio. (3) Neuter are nouns in -e, -1, -n, -t ; -us : mare, animal, nomen, caput, corpus. ACCUSATIVE OF TIME 173 Examples 1. Totam aestatem laborat. He tvorhs the entif^e summer. 2. Septem noctes continuas He attacked the town for oppidum oppugnabat. seven nights in succession. ' Omit. ^ Though victorious, simply victores. 68 FIRST LATIN BOOK (a) Notice that in these sentences the accusatives totam aestatem, septem noctes continuas answer the ques- tion How long f That is, they express the time during which the action of the verb continues. Such an accu- sative is called an Aecusati/ve of Duration of Time, 174 iJi^^e.— Duration of Time is expressed by the Accusative. W. 324; B. 181 ; AG. 256; H. 417. ABLATIVE OF TIME 175 Examples 1. Hieme noctes sunt longae. In winter the nights are long, 2. Prima luce hostes oppidum At daybreak the enemy loill oppugnabunt. attack the town, 3. Septem proximis annis Within the last seven years Gallos pacavit. he has subdued the Gauls, {a) Notice that in these sentences the ablatives hieme, prima luce, septem proximis annis, answer the questions When ? Within what time ? Such an ablative is called the Ablative of Tiine At Which or Within Which, 176 RiUe.—The Time At Which or Within Which an action takes place is expressed by the Ablative. W. 406. 407 ; B. 230. 231 ; AG. 256 ; H. 486. 487. 177 VOCABULARY aestas, -atis,^ f. summer, hiems, -mis, f. winter. annus, -i, m. year, hora, -ae, f. hour, cdnHrmd, -are, to makefirm^ nox, noctis, f. night, establish. primus, -a, -um, first, continuus, -a, -um, consecu- proximus, -a, -um, nearest^ tive, in succession, last, hiem5, -are, to spend the win- septem, indeclinable,^ seven, ter, Septimus, -a, -um, seventh, * Hereafter the entire form of the genitive will not be given, but only so much as is necessary to show the declension. * That is, having the same form for all genders and cases. THE THIRD DECLENSION 69 tertius, -a, -um, third. trans, prep, with accu. totus/ -a, -um, whole^ en- across, tire, vigilia, -ae, f. watch, 178 1. Tertia vigilia consulis f rater, cui nomen erat Marco,^ equites et legiones in colle proximo conlocavit ubi hostis exspectabat. 2. Hi nocte per finis JSTerviorum celeriter properaverunt et prima luce non longe ab castris Eo- manorum aberant. 3. Coniuges et liberi Gallorum his proximis noctibus in oppidis et urbibus conlocati ^ erant. 4. Septem horas continuas ab Eomanis et ab Gallis magna cum caede piignabatur. 5. Hostes superati sunt et obsi- des dabant ; sed ab reliquis Gallis semper magnopere laudabantur. 6. Pax confirmata est septima aestate inter eos Gallos qui in armis erant et Eomanos; iam multos annos per Galliam quies fuerat. 7. Haec victoria Eo- manorum ceteris Gallis et Germanis ab eis gentibus, quae finitimae erant, magno clam ore niintiata erat. 8. Post multos annos gentes Germaniae bellum contra victores Eomanos parabant ; septem noctes continuas ignes in montibus collibusque videbantur.* 9. Sed totam proxi- mam hiemem consul Eomanus cum septem cohortibus apud Gallos hiemaverat. 10. Iam frater consulis cum legionibus tertia et septima ^ magnis itineribus ex Italia ad consulem in Galliam properabat. 179 1. The third summer Caesar hastened into the terri- tory of the Belgians and stationed his cohorts on the * The genitive singular of all genders is totius, dative singular toll ; otherwise totus is declined like bonus. Compare the declen- sion of hic, ille, etc. ® Compare 171, 2, foot-note. 3 When a predicate adjective or participle agrees with two or more nouns of different genders, it is Masculine when the nouns denote persons, and Neuter when the nouns denote things. * Were seen. From video, to see ; the principal parts and the conjugation will be given later. ^ Agreeing with legionibus. Why is the noun plural when the adjectives are singular ? 70 FIRST LATIN BOOK mountains and hills. 2. He strengthened the courage* of the soldiers by his ^ words.^ 3. Many men, clients of the Romans, hurried to him from the neighboring tribes and states and brought arms and hostages. 4. The lead- ing men of the enemy were called together on that night ; they were without a plan for the war. 5. Among them were many who once had been greatly praised by the Eomans for their courage. 6. During the night the king of the Belgians with his attendants brought a large quan- tity of arms into camp. 7. The Romans and the Belgians fought in the plain between the hills for seven hours ; the Belgians * were driven ^ into their camp. 180 READING EXERCISE The Beginning of the Republic Post reges consules duo^ pro rege uno' creati sunt,^ quibus annuum^ imperium*^ civitatis datum est. Primo anno consules fuerunt Lucius Junius Brutus, qui regem Tarquinium expulerat,** et Tarquinius Collatinus. Sed nomen Tarquiniorum populo Romano non erat gratum ; itaque cum coniuge, liberis, servisque omnia ^^ bona *^ ex urbe ad finitimos portavit, et in eius locum Valerius Pub- licola consul est creatus. Sed iam ille Tarquinius, qui rex fuerat, helium contra Eomanos parabat. In primo proelio Brutus consul occidit,** quem Romanae matronae^^ per totum annum luxerunt.^^ Postero^^ anno Tarquinius ^ animns. ^ An adjective ; compare annus. 2 Omit. 10 Rule. * yerbum, -T. " Had driven out. * Translate by a pronoun. ^^ All. ^ Put to flight. 13 Neut. plur. used substantively, goods. « Two. 14 Fell. ■^ One. 1^ What English word is derived from this f ® creo, -are, to elect. " Mourned. ^"^ The next. ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION n cum Eomanis iterum ^ armis decertavit et Porsenna, rex Etruscorum, ei auxilium dedit. In hoc bello Horatius solus ^ pontem servavit, dum ^ is ab Komanis ruptus esset.* Denique Porsenna pacem cum Eomanis fecit ^ ; Tarquinius post non multos annos in villa mortuus est.^ LESSON XXI ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION 181 Paradigms Audax, bold. audaci- SlNGULAR Plural ] VIASC, FEM. NEUTER MASC, FEM. NEUTER NoM., Voc. audax audax audaces audacia Gen. audacis audacium Dat. audaci audacibus Accu. audficem audax audacis, -es audacia Abl. audaci Fortis, brave. forti- audacibus SlNGULAR Plural MASC, FEM. NEUTER MASC, FEM. NEUTER NoM., Voc. fortis forte fortes fortia Gen. fortis fortium Dat. forti fortibus Accu. fortem forte fortis, -es fortia Abl. forti fortibus ^ Again, 4 Pill p. subj. pass., had been broken down. ^ Alone. 5 Made. 3 JJflfil, « Died. 12 FIRST LATIN BOOK Acer, sharp^ eager, spirited. acri- Singular Plural MASC. FEM. NEUTER MASC. FEM. NEUTER NoM., Voc. acer acris acre acres acres acria Gen. acris acris acris acrium acriiim acrium DAT. acri acri acri acribus acribus acribus Accu. acrem acrem acre acris, -es acris, -es acria Abl. acri acri acri acribus acribus acribus (a) Notice that these adjectives are all declined like i steins.^ {b) Adjectives declined like audax, which has but one form for all genders in the nominative singular, are called Adjectives of One Termination ; those declined like fortis, forte, Adjectives of Two Terminations ; and those declined like acer, acris, acre, Adjectives of Three Terminations. 182 VOCABULARY acer, acris, acre, sharp, eager, spirited. armo, -are, to arm (anna, 111). audax, -acis, hold (audacia, 151). brevis, breve, short. dimico, -are, to fight, con- tend (compare pugnd, 101). equester, equestris, equestre, belonging to the cavalry, equestrian (equus, 80, eques, 169). fortis, forte, strong, brave. ita, adv. so, thus, in this manner. iuventus, -tutis, f. the period of youth, youth, young men. ^ Adjectives of one termination sometimes have the abl. sing, end- ing in -e instead of -i, but this is not common in prose of the classical period. Compare the declension of these adjectives with that of the nouns in lei and 162. ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION Y3 omnis, oinne, all^ whole. tempus, -oris, n. time. pars, -tis, f . part. velox, -ocis, swift. quartus, -a, -um, fourth. vulnus, -eris, n. wound (vul- studimn, -i, n. zeal^ desire. nero, 144). 183 1. Omnes Belgae, qui in tertia parte Galliae habita- bant, cum finitimis gentibus et civitatibus brevi tempore conitirabant. 2. Eo tempore hiemabat Caesar cum quarta legione in ea parte Galliae quae Italiae proxima est ; de Belgarum consilio ei per epistulas nuntiatum est. 3. Caesar, ubi {when) brevi tempore copiam frumenti com- paravit, finibus Belgarum adpropinquavit. 4. Cum om- nibus equitibus et novis cohortibus iuventtitis, quas ex urbibus Italiae vocaverat, contra hostis properabat ; in itinere copias Gallorum equestri proelio fugavit. 5. Eemi, qui ex Belgis proximi Gallis sunt, non longe aberant cum primis civitatis clientibusque eorum ; auxilium con- tra inimicos rogaverunt. 6. Apud Belgas erat magna inopia omnium; neque arma neque equos neque copiam frumenti habebant. 7. Sed Germani, qui audaces for- tesque erant, iam multos continuos annos cum Eoma- nis dimicaverant. 8. Ante proelium quod exspectabat Caesar, animos militum ita confirm a vit : " Vestra erit laus victoriae ; sed hostibus vulnera et mors." 9. Ve- loces acresque erant Belgae qui longis hastis armati erant; magno cum studio belli totam noctem dimica- bant. 184 1. At that time Caesar's lieutenant was in Gaul, and hostages were given him by all the tribes. 2. In the next winter the bold Gauls for many reasons prepared for ^ a new war against the Eomans. 3. When ^ all the 1 Prepare for, paro, -are. * Use ubi and the perfect indicative ; compare sentence 3 above. Ubi means both where and when\ it will be used in both senses in the following lessons. 74: FIEST LATIN BOOK arms had been brought from the town, Caesar hurried with the eager cavah-y and the brave cohorts into the lands of the neighboring tribe. 4. These men were brave and bold, but owing to their fear of the Eoman soldiers they were ready to fight neither at that time nor in that place. 5. Their cavalry forces were not great, but they had placed all their young men on a hill which was not far distant. 6. The Komans' horses, of which there was a great number in camp, were swift and spirited. LESSON XXII COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 185 Adjectives are compared in three Degrees, as in English — the Positive, Comparative, and Su- perlative. The Comparative is formed by adding -lor m. and f., -ius n., and the Superlative by adding -issimus, -a, -um to the stem of the Positive : POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE altus (alto-) alt-ior alt-issimus fortis (forti-) fort-ior fort-issimus ^ audax (audac-) andac-ior audac-issimus DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES 186 Comparatives are declined as follows : * Notice that the final vowel of the stem of the Positive, if it have any, as in alto-, forti-, is dropped before the endings -ior, -issimns. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 75 Singular Plural M. and F. NEUT. M. and F. NEUT. NOM., Voc. fortior fortius fortiores fortiora Gen. fortioris fortiorum DAT. fortiori fortioribus Accu. fortiorem fortius fortiores ^ fortiora Abl. f ortiore ^ fortioribus {a) Compare this declension of the Comparative with that of the Positive of adjectives of the Third Declen- sion, 181, and notice the points of difference carefully. 187 Superlatives are all declined like bonus, 62. 188 Compare : earns, clarns, brevis, tristis, velox. ABLATIVE OF COMPARISON 189 Examples 1. Marcus est clarior quam Marcus is more famous than frater. Ms hrother. 2. Marcus est fratre clarior. Marcus is morefajnous than his brother, 3. ftuid est bono civi carius What is dearer to a good citi- quam patria? zen than his native land? 4. ftuid est bono civi patria What is dearer to a good citi- carius? zen than his native land? {a) Notice that in these sentences the person or thing with which the subject of each sentence is compared is either in the same case as the subject and connected by the conjunction quam, than^ or is expressed by the sim- ple Ablative. Such an Ablative is called the AUative of Comparison. 1 The endings -i in the Ablative Singular and -is in the Accusa- tive Plural occur, but are rare. 76 FIRST LATIN BOOK (&) This Ablative can be used only when the first of the things compared is in the nominative or accusative ; when the first of the two things compared is in any other case quam must be used : e. g., carior Horatio quam serv5 est ille locus. That place is dearer to Horace than to his slave, 190 JBi^e.— The Ablative of Comparison is used after the nominative or accusative of Comparatives. W. 380, 381 ; B. 217; AG. 247; H. 471. 191 VOCABULARY altus, -a, -Tiin, Mgh^ deep, mater, -tris, f. mother, atrdx, -cis, savage^ fright- mulier, -eris, f. woman, ful. pater, -tris, m. father, certus, -a, -um, certain^ sure, pes, pedis, m. foot. dnrus, -a, -um, hard^ diffi- quam, conj. than. cult. timidus, -a, -um, ti7nid (timor, egens, -ntis, lacking , needy, 158). gravis, -e, heavy ^ severe, tristis, -e, sad, imperd, -are, to order.^ tutus, -a, -um, safe. 192 1. Belgae sunt fortiores et audaciores quam ei Galli qui Romanis finitimi sunt. 2, Nam cum Germanis, qui non longe absunt, saepe diirissimo tempore anni dimi- cant. 3. Multis de causis ea aestate gravius et atrocius bellum in hac parte Galliae exspectabatur. 4. Mons ubi Caesar iuventiitem et equestris copias conlocavit, altior erat eo colle quem hostes occupaverant. 5. Pueros om- nis et mulieres timidiores in altis silvis occultaverant hostes, ubi tiitiores erant quam in arce. 6. Belgis erat in animo^ timidos confirmare, egentis iuvare, omnis contra * With the dat. of person and the accu. of thing, to order to fur- nish : eis obsides imperavit. He ordered them to furnish hostages. ^ esse in animo with the dative of possessor, to have in mind, plan, intend. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 77 Eomanos incitare, patriam liberare. 7. Multi obsides in castris Caesaris et in Italia erant, inter quos erant fratres, filii, filiaeque principum civitatis. 8. Sed tertia vigilia noctis hostes celeriter et magno cum studio proeli moeni- bus adpropinquaverunt ; ibi diu pugnatum est, sed vic- toria erat EomanTs certa. 9. Post id bellum ante pedes Caesaris Belgae tristissimi amicitiam eius et populi Eomani postulabant. 10. lam hiems adpropinquabat ; itaque Caesar eis obsides, patres et matres, imperavit. 193 1. Of all the states of Gaul, this was the bravest and most eager for war. 2. The enemy had many horses which were swifter and more spirited than those belong- ing to ^ the Komans. 3. In the first watch of the night the Eomans approached the town, the wall of which was very high. 4. But at daybreak the enemy were defeated in a hard battle with the cavalry ^ in a broad plain be- fore the town. 5. The consul ordered the Gauls to fur- nish ^ many hostages, among whom were the fathers and the sons of the leading men of the state. 6. Caesar intended* to get ready a large number of ships in the winter and to carry his soldiers to Britain the following summer. 7. All the neighboring tribes of Britain has- tened to the sea by the shortest road and prepared to fight with the Eomans. 1 Belonging to : translate by the possessive genitive. * With the cavalry : translate by an adjective. 8 Compare 192, 10. * Compare 192, 6. 78 FIRST LATIN BOOK LESSON XXIII COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES (Continued) 194 Adjectives ending in -er form the Superlative by adding -rimus to the Nominative of the Posi- tive : POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE pulcher pulchr-ior pnlcher-rimus acer acr-ior acer-rimus In the same way compare miser, liber. 195 Six adjectives in -ilis form the Superlative by adding -limus to the stem of the Positive less its final vowel : facilis, easy difficilis, difficult similis, lihe dissimilis, unlike humilis, loio gracilis, slender COMPARATIVE facil-ior difficil-ior simil-ior dissimil-ior humil-ior gracil-ior SUPERLATIVE facil-limus difficil-limus simil-limus dissimil-limus humil-liinus gracil-limus ABLATIVE OF DEGREE OF DIFFERENCE 196 Examples 1. Paulo post adpropinqua- A little later the consul ap- vit consul. Haec via est multd diffi- cilior. nia turris decern pedibus est altior quam murus. proacJied,- This way is much more difficult. That tower is ten feet higher than the wall. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 79 {a) Notice that in these sentences the ablatives paul5, multo, decern pedibus answer the questions "How much later ^ more difficulty higher f'^'' Such an Ablative is called the Ablative of Degree of Difference, 197 Mule.—TYie Ablative of Degree of Difference is used with Comparatives and words suggesting comparison. ^ W. 393 ; B. 223 ; AG. 250 ; H. 479. 198 VOCABULARY beatus, -a, -um, happy, multo, much} celer, -eris, -ere, swift. nemo, neminis, m. no one. decern (indeclinable), ten. nihil, n. (indeclin.), nothing. difficilis, -e, difficult. ordo, -inis, m. order^ rank. dissimilis, -e, unlilce. paulo, little.^ facilis, -e, easy. similis, -e, lihe. humilis, -e, low. viginti (indeclin.), twenty. insignis, -e, remarlcalle^ prominent. 199 1. El Belgae, qui Germanis ^ sunt non dissimiles, mul- to fortiores sunt quam reliqui huius nominis. 2. Illi decern ante * annis superfiverant consulem Komanum, qui per eorum agros cum copiis properabat. 3. Qua de causa Caesar prima aestate cum equitibus celerrimis in cam par- tem Galliae properaverat. 4. Eo tempore naves Eomano- rum paulo altiores erant quam eae quas Belgae habebant, sed humiliores quam eae quae nunc in nostro mari sunt. 5. Multo facilius erat Belgis, quorum in finibus erant ^ The most common words suggesting comparison are the adverbs ante, before, post, afterward, ^nd i\\Q ^Qvh malo, to prefer {4tS7). ^ Multo and paulo are originally the ablatives singular neuter of the adjectives multus and panlus ; they are, however, generally called adverbs. ^ Dative * Ante is here an adverb and has no influence on the ablative. 80 FIRST LATIN BOOK multae arbores, navis aedificare. 6. Insigni studio om- nium ordinum per viginti dies ^ continuos Belgae labora- bant; multas navis celeriores altioresque aedificaverunt. 7. Simili studio cum militibus nostris diu pugnaverunt, sed septima hora ad ripas sunt fugati. 8. Nihil homini f orti bonoque pulchrius est quam pro patria mori ; ^ nemo beatior est quam is qui coniugis et liberorum causa for- titer dimicat. 9. Pons, quem trans flumen aedificavit Caesar, latior septem pedibus erat quam via. 10. Quies longa f uerat ea nocte in oppido Belgarum, sed paulo ante lucem magno cum clamore ad castra Eomanorum prope- raverunt hostes. 200 1. For many reasons Caesar prepared to hurry into Gaul by a more difficult way. 2. The tribe, whose terri- tory he was approaching, was much braver than the rest of the Gauls. 3. Their horses were much swifter and more spirited than those of the Romans. 4. These tribes were most like the Germans,^ who lived across the very wide river. 5. Caesar took possession of all their towns and stationed the bravest troops on the neighboring hills. 6. A little while after, the enemy approached with all their forces, but were defeated and put to flight in a severe cavalry battle. 7. The Gauls' ships were very un- like * the Romans' ; the former were shorter and broader, the latter longer and higher. ^ Accu. plur. of dies, day, ^ Compare 199, 1. ' iDfinitive, to die, * Very unlike, superlative. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 81 LESSON XXIV COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES (Continued) 201 The following adjectives are irregular in Com- parison, tlie Comparative and Superlative being formed from diiferent stems than the Positive : 202 POSITIVE bonus mains magnus parvus multus Plus is defective SiNGI M. and F. NoM Vor COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE melior optimus peior pessimus maior maximus minor minimus plus plurimus in declension : QLAR Plural NEUT. M. and F. NEUT. plus plures plura pluris plurium Gen Dat Accu. plus plure plures plura pluribus Abl. _ 203 The following have no Positive : POSITIVE (wanting) comparative superlative (Compare prae, before) ^rior^ former primus, first " citra, this citerior, liitlier citimus, hither- side of) most " ultra, he- ultevioT^ farther ultimus, farthest ^ yond ) last " in, intra, in, interior, inner intimus, inmost within) " prope, near) propior, nearer proximus, near- est, next 82 FIRST LATIN BOOK 204 The Positive of the following is rare POSITIVE COMPARATIVE posterior, later (poster!)^ (exteri) (inferi) (superi) exterior, outer inferior, lower superior, liigher SUPERLATIVE ( postremus, latest^ last \ postumus, late-horn extremus , outermost i extremus \ \ extimus, [ ' j infimus | ( imus, j j supreinus,7a5^ ( summus, liigtiest lowest 205 ABLATIVE OF SEPARATION Examples 1. Amicos cura liberavit. 2. Oppidanos armis priva- bunt. 3. Locus militibus vacuus erat. He freed his friends from care. They will deprive the toivns- men of their arms. The place was free of sol- diers. {a) Notice that in these sentences the Ablatives cura, armis, militibus express that from which one is separated or that which he is without. Such an Ablative is called an Ablative of Separation. 206 Utile, — The Ablative of Separation is used with verbs and adjectives meaning to relieve, deprive, need, lack, etc. W. 374-377; B. 214; AG. 243; H. 461-465. (a) Verbs of freeing, depriving, lacking, and remov- ing are ordinarily used with the simple ablative, unless * The positive of these adjectives is rare save posterus in such phrases as postero die, on the next day ; postero anno, in the next year. The plurals poster!, descendants, infer!, the inhahitants of the lower world, the dead, super!, the gods above, are also fairly common. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 83 a person is meant ; then the ablative with a preposition is used : e. g., civitatem a rege liberat. (b) Yerbs compounded with the prefixes ab-, dis-, se- nsually have the ablative with a preposition : e. g., Eoma longe abest ab hoc loco, Home is far distant from this place ; Britanni differunt a Gallis, The Britons differ from the Gauls, 207 VOCABULARY! altitude, -inis, f. height. spolio, -are, to despoil of, levis, -e, lights slight, vacuus, -a, -um, empty of, privo, -are, to deprive of free from, secundus, -a, -um, favorable, ver, veris, n. spring, following, 208 1. Totam eam hiemem Caesar in citeriore Gallia omni- bus cum copiis hiemabat. 2. Paulo ante primum ver cum decem cohortibus et multis equestribus copiis in ulterio- rem Galliam properavit et in eas civitates quae mari pro- piores erant. 3. Itinera difiicillima erant durissimo tem- pore anni et altitudine montium quae inter Galliam et Italiam sunt. 4. Caesar cum septem cohortibus omnia superiora loca occupavit, sed eqnites non longe ab infimo monte^ conlocavit. . 5. Clientes civium Eomanorum et omnis qui natiira timidiores erant armis privabant hostes. 6. Postero die ^ levi et secundo proelio equestri in campo dimicatum est. 7. Hoc proelio et eo quod postero die pugnatum est, Caesar civis Eomanos et socios maximo periculo et timore liberavit. 8. Hi Galli multo acriores erant quam ei quos Caesar priore aestate simili caede ! From this point the new words used in paradigms are ordinarily not repeated in the vocabularies, as has been done hitherto. Pupils should therefore carefully learn the meaning of each new paradigm. 2 Tnfimus mons, the foot of the mountain ; summus mons, the top of the mountain. ^ Ablative sing, of dies, day. 84 FIRST LATIN BOOK superaverat. 9. Nam in extremis finibus Gallorum habi- tabant et longe aberant a Germanis, qui timore vacui erant. 10. Ei qui super at i erant armls spoliabantur et in agris victorum laborabant. 209 1. At the beginning of spring ^ Caesar prepared to carry his troops from fartiier Gaul into Britain by means of • ships. 2. In the previous summer he had put to flight a tribe of the Britons and had deprived them of their arms. 3. He stationed ten cohorts in those parts which were nearer the sea,^ and a little after the third watch hastened toward the enemy. 4. The enemy's spears were a foot longer than those of the Eomans', but their shields were a little smaller than the Eomans'. 5. The enemy were overcome in a slight cavalry battle and were driven in flight ^ into a neighboring wood. 6. The inner part of Britain was inhabited by very savage tribes, who were free from all fear. 7. But the hither part was inhabited by those who had taken possession of the country for the sake of war and plunder. LESSON XXY FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS 210 Most adverbs are derived from adjective stems : Adjectives Adverbs longus (longo-) longe, far (132) miser (misero-) misere, wretchedly 1 Compare sentence 2 above. ^ Use dative. ^ fugo. FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS 85 (a) Notice that these Adverbs are formed from stems of Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions by changing the final vowel of the stem -o to -e. 211 Adjectives Adverbs acer (acri-) acriter, sharply audax (audac-) audacter, boldly fortis (forti-) fortiter, bravely sapiens (sapient-) sapienter, wisely (a) Notice that these Adverbs are formed from stems of Adjectives of the Third Declension by the addition of -ter ; if the adjective stem end in -nt, the -t is dropped. 212 Accusative or Ablative neuters singular of Adjectives are sometimes used as adverbs : e. g., multuin, much; facile, easily; tuto, safely; subito, suddenly; multo, (by) much; paulo, (by) little. 213 Adverbs follow the Comparison of the Adjec- tives from which they are derived : Positive Comparative longe long-ius misere acriter audacter fortiter sapienter facile tut5 miser-ms acr-ius audac-ius fort-ius sapient-ius facil-ius tut-ius Superlative long-issime miser-rime acer-rime audac-issime fort-issime sapient-issime facil-lime tut-issime {a) Notice that the Comparative of the Adverb is the same as the neuter singular of the Adjective, and that the Superlative is formed from the Superlative of the Adjective in the same way as the Positive of the Adverb from the Positive of the Adjective. 86 FIRST LATIN BOOK 214 The following common Ad^ ^erbs are irregular in Comparison : Positive Comparative Superlative bene, loell melius optime male, ill peius pessime multum, rmich plus plurimum parum, {too) little minus minime diu, long diutius diutissime saepe, often saepius saepissime magis,^ more maxime 215 Form and compare adverbs from laetus, glad] levis, light] atrox, savage, cruel. 216 VOCABULARY provincia, -ae, f. province. postea, adv. afterward. impedimentum, -i, n. Mn- feliciter, happily^ with good drance\ plur. baggage. fortune. adsum, -esse, -foi, to he present (76). 217 1. Subito primo vere aderat ex ultima parte provin- ciae ille legatus, qui de atrociore bello nuntiavit. 2. Bene et feliciter a mllitibus nostrls priore aestate decern con- tinuas horas dimicatum erat contra regem Belgarum. 3. Acerrime coniugum liberorumque causa eo tempore Galli pugnaverant et nemo audacius quam rex ille. 4. Hoc vere Caesar cum multis legionibus non longe aberat. Itaque et facilius et celerius quam pridre aestate milites ad impedimenta properabant. 5. Ibi consul egentis cura- bat, eos qui armis spoliati erant laete armavit, et postea pontem fecit ^ paulo altiorem et septem pedibus longiorem quam priorem. 6. Summos^ collis et loca magis idonea ^ Some adjectives and adverbs are compared with magis, max- ime: e. g., idoneus, magis idoneus, maxime idoneus. 2 Perf. indie, of facio, to make. ^ Compare 208, 4. FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS 87 sapienter occupavit et posterii nocte cum primis hostium ordinibus audacter pugnare paravit. 7. Equi eorum multo velociores acrioresque erant quam nostri et laete hosti- bus adpropinquabant. 8. Inter omnis eas gentes maxima laus est hostis armis spoliare ; quae postea deis deabusque laetissime dant. 9. Proximis annis Caesar feliciter maxi- mam partem Galliae pacaverat ; quinto anno milites in Britanniam navibus tuto portavit. 10. Britanni qui ad mare subito properaverant, acriter ab mllitibus Eomanis fugati sunt. 218 1. In former years the Gauls had fought more bravely than the Germans. 2. But at this time the Germans were much more savage than the Gauls and fought more boldly. 3. When Caesar came near, the Germans quickly concealed their women and children in the neighboring forest. 4. This forest was very large, and it was not easy to march ^ through it very quickly. 5. Caesar stationed his forces not far from the forest and waited for the enemy seven nights. 6. At the farther end of the bridge there were towers many feet higher than the enemy's towers. 7. But the highest towers were on the top of the hill; here Caesar wisely stationed seven cohorts of his best troops. 8. The horsemen of the Germans ap- proached very quickly, but because of the height of the walls, they did not capture the town. 219 READING EXERCISE Wars with the Oauls Ubi Gain, gens natura atrox, qui moenibus urbis adpropinquabant, Eomanos ad AUiam fiumen magna caede superaverunt — quae clades semper erat Eomanis tristissima — , Eomam etiam occupilverunt. Nulla ^ erant 1 To march, iter facere. ^ niillus, -a, -iim, none, no. Declined hke totus, 177. 88 FIRST LATIN BOOK praesidia; nihil potuerunt^ cives. Cum iuventute, cuius numerus non erat magnus, dux Manlius arcem defendit.^ Ubi praesidium in summa fame ^ f uit et Manlius pacem a Gallis maximis praemiis emere* voluit,^ subito Camillus hostis atroci proelio superavit. Post multos annos Galli iterum ad urbem accesserant^ et quarto milliario'' trans Anienem^ flumen castra po- suerunt.* Contra eos properabat Titus Quinctius. Ibi Gallus magno corpore fortissimum Eomanorum ad certa- men^^ singulare" provocavit.^^ Manlius cum barbaro statim decertavit, eum facile occidit^^ spoliavitque torque ^* aureo.^^ Qua de causa et Manlius et omnes pos- ter! TorquatI appellati sunt. Iterum in Pomptino agro ^^ Valerius in simili pugna sacra alite^^ corvo^^ adiutus^* spolia^^ cepit;^^ itaque hie quoque est Corvinus appella- tus. Post aliquot ^^ annos in Etruria reliquos Gallos im- perator Romanus delevit ; ^^ ex ea gente quae Romam incenderat,^ nemo effugit.^^ ^ Could {do), ^* torquis, -is, m. necklace. * Defended. ^^ Golden. * fames,- is, f. hunger, ^^ Pomptinus a§rer, a district in famine. Latiiim. * To buy. " ales, -itis, f. bird. ^ Wished. i8 coryns, -i, in. raven. ^ Had approached. ^» Perf. pass, partic. (adiiiTo), aided. ' Mile-stone. ^ Spoils, compare spoil o. ^ Anio, -enis, m. a stream emptying into the Tiber a few miles north of Rome. 9 Pitched. « Gained. »o Combat. 22 ^^me. " singiilaris, -e, single. 23 Destroyed. ^* Challenged. ^ Had burned. ^3 Killed. 25 Escaped. FOURTH DECLENSION 89 LESSOi^ XXVI FOURTH OR -ii DECLENSION Stem in u Paradigms 220 Manus, f. hand. manu- SlNGULAR manus mantis manui, -u manum manii Plural manus manuum manibus manus manibus {a) A few nouns, of wliich portus, harbor^ is the most common, have -ubus or -ibus in the Dative and Ablative Plural. 221 The Gender of most nouns of the Fourth De- clension ending in -us is Masculine. A few, of which domus/ Jiouse^ and manus, Tiand^ are the most common, are Feminine. All ending in -u are neuter. ^ Domus has besides the regular forms of the Fourth Declension the following forms of the Second : Dat. and Abl. Sing, domo ; Oen. Plur. domorum ; Accu. Plur. domos. NoM., Voc. Gen. Dat. Accu. Abl. NoM., Voc. Gen. Dat. Accu. Abl. Cornu, n. Jiorn, cornu- cornu corntis cornu cornu cornu cornua cornuum cornibus cornua cornibus 90 FIRST LATIN BOOK 222 FIFTH OR -e DECLENSION Stem in e Paeadigms Dies , m. day. Ees , f. thing. die- re- Singular NOM., Voc. dies res Gen. diei rei DAT. diei rei Accu. diem rem Abl. die re Plural NoM., Voc. dies res Gen. diemm remm Dat. diebus rebus Accu. dies res Abl. diebus rebus {a) Only dies and res are declined throughout. Other nouns, if used at all in the plural, are found only in the nominative and accusative. (b) Notice that the genitive and dative singular have the ending -ei when the stem vowel is preceded by a consonant, but when a vowel precedes, the ending is -ei. 223 The Gender of nouns of the Fifth Declension is Feminine with the exception of dies, day, which is usually masculine. 224 VOCA'BULARY acies, -ei, f. line (of battle), cornii, -iis, n. Jiorn^ agmen, -inis, n. line (of (of an army). march). dexter, -tra, -trum, right > FOURTH AND FIFTH DECLENSION 91 equitatus, -us, m. cavalry. res, rei, f. thing ^ fact, exercitus, -us, m. army, senex, senis,^ m. old man. manus, -us, f. hand^ land sinister, -tra, -trum, left. (of soldiers). tribunus, -i, m. tribune (a need, -are, to hill. military officer). 225 1. Postero die Caesar omnia superiora loca subito oc- cupavit et manus hostium fugavit. 2. Secunda hora diei acriter inter equitatum Caesaris et hostium in flumine pugnatum est. 3. lam vulnera Gallorum et multa et gra- via erant ; sed princeps eorum senex tribunum nostrum necavit et corpus armis spoliavit. 4. Hoc die in dextera ripa fluminis erant multa corpora hominum quae armis spoliata erant. 5. Dum {while) impedimenta in proximum collem portantur,^ subito exercitus Gallorum aderat et agmen Eomanum oppugnavit. 6. In sinistro cornu hosti- um erat pater regis, msignis senex, qui equum in nostros acriter incitavit. 7. Prima luce acies hostium in campo ante castra aderat ; ad multam noctem acriter dimicave- runt hostes, nam Galli non minus fortes quam nostri erant. 8. Atrox erat ilia caedes Gallorum, qui contra sinistrum cornu fortiter pugnaverant, sed septima hora in flumen a nostris fugati sunt. 9. Multo duriores sunt hiemes in eis partibus quam in Italia, dies breviores, noctes longiores; qua de causa itinera nostra erant multo difficiliora. 226 1. The enemy's army is much larger than Caesar's. 2. Across this river, not far from the mountain, is a large band of Gauls. 3. On the next day the enemy suddenly and boldly attacked the Eoman army on the march with all their forces. 4. On the left wing of the enemy's line 1 Declined in full : senex, senis, seni, senem, sene ; senes, senum, senibus, etc. * Translate as if imperfect. 92 FIRST LATIN BOOK of battle were the Gallic cavalry. 5. The leader of the Gauls had in his right hand a sword, in his left a shield. 6. The Gauls fought long and fiercely at the foot of the mountain for seven consecutive hours and a large part of the chief men were killed. 7. This fact was announced to the tribes of farther Gaul by fires and by shouting. 8. Within seven days the tribune got together ^ a large band of new soldiers. LESSON XXYII SECOND or e CONJUGATION .227 Leaen the Indicative and the present Infini- tive of habeo, active and passive (480). (a) Compare the conjugation of habeo carefully with that of amo (479). Observe that the only diflEerenee is in the stem vowels. (5) Conjugate tened, tenere, tenni, tentus, to hold. 228 1. Habes, habebimus, habitus est. 2, Tenuimus, te- nuerit, tenebatis. 3. Teneor, habuit, habeberis. 4. Ha- buerat, habita erant, tenebar. 5. Tenebis, habuerunt, habere. 6. Teneri, habetis, tenuisti. 1. You have, we shall hold, we had had. 2. I have held, you will have, you will have had. 3. It is held, we were held, they had. 4. To be held, to have, to hold. 5. We have had, you were having, you had held. ^ paro, -ar^^ SECOND CONJUGATION 93 229 VOCABULARY aedificium, -i, n. huilding^ maneo, -ere, mansi, mansu- liouse (aedifico, 101). rus/ to remain, aqua, -ae, f. water. natio, -onis, f. nation. caelum, -i, n. heaveii., sky. nuntius, -i, m. messenger captivus, -i, m. captive. (nuntio, 126). contineo (cum-f-teneo), -ere, regie, -onis, f. region^ direc- -Ml, -tentus, to Jiold hach^ tion. to heep in cliecJc. Rhenus, -i, m. the Rimie. hiberna, -orum, n. winter sustineo, -ere, -ui, -tentus (sub quarters. 4-tene5), to sustain^ with- imperator, -oris, m. com- stand. mander (impero, 192). ventus, i, m. wind. imperium, -i, n. command.^ video, -ere, vidi, visus, to rule. see (in the passive, to he impetus, -us, m. onset., attach. see^i or to seem). 230 1. Ii qui superioribus temporibus illas regiones tene- bant, corpora maiora habebant. 2. Ubi primo vere Romanae legiones ex provincia flumini Rheno adpropinquaverunt, multa animalia videbantur cum magnis capitibus et cor- nibus. 3. Mulieres et senes earum exterarum nationum laborem maximum facile semper sustinere videbantur; nunc audacter in proxima ripa fiuminis ad impedimenta manebant. 4. Inter captives in hibernis imperatoris fuerant obsides, mater et pater illius regis, qui pro amico populi Roman! erat habitus. 5. A rege velox nuntius subito aderat, qui haec de consilio eius nuntiavit : " Hoc loco impetum consulis sustinebit et pro summo imperio decertabit." 6. Tertio die imperator cam magno exercitu oppidum bene et f eliciter expugnavit ; haec res hostibus celeriter nuntiata est. 7. Validus erat ventus qui noctem ^ As the perfect passive participle of maneo is not in use, the future active participle is given. This will be done with all intransi- tive verbs. 94 FIRST LATIN BOOK et diem his regionibus flabat ^ et aqua de caelo erat multa; itaque imperator milites in castrls et oppido continebat. 8. In oppidis erat neque frumentum neque argentum, et incolae, egentes et tristes, misere in parvis aedificiis habitabant. 9. Extrema aestate faciliore et breviore itinere in ulteriorem provinciae partem impera- tor properavit. 231 1. In the most ancient times the Eoman armies were much smaller. 2. For many years the power was held by kings who kept the neighboring peoples in check by their foot-soldiers and cavalry. 3. The Romans often fought boldly and successfully with their neighbors and sustained many attacks. 4. The districts which they seized were regarded as^ Eoman land,^ and the nations whom they subdued as slaves. 5. But the Romans did not always deprive of their* lands those whom they had overcome with their arms. 6. In those districts where the winter- quarters of the cavalry were, there, was much rain,^ but at the opening of spring^ the general hurried with all the army into hither Gaul. 7. At daybreak the enemy prepared to withstand our attack. 8. Their line of battle was very long : on the right wing was their bravest cavalry ; on their left also many horsemen were seen. ^ flo, -are, to Mow. * Omit. 2 Compare 230, 4. ^ Compare 230, 7. ' ager. ^ Compare 230, 2. GENITIVE AND ABLATIVE OP QUALITY ^ 95 LESSON XXVIII THE GENITIVE AND THE ABLATIVE OF QUALITY 232 ExA:a IPLES 1. Imperator bono animo The general was of good erat. courage. 2. Erat flumen altis ripis There ivas a river with high inter Romanos et hos- lanhs between the Romans tis. and the enemy. 3. Hie vir erat fortis et This man was hrave and magnae auctoritatis. very influential. (a) Notice that the phrases bono animo, altis ripis, magnae auctoritatis, all express some Quality or Charac- teristic of the noun with which they are connected. They are therefore adjective expressions, so that in the third sentence the genitive is parallel to the adjective fortis. (b) Notice also that in each sentence the ablative or genitive is modified by an adjective. 233 Itule. — duality may be expressed by the Genitive, but only when the Genitive is modified by an Adjective.^ W. 354; B. 203; AG. 215; H. 440, 3. 234 Mule, — duality may also be expressed by the Ablative, but only when the Ablative is modified by an Adjective.^ W. 394; B. 224; AG. 251 ; H. 473, 2. ^ That is, we may say vir siimmae yirtfitis, a man of the great- est courage ; but we may not say vir virtutis, but fortis vir. 2 There is often no distinction between the g:enitive and ablative, but for expressions of time, space, number, and measure, the genitive is used, e. g,, mtirus decern pedum : while for parts of the body and external qualities the ablative is employed, e. g., puer magnis pedi- bus, and sentence 2 above. 96 FIRST LATIN BOOK 235 VOCABULARY adiuvo, -are, -iuvi, -iutus (ad Graecus, -a, -um, Greeks Gre- -\-iuYd^lS2)^to help, assist, ciaii. Asia, -ae, f. Asia. iuvenis, -is, m. a youth Atheniensis, -e, Athenian, (inventus, 182). anctoritas, -atis, f. author- Miltiades, -is, m. Miltiades, ity, influence, necessarins, -a, -um, neces- angeo, -ere, anxi, anctus, to . sary,, needful, increase, pauci, -ae, -a, few, barbarus, -a, -um, harharous, Persicus, -a, -um, Persian, foreign, saepe, often. Chersonesus, -i, f. the Cher- suus, -a, -um, his {her, its, sonesus.^ their) own, Europa, -ae, f. Europe, timed, -ere, -ui, to fear, fortitud5, -inis, f. bravery (fortis, 181, fortiter. 111). 236 1. Erat olim inter Atheniensis iuvenis summae forti- tudinis et magno corpora, cui nomen erat Miltiadi. 2. Ille imperator cum magna manu et navibus multis impetum barbarorum in Chersoneso feliciter sustinebat. 3. Hi barbari homines videbantur magna virtute esse mag- numque amorem patriae habere. 4. Panels diebus om- nem illam regionem imperator occupaverat et incolas armis privaverat ; iam bonos armabat et rebus necessariis adiuvabat, omnia magna cura administrabat. 5. Ibi cum exercitu multos annos manebat et erat inter eas nationes mfignae auctoritatis. 6. Postea patriam suam consilio et virtute saepe adiuvabat et augebat. 7. Ab hostibus Atheniensium semper timebatur, ab amicis suis et eorum magnopere amabatur. 8. Maxime eius auctoritate et con- silio adiuti sunt Athenienses in Persico bello, quo tem- pore Miltiades ilium Persicum regem superavit. 9. Nemo ea victoria ♦ clarior apud (xraecos erat quam Miltiades, * A peninsula of Thrace on the northwest of the Hellespont. SUBJUNCTIVE m INDEPENDENT SENTENCES 97 nemo miiioris auctoritatis ; itaque Athenienses el multas navis dederunt. 10. His navibus paucas urbes, quae bar- baros copiis iuverant, expugnavit. Sed postea timuit copias regis et Athenas ^ properavit. 237 1. The general is a person of great influence; within ten days he will have an army of seven legions. 2. He has increased his forces, which are already many more than in the former war. 3. They have undergone ^ much labor and are ready to remain the entire winter far from their native country. 4. They have built a seven-foot wall and will gladly fight by reason of their lack of all things needful. 5. The inhabitants of those regions are men of great courage and boldness. 6. The trees are higher than those which we see in our part of Europe, but the houses are very low. 7. The old men are of greater authority, but the young men are feared by the enemy. 8. On the march in Germany they often saw animals with large horns but small bodies. LESSON XXIX SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDEPENDENT SENTENCES 238 Learn the Present System, active and passive, of the Subjunctive of sum (485), amo (479), and habeo (480). 1 To Athens. With names of towns the accusative alone expresses the limit of motion, 425. 2 sustineo. 7 98 FIRST LATIN BOOK (a) Notice carefully the following facts : (1) That the personal endings of the Subjunctive are the same as those of the Indicative. (2) But that in the present tense the stem ama- of the First Conjugation is changed to ame-, and that the stem habe- of the Second Conjugation becomes habea-. (3) And that the tense sign of the Imperfect is -re-. Compare the tense sign of the Imperfect Indicative. VOLITIVE SUBJUNCTIVE 239 Examples 1. Hunc laudemus. Let us praise this man, • 2. Hodie ne pugnemus. Let us not fight to-day. 3. Haec dona habeat. Let him have these gifts, 4. Ne haec ddna habeat. Let him not have these gifts. {a) Notice that the Subjunctives in these sentences express the Will of the speaker that something shall or shall not be done. This subjunctive that expresses the will is called the Volitwe /Subjunctive (void, to will). In the third person it is sometimes called also the Jussive Suhjunctive ^ (inbeo, to order). 240 Rule.— The Volitive Subjunctive states the action as willed. W. 481-482; B. 273-275; AG. 266; H. 559. 241 OPTATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE Examples 1. Haec habeamus. May toe have this. 2. Ne haec habeat. May he not have this. 1 It should be observed that only the First and Third persons of the Present Subjunctive are ordinarily used in this construction. If we wish to translate into Latin " Praise him," we usually use the imperative, hunc lauda, 355 ; for the negative addressed to the sec- ond person, " Do not praise him," the Latin employs a circumlocution which will be given later (350). SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDEPENDENT SENTENCES 99 3. TJtinam fortis esset. Would that he tvere brave. 4. Utinam ne hostes essent. Would that they tvere not enemies, (a) Notice that here the subjunctives express the Wish or Desire of the speaker that something may or may not be done. This subjunctive is called the Opta- tive Subjunctive (opt5, to wish^ desire). Compare with the Yolitive Subjunctive. (b) Notice also that the Present tense refers to Future, the Imperfect to Present time. {c) In the Optative Subjunctive all three persons may be used. Compare the Volitive Subjunctive. {d) Utinam is often used with the Present, regularly with the Imperfect, of the Optative Subjunctive. 242 Hule. ^The Optative Subjunctive states the action as a wish or desire. W. 484 ; B. 279 ; AG. 267 ; H. 558. 243 1. Haec laudemus ; fratrem suum laudet. 2. Haec habeamus ; ne pugnent. 3. Utinam fortes essetis ; utinam laudiirentur. 4. Ducem laudetis ; utinam ne pugnaretis. 5. N"e haec habeat ; boni simus. 244 1. Let them be slaves ; may they be free. 2. Would that you were being praised ; let us praise them. 3. Would that we were not fighting against them ; let him have the books. 4. May we have the gifts ; let us not be slaves. 245 VOCABULARY fides, -ei, t faith^ pledge. memoria, -ae, f. memory. hodie (hoc + die), adv. to- moved, -ere, movi, motus, to day. move ; signa movere, to maiores, -um, m. elders, fore- advance ; castra movere, fathers. to breaJc camp. 100 FIRST LATIN BOOK ne, adv. and conj. 7iot. tamen, adv. stilly neverthe- proMbeo, -ere, -ui, -itus (pro less. -fhabed), to hinder^ pre- telum, -i, n. weapon^ spear^ vent^ heep from. javelin. (Compare hasta, res publica, rei publicae,^ f. arma, 111.) state. tmn, adv. tlien.^ at that tione. si, conj. if. utinam, adv., used with op- signum, -i, n. signal^ stand- tative subjunctive. ard. vix, adv. hardly^ ivith diffi- spes, -ei, f. hope. cutty. 246 1. ^on sine spe, milites, simus ; ne hodie castra mo- veamus. 2. Videmus, iuvenes, aciem equitfitumque hos- tium ; ne timeamus impetum eorum. 3. Sed si fortissime cum eis pugnabimus, clara victoria nostra erit. Prohibea- mus hostis ab aqua et a rebus necessfiriis. 4. Ubi signum ab imperatore dabitur, signa moveamus et castra quam^ celerrime oppugnemus. 5. Bona spes victoriae nostris militibus est. Si eos fugabimus, nostra auctoritas apud omnis nfitiones maxima erit. 6. Senes et mulieres omnes cum suis impedimentis in castra properent quae non longe ab hac ripa absunt. Difficillimis ripis est hoc flumen ; itaque barbari castris vix adpropinquabunt. 7. Utinam hodie eum animum haberemus quem mfiiores nostri paucis ante annis non longe ab his locis habuerunt. 8. Semper, cives, memoria teneatis ea quae maiores vestri pro re piiblica fecerunt.^ 9. Utinam ne impetum Gallo- rum timeretis. Si maiora corpora et longiora tela habent, non fortiores sunt. 10. Si virtutem, fidem, fortitudinem- que maiorum memoria tenebitis, audacius impetum hos- tium sustinebitis. ^ Each part is declined separately: Dat. rei pfiblicae: Ace. rem publicam, etc. ^ qnani with the superlative of adjectives and adverbs means as 'Me. 3 Perf. indie, of facio, to do. SUBJUNCTIVE IN DEPENDENT SENTENCES 'lOl 247 1. Would that you remembered to-day all the things which our ancestors did ^ for our native land. 2. They freed their state from the fear of the barbarians, who had come against it with a great force. 3. The leader who held the command was a man of great foresight.^ Would that he were present to-day. 4. Let us not remain longer in this place, but break camp to-day and hurry into the neighboring mountains. 5. The enemy's commander is a man of the greatest bravery and influence ; still our men have good hope of victory. 6. If we shall keep the enemy away from our supplies, our allies will soon aid us. 7. May we soon advance a long distance from this camp ; then we shall not be kept from water and supplies. 8. May Caesar^s influence increase the bravery of his own auxiliary troops. LESSON XXX SUBJUNCTIVE IN DEPENDENT SENTENCES 248 PURPOSE CLAUSES Examples Piignaiit (pugnavemiit) ut liberi sint. Piignant (pugnaverunt) ne servi sint. They are fighting (have fought) to he free. They are fighting {have fought) that they may not he slaves. 246, 8, ' consilium. Ib2 ' ' FIRST LATIN BOOK 3. Pugnabunt ut liberi sint. They will fight to he free, 4. Pugnabunt ne servi sint. They ivill fight that they may not he slaves. 5. Pugnabant (pugnaverunt) They were fighting {fought) ut liberi essent. to he free, 6. Pugnabant (pugnaverunt) They were fightiiig (fought) ne servi essent. that they anight not he (a) Notice that in each of these sentences the de- pendent clause expresses the Purpose of the leading verb; also that the conjunction ut introduces positive clauses, ne negative. (h) Notice further that when the point of view of the leading verb is Present^ or Future, the Present Subjunctive ^ follows ; when the point of view is Past,^ the Imperfect Subjunctive is used in the dependent clause. {c) In a dependent clause the subjunctive is said to follow the tense of the principal verb, which fixes the point of view. This relation is called the Sequence of Tenses, 249 ^t^^c— The Subjunctive is used with i^f, thaf^ ne, that not, to express Purpose. W. 506; B. 282; AO. 317; H. 568. * The point of view of the definite perfect, in English, / have fought, is the same as that of the present tense; but that of the indefinite, in English, I fought, is past like the imperfect. * The student should remember that the present subjunctive in independent sentences (239, 241) may express future time, so that its use in clauses depending on a future verb is natural. As it also may have a present meaning, it does double duty. ' I. e., imperfect or indefinite perfect. SUBJUNCTIVE IN DEPENDENT SENTENCES 103 Nostri tain fortiter pug- nabant (pugnaverunt) ut non superarentur. 250 RESULT CLAUSES Examples 1. Nostri tain fortiter piig- Our soldiers are fighting nant (pugnaverunt) ut {have fought) so bravely hostis fiigent. that they are ptitting the enemy to flight. Our men were fighting {fought) so bravely that they were not conquered. {a) Notice that in each of these sentences the de- pendent clause expresses the Result of the action of the leading verb; also that ut introduces positive results, ut non negative. {b) Compare these with purpose clauses above and notice that ne is used only v^ith negative purpose, ut non only with negative result clauses; notice also that in result clauses, as in those of purpose, the present tense follows the present point of view, the imperfect the past. 251 Rule, — The Subjunctive is used with tit^ that, ut non^ that notf to express Result. W. 519 ; B. 284 ; AG. 319 ; H. 570. 252 celeritas, -atis, f . speed. porta, -ae, f . a gate. cur, adv. why f portus, -us, m. harbor. enim, conj. for (nam, 138). postquam, conj. after.^ mille,^ adj. thousand. multitude, -inis, f. crowd. Numa, -ae, m. Numa. oro, -are, to ask., beg. passus, -u«, m. pace (about five feet). statim, adv. immediately. tantus, -a, -um, adj. so greats such. terreo, -ere, terrui, territus, to frighten. ut, conj. that. ^ Mille in the singular is an indeclinable adjective. The plural is a neuter noun and is declined : Nom. Ace. Voc. milia, Gen, milium, Dat. Abl. mllibus. * Used with the perfect indicative, 104 FIRST LATIN BOOK 253 1. Ctir senes iuvenesque ex portis oppidi tanta celeri- tate adpropinquabant ? 2. Hibernis nostris adpropin- quabant ut orarent ne in numero hostium haberentur. 3. Postquam slgnum datum est, nostri castra statim move- runt ; barbari ita terrebantur ut in oppido non contine- rentur. 4. Omnes qui eum locum habitabant, ne frumento prohiberentur, magna celeritate decem milia passuum^ in finis sociorum properabant. 5. Proximo die magna mul- titude Gallorum locum castris magis idoneum occupavit ; tum Caesar cum parte equitatus properavit ut hunc locum oppiignaret. 6. Galli in memoria tenebant omnia quae maiores f ecerunt ut patria libera esset ; itaque dux eorum magnam spem victoriae habuit. 7. Utinam tantam Mem haberemus ut in hac re publica nemo malus esset. 8. Maio- rem partem copiarum continebat imperator in hibernis, quae septem milia passuum ab eo oppido aberant sed proxima portui. 9. Ubi haec nimtiata sunt, consul omnia auxilia in sinistro, socios in dextro cornu tanta celeritate conlocavit, ut hostes statim terrerentur. 254 1. The Gauls often fought that they might not be de- prived of their towns and lands. 2. The Romans built their city on hills in order that it might not be suddenly attacked by the enemy. 3. The city was small in the time of Romulus, the first king, but it was afterward en- larged so that it was the greatest city in Italy. 4. The Romans were men of such bravery and courage that they were not often conquered by the enemy. 5. Romulus, in order that he might increase the number of citizens, gave citizenship to many from the neighboring peoples. 6. The next king, whose name was Numa, was very differ- ent from Romulus (dative) ; for he liked peace more than war. 7. Why did consuls, rather than^ kings, hold the power afterward ? ^ luille passus, a Roman mile, about 5,000 feet, ' pro. SUBJUNCTIVE IN DEPENDENT SENTENCES 105 255 READING EXERCISE The Persian Wars Postero anno Dareus, rex Persarum, legates in Grae- ciam misit,^ qui regis nomine terram et aquam a civitati- bus Graeciae postulabant ; simulque alii legati maritimas urbes Asiae navis longas parare iubebant.^ Brevi tem- pore hae urbes navis, quas rex eis imperaverat,^ paraverunt. Legatis, qui in Graeciam missi sunt,^ a multis civitatibus data sunt omnia quae rex postulaverat ; sed contra eas quae terram et aquam non dederant, Dareus maximo exercitu ptignare paravit. Itaque imperatores eius, Datis et Artaphernes, plurimas navis adversus^ Eretriam^ et Athenas duxerunt, quas urbes Dareus expugnare atque incolas in servitiitem redigere ^ maxime cupivit.^ Eretria sex ^ dies ab Persis frustra ^^ oppugnabatur ; sed septimo die duo cives urbem hostibus prodiderunt/^ postquam multi utrimque ^^ occisi sunt.^^ Hostes omnia vastaverunt atque incolas, ut^* Dareus imperaverat, in servitiitem redegerunt.^^ Post paucos dies ad Atticam navigaverunt hostes ut Atheniensis quoque superarent. In campum Marathonium,^^ qui locus totius Atticae opportunissimus ^^ erat equitibus, copias e navibus eduxerunt.^^ ^ Perf. indie, act. of mitto, to send. ^ iubeo, -ere, iussi, iussus, to order. 3 See 192. * Perf. indie, pass, of mitto. ^ Prep, with the aeeu., against ; compare contra. « A city in Euboea. i* As. ' To reduce. is p^rf, jnd. act. of ^ Perf. ind. act. of cupio, to wish. redigere. * Six. 16 Of JIarathon. 10 Adv., in vain. i? opportunus, suited. " Perf. indie, act. of prodo, to betray. i» Perf. indie, act. of 12 Adv., on both sides. edfico, to lead out, 1^ Perf, indie, pass, of occldo, to kill, to disembark. 106 FIRST LATIN BOOK LESSON XXXI THIRD OR e CONJUGATION PRESENT SYSTEM 256 ' Learn the Present System of rego, 481, in the Indicative, Subjunctive, and Infinitive. (a) Notice tliat the stem of verbs in this Conjugation end in -e (i). Compare this with the stems of the First and Second Conjugation 3. (J) Notice also that the Future Indicative is not formed by the tense sign -bi- (-be) as in amabo and habe- bo, but that the vowel is -a in the First Person Singular and -e in the other persons. Compare also the forma- tion of the Present Subjunctive regain with amem and habeam. 257 Conjugate the following : dico, to say ; duco, to lead; mitto, to send. SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE 258 Examples 1. Duci persuadent (persua- They persuade {have per- serunt) ut auxilimn mit- suaded) the leader to send tat. help. 2. Legatis imperabit ut He will order his lieutenants bellum gerant. to carry on the war. 3. Eum orabant (oraverunt) They ivere asking {asked) ne oppidum oppugnaret. him not to attack the toion. (a) Notice that in each sentence the dependent clause is a direct object of the verb, that is, that the clause is a substantive ; moreover, that each dependent clause ex- presses also the purpose of the subject of the leading SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE 107 verb. Such clauses are called Substantive Clauses of Purpose^ and are used with verbs whose action looks toward the future. (J) IS^otice further that the sequence of Tenses is the same as in simple Purpose Clauses, 248, that is, that the Present Subjunctive follows the present point of view, the Imperfect the past. 259 Rule, — Substantive Clauses of Purpose with ut (negative ne) are used after verbs whose action looks toward the future —that is, verbs of Will or Aim. W. 511 ; B. 295 ; AG. 331 ; H. 564 ff. 260 VOCABULARY adventus, -iis, m. arri- Epirus, -i, f. Epirus (a dis- val, trict of Northwestern amitto, -ere, -misi, -missus Greece). (a + mitto), to lose. gero, -ere, gessi, gestus, to Appius, -i, m. Appius. carry on^ perform. atq[ue, ac,^ conj. and, iterum, adv. again, Cineas, -ae,^ m. Cineas. legatio, -onis, f. embassy classis, -is, f. fleet. (legatus, 138). Claudius, -i, m. Claudius, mitto, -ere, misi, missus, to committo, -ere, -misi, -missus (cum + mitto), to engage modus, -i, m. manner. (in hattle). persuadeo, -ere, -suasi, -sua- dico, -ere, dixi, dictus, to siirus, to persuade (with say. dat. of the person). ^ While Substantive Clauses of Purpose are generally used as ob- jects of the leading verb, they are occasionally employed as subjects of Passive Verbs, e.g., ut bellum '^erant legatis imperatiiiii est, That they should carry on the war was the cornmaiid to the lieutenants, * atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac only before con- sonants. ^A Greek name declined like any noun of the First Declension except in the nominative. 108 FIRST LATIN BOOK peto, -ere, petivi (-ii),^ peti- renuntio, -are (re + nuntio, tus, to seek^ ask. 126), to carry hack primum, adv. Urst^ for the ivord, first time. Tarentinus, -i, m. a citizen pugna, -ae, f. battle (pugn5, of Tarentum (a city in 101). Southern Italy). Pyrrhus, -i, m. Pyrrhus (King of Epirus). 261 1- Tarentini orabant Eomanos, ne portum suum cum niivibus intrarent ; sed Romani magnam classem mise- runt. 2. Itaque Tarentini per legationem petunt a Pyrrho, Epiri rege, ut auxilium contra Romanos mittat. 3. Ei persuaserunt ut statim magno exercitu adiuvaret ; turn primum Roman! cum hoste extero dimicaverunt. 4. Hi prima pugna, quam post adventum Pyrrhi cum eo commiserunt, ita terrebantur ut facile superilret rex ille. 5. Tantam multitudinem hominum hoc in proe- lio amisit Pyrrhus ut diceret, " Si iterum hoc modo Ro- manos superavero, bellum diiitius gerere non potero."^ 6. Legati, qui de captivis missi sunt, summo honore ab Pyrrho habebantur; captivos statim Romam^ misit. 7. Nam ille omnia faciebat* ne gravis Romanis Tarenti- nisque videretur. 8. Postea Pyrrhus legatum, Cineam nomine, ad urbem Romam misit, eo consilio, ut pax cum Romanis esset; multum argentum portiibat ut donis persuaderet Romanis. 9. Sed Appius Claudius, vir clarissimus, civibus persuasit ne cum rege pacem confirmarent. 10. Itaque Cineas Pyrrho renuntiavit : " Urbs Roma templum, patria regum, homines reges esse videntur." 262 1. An embassy is sent by the Romans to ask Pyrrhus to liberate the prisoners. 2. Pyrrhus ordered the Roman ^ A number of verbs have two forms in the perfect active, e. g., petTvi or petiT. ^ Future indie, of possum, to ie able, 3 Compare 236, IQ. * Did, THIRD CONJUGATION 109 prisoners to be liberated and sent to the city. 3. You will not persuade the Eomans to establish peace, if you remain in Italy. 4. In the first battle in which he engaged after his arrival, Pyrrhus was victorious,^ but he lost many men. 5. He said, " If I fight again in this way, I shall no longer have an army." 6. I hope that (utinam) there will not be a victory of this sort again. 7. They persuaded Pyrrhus not to fight again on that day. 8. Cineas cap- tured more cities by eloquence ^ than by arms. 9. The chief man of the embassy asked the Eomans to make peace with the king, but Appius persuaded them to carry on the war much longer. LESSON XXXII THIRD CONJUGATION (Continued) PERFECT SYSTEM 263 Learn the Perfect System of rego, 481, in the Indicative/ ani review the Perfect System in the Indicative of the First and Second Conjugations. 264 VOCABULARY Africa, -ae, f. Africa. cogo, -ere, coegi, coactus ago, -ere, egi, aetus, to (cmn-f-ago), to drive to- drive^ do} gether., to compel. Carthaginiensis, -e, CartJia- condicio, -onis, f. condition^ ginian. terms. ^ victor. ^ voce. 3 The perfect and pluperfect Subjunctives and the other moods will be learned later. *gratias a^ere, to pay thanks, to thank. Compare gratiam habere, to feel grateful. 110 FIRST LATIN BOOK contendo, -ere, -tendi, -tentus, quod, conj. hecause. to exert one^s self^ hasten, reddo, -ere, -didi, -ditus (re + deinde,^ adv. then, second- do) to return, ly. Regulus, -i, m. Regulus (a diico, -ere, duxi, ductus, to Roman general). lead (dux, 144). rursus, adv. again, indignus, -a, -um, umoorthyy senatus, -us, m. senate, shameful, sententia, -ae, f. opinion, ingens, -tis, huge, tot (indeclinable), so many, Lacedaemonius, -a, -um, iace- traduce, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, daemonian, to lead across (trans -j- peritus, -a, -um, sicilled, ex- duco). perienced, unus, -a, -um,^ one^ a single, 265 1. Regulus, princeps Romanorum, exercitum in Afri- can! traduxit ut ibi bellum gereret. 2. Ille erat vir sum- mae virtutis ; magna spe victoriae contra hostis contendit. 3. Mox multis pugnis Carthaginiensis ita superavit ut pacem petere cogerentur. Senatus Romfinus illi gratias egit quod res in Africa bene gesserat. 4. Regulus duris- simas condiciones dabat ; deinde Carthaginienses a Lace- daemoniis petierunt ut imperatorem belli perltissimum mitterent. 5. Ab eo RomanT ingenti clade superati sunt et magnam partem exercitus amiserunt. Inter captivos erat Regulus. 6. Sed proximo anno bellum feliciter rur- sus gerebant Roman! et post multa mala ^ hostes Regulum captTvum Romam * mittere cogerentur, ut per eum pacem peterent. 7. Postquam eum in senatum duxerunt Ro- man!, e! imperaverunt ut sententiam de pace et capt!v!s Roman!s d!ceret. 8. Ille orabat ne tot m!lia captivorum propter tinum senem et paucos Roman os redderent ut * Always a dissyllable. * Genitive sing, finias, dat. sing, uni ; otherwise declined like bonus. Compare totns, 177. ^ mala : neut. plur. used as a substantive. 4 Compare 236, 10. THIRD CONJUGATION 111 ihdigna pax cum hostibus esset. 9. Hac sententia moti sunt Eomani ujb bellum multo acrius administrarent ; sed Eegulus a Carthaginiensibus indignissimo modo est necatus. 266 1. The Senate ordered Eegulus to lead an army across into Africa. 2. Eegulus led an army across into Africa with the design of carrying on war with the Cartha- ginians. 3. In what manner did Eegulus carry on the war after his arrival? 4. Eegulus was a general expe- rienced in war and he quickly compelled the Cartha- ginians to sue for peace. 5. The Senate thanked Eegulus, and then asked him to give ^ his opinion with regard to the conditions of peace. 6. He said : " It is not best to return the prisoners, but to send me back to Africa again." 7. Eegulus was a man of great patriotism and great courage ; the manner of his death was most sad. 8. Eegulus was held in the highest honor by the Eomans on account of his many victories and his great spirit. LESSON XXXIII THIRD CONJUGATION (Verbs in -lo) 267 Learn the conjugation of capi5, 482, in tlie In- dicative entire, the Present and Imperfect Sub- junctive, and the Present Infinitive. {a) Notice that in the Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative, and in the Present Subjunctive the -i of the ^ dico. 112 FIRST LATIN BOOK stem is retained whenever it is followed by another vowel. 268 SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES OF RESULT 1. Efficit (effecit) ut socii He secures {has secured) omnia duci renuntient. the result that the allies report everything to the leader^ or He succeeds {has succeeded) in having the allies, etc. 2. Efficiet ut socii omnia duci He will succeed in having, renuntient. etc. 3. Impetrabat (impetravit) He was oUaining {obtained) ab eo ut castra non mo- from him the result that veret. he did not break camp. (a) Compare these clauses with Substantive Clauses of Purpose (258), and notice that these also bear the relation of substantives to leading verbs as well as ex- press the result actually obtained in each case. Such clauses are called Substantive Clauses of Hesult and are used with verbs expressing the accomplishment of a result.^ (5) Notice that the sequence of tenses is the same as in all other Result or Purpose Clauses. 269 Hide, — Substantive Clauses of Result with ut (negative lit non) fill out or complete what is implied in the leading verb. W. 521-526; B. 297; AG. 332; H. 571. ^ A Substantive Clause of Result may also be the Subject of the leading verb, e. g., impetratnm est ut omnia renuntiarentur. The result obtained was that everything was reported. THIRD CONJUGATION 113 270 CLAUSES INTRODUCED BY QUIN, that not Examples 1. Non dubito quin socii haec renuntient. 2. Non dubitabo quin socii haec renuntient. 3. Non erat dubium quin socii haec renuntiarent. 4. Non deterrebantur hostes quin in finis sociorum contenderent. / do not doubt that the allies are reporting this. I shall not doubt that the allies will report this. There was no doubt that the allies reported this. The enemy were not de- terred from hurrying into the lands of the allies. 271 i^t^i^e.— Substantive clauses introduced by quin are used depending on a negative verb, or verbal expression, of Doubting, Hindering, and the like. W. 575-579 ; B. 298 ; AG. 332, g ; H. 595-596. 272 VOCABULARY clam, adv. secretly. Cunctator, -oris, m. The De- layer (a name applied to Fabius). cupio, -ere, -ivi (-ii), -itus, to desire. deduce, -ere, -duxi, -ductus (de + duc6, 264), to lead aivay. defends, -ere, -di, defensus, to defend. denique, adv. finally. deterreo, -ere, -terrui, -itus (de -f terreo, 252), to frighten away., deter. dubito, -are, to doubt. efficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus (e -f facio), to accomplish^ bring about. Fabius, -i, m. Fabius. facio, -ere, feci, factus,^ to do., malce. 1 The irregular passive will be given later ; but compounds of facio which like efficio change a to i have a regular passive, efflcior, etc. 8 114 FIRST LATIN BOOK fugio, -ere, fugi, fagiturus, Saguntuin, -i, n. Saguntum to flee. (a city in Spain). Hannibal, -alls, m. Hannibal, tergum, -i, n. hach. licet, -ere, licuit or licitum trado, -ere, -didi, -ditus (trans est (impersonal), it is joer- + ^o), to liand over^ Re- mitted, tray, quin, conj. hut that^ from, nter, ntra, utrum, which of ratio, -onis, f . ivay^ reason. ttco 9 ^ 273 1. Deinde postquam Saguntum a Carthaginiensibus armis captum est, statim legatio in Africam missa est, cuius princeps erat Fabius. 2, Fabius effecit ut in Afri- cam mitteretur. " Hic," dixit senatui Carthaginiensium, " bellum et piicem porto. Utrum vobis ^ optimum vide- tur, habere licet." 3. Non dubitfibat Fabius hoc bello quin novam belli rationem capere melius esset. 4. Itaque mora rem publicam defendit : si hostes terga dabant atque fugiebant, ad eos contendit ; si pugnare cupiebant, Fabius agmen deduxit. 5. Hoc modo effecit ut Cunc- tatoris nomen caperet et summus perltissimusque dux laudaretur. 6. Non dubium erat quin Fabius rem pub- licam mora servaret. 7. Tamen dux Carthaginiensium non deterrebatur quTn bellum magna cum virtute cele- ritateque gereret. 8. Tarentini iuvenes, ut urbem Car- thaginiensibus traderent, ad Hannibalem contenderunt et eum de consilio suo certiorem fecerunt.^ 9. Hanni- bal iuvenibus persuasit ut pecora Carthaginiensium, quae in agris erant, ad urbem agerent. 10. Id saepe fecerunt; denique Hannibal militesque eius cum iu- venibus portis clam adpropinquaverunt atque urbem intrabant. ^ Genitive sing, in all genders utrius ; dat. sing. utrl. Compare the demonstrative pronouns (123, 135). 2 To you. 2 eum certiorem faeere, to inform him. FOURTH CONJUGATION 115 274 1. There was no doubt that Fabius was managing af- fairs well by his policy of delay.^ 2. The soldiers were not deterred by fear of the enemy from hastening in line of battle to the town. 3. He made the enemy turn their backs and flee in great haste. 4. Hannibal ordered the young men to drive the flocks to the city-gates. 5. Finally Hannibal succeeded in^ entering the city secretly with his soldiers. 6. The Carthaginians desired to make war, because they had no doubt that Hannibal w^as a more skilful general than Fabius. 7. " Again a victory of this sort, and I shall have made an end of the war." 8. " The Eomans also have a general skilled in war. We have lost the city in the same ^ way in which we took it." LESSON XXXIV FOURTH OR -1 CONJUGATION 275 Learn tlie conjugation of audio, 483, in the In- dicative entire, the Present and Imperfect Sub- junctive, and the Present Infinitive. {a) JSTotice that the stem of verbs in this Conjugation ends with -i, and compare this with the stems of the other Conjugations. Observe that verbs like capio, 483, have a number of forms similar to those of the Fourth Conjugation, but that the stem vowels differ, as is shown by the Present Infinitives. (b) Notice that the Tense Sign of the Future Indica- ^ Translate simply, ly delay. ^ efficere ut. ^ eodeiu. 116 FIRST LATIN BOOK tive in verbs of the Third and Fourth Conjugations is -e- (-a-), but in verbs of the First and Second -bi- (-be-). 276 VOCABULARY antea, adv. hefore, Antiochus, -i, m. A7itiochus. cognosco, -ere, -novi, -nitus, to find out^ to become ac- quainted with, dedo, -ere, -didi, -ditus (de -j- do), to give up. Hispania, -ae, f. Spain. impedio, -ire, -ivi (-ii), -itus, to impede., lander. iniuria, -ae, f. injury., wrong. opera, -ae, f. lalor} pello, -ere, pepuli, pulsus, to drive. relinquo, -ere, -liqui, -lictus, to leave heliind. scio, scire, scivi, scitus, to hnow (a fact). simul, adv. at the same time. sub, prep, with accu. and abl. under. ^ Syria, -ae, f. Syria. venio, -ire, veni, venturus, to come. 277 1. Hannibal puer a patre petivit ut cum exercitu Car- thaginiensi in Hispfmiam venire liceret. 2. "Non pro- hibebo," dixit pater, " quin ad castra mea venias, si fidem quam postulo dederis." 3. Hannibal, pugnae avidissimus, equitibus imperavit ut de adventii hostium cognoscerent. 4. Non dubitavit quin eos facile f ugaret ; sed neque nu- merum hostium neque rationem pugnae scivit. 5. Agmen hostium tanta celeritate sub montem venit ut Hannibal neque iter impediret neque locum castris idoneum caperet. 6. Postero die ab Eomanis in acie din feliciterque pug- natum est ut hostes pellerentur. 7. Legati ad urbem venerunt ut senatui populoque Komano gratias agerent simulque peterent ut captivi redderentur. 8. Impetra- ^ operam dare, to give attention to, to take pains. ^ sub with the accusative denotes motion to a place, sub mon- tem, to the foot of the mountain ; with the ablative rest in a place, sub monte, at the foot of the mountain. Compare in. FOURTH CONJUGATION 117 verunt legati ut captivi et obsides quos Eomanis dederant sine mora redderentur. 9. Postquam Hannibal in Italia res bene gessit, in Africam navigavit ufc patriam quoque defenderet hostisque ex ea pelleret. 10. Postea Hannibal Africam clam reliquit et ad regem Antiochum in Syriam fugit, ne Romanis dederetur. 11. Eis partibus et sub eo caelo fuit eodem ^ animo, quo antea, ac semper operam dedit, ut Romanis iniuriam faceret. 278 1. Hannibal came into Italy in order that he might bring injury upon the Roman nation. 2. The Romans could ^ not keep Hannibal from leading his army across into Italy. 3. They could ^ not hinder his approach ; ^ but after he came to the foot of the mountains which are not far from Rome, they sent Fabius against him with the greatest speed. 4. Ko one doubted that Hannibal was a greater general than Fabius ; but the latter kept him from besieging the city. 5. He always made an effort to become acquainted with the enemy's method of warfare. 6. After Hannibal left Africa, he came to the king of Syria, where he remained many years. 7. Ambassadors came, who asked that their general might be allowed to leave Italy with his wounded. LESSOIT XXXY REVIEW OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS 279 Review the Indicative, Present and Imperfect Subjunctive, and the Present Infinitive of the four conjugations (479-483). ^ Abl. of idem, the same. ^ poterant. ^ iter. 118 FIRST LATIN BOOK 280 RELATIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE 1. Equites praemittit qui He sends foriuard horsemen videant. to see {ivho are to see), 2. Equites praemisit quo ce- He sent horsemen forward lerius imperator haec that the general might audiret. hear this the quicker. {a) Notice that in the first sentence the Relative qui introduces the Purpose Clause and is equivalent to ut ei. A Relative rather than ut is used to introduce a Purpose Clause when the antecedent of the relative is expressed or implied in the antecedent clause. (5) Notice that in the second sentence the Purpose Clause contains a comparative, celerius ; quo is the abla- tive case of the relative and is equivalent to ut eo, the Ablative being the Ablative of the Degree of Difference, 197. We translate by the English adverb the^ as in the phrases the inore^ the less^ the quicker^ etc. ftuo is only used to introduce Purpose Clauses which contain a Com- parative. The Sequence is the same as in other Purpose Clauses. 281 RELATIVE CLAUSES OF CHARACTERISTIC 1. Sunt qui putent. There are men who think. 2. Nemd est qui haec non There is no one who does faciat. not do this. 3. ftuis erat qui haec non Who was there who did not faceret ? do this ? 4. N5n is sum qui haec dicam. / am not one to say this. {a) Notice that the principal clause is either a nega- tive or general expression stating something indefinitely, and that the relative clauses answer the question. Of what kind? Such clauses are called Relative Clauses of Characteristic, REVIEW OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS 119 (S) Whenever the antecedent is definite, the relative clause defines who or what is meant and only incidentally characterizes the antecedent, e. g., Brutus erat qui Caesarem occidit. It was Brutus ivho hilled Caesar. Hie est qui haee dieit. This is the man who says this. In such relative clauses the Indicative is regularly used. 282 Rule,— A relative clause which states the natural result or Character of something suggested indefinitely in the principal clause, is called a Clause of Characteristic and takes the Subjunctive. W. 587-588 ; B. 283 ; AG. 320 ; H. 591. 283 VOCABULARY Aleibiades, -is, m. Alcibiades. plerique, pleraeque, plera- expedio, -ire, -ivi (-ii), -itus to get ready (impedio, 276). incendo, -ere, -cendi, -census, to set fire to. interficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus (inter + faci6), to hill. magistratus, -us, m. magis- trate^ office. mos, m5ris, m. custom ; plur. character. occido, -ere, -cidi, -cisus, to cut down., to hill. Persa, -ae, m. a Persian. pervenio, -ire, -veni, -ventu- rus (per -j- venio, 276), to arrive. Pharnabazus, -i, Pharnaha- zus (a Persian satrap). que, the most of.^ potestas, -tatis, f. power ^ aUlity. praeficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus (prae + facio, 272), to ind in command of.^ praeniitt5, -ere, -misi, -missus (prae + mitto, 260), to send ahead. recipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus (re + capio, 267), to re- cover., receive. reduce, -ere, -duxi, -ductus (re + duco, 264), to lead or Iring lach. revoco, -are (re + voco, 80), to recall. satis, adv. enough., suffi- ciently. ^ Rare in the singular. 2 With the accu. of person and the dative of thing. 120 FIRST LATIN BOOK sentio, -ire, sensi, sensurus, vinco, -ere, vici, victus, to to he aware of^ perceive, conquer (victor, 158 ; vic- Sicilia, -ae, f. Sicily, toria, 111), simul atque (ac), conj. as soon as. 284 1. Alcibiades honores maxime cupiebat, bella terra marique f ellciter gerebat ; neque erat is qui facile terrere- tur. 2. Postquam Alcibiades in Siciliam pervenit, navis a magistratibus Atheniensibus praemissa est, quae eum reduceret. 3. Sed Alcibiades mores Atheniensium satis cognovit ; itaque simul atque in Italiam pervenit, ad hostis Atheniensium fugivit ne interficeretur. 4. Postea ad Persas fugere coactus est ; turn suos civis ita adiuva- bat ut denique revocatus, class! praeficeretur. 5. Hoc in imperio tantam classem expedivit ut plerasque urbes Asiae reciperet quae in potestatem hostium venerant. 6. Xemo est qui non audiat de victoriis Alcibiadis, nemo qui eum videre non cupiat ; nam simul ac de eius adventu senserunt, omnes ad portum contenderunt. 7. Postquam Athenienses victi sunt, in Asiam fugere coactus est Alci- biades. Sed non erat is qui patriam liberare non cupe- ret ; itaque a Pharnabazo petivit ut ad regem Persarum mitteretur. 8. Tum Lacedaemonii eum prohibere statue- runt a rege auxilium petere ; itaque pauci clam praemissi sunt qui eum occiderent ; aedificium in quo erat incende- runt. 285 1- ^^0 was there who did not hurry to the harbor, to see Alcibiades and to hear his voice ? 2. By the advice of Alcibiades the Lacedaemonians sent forward men to take possession of a citadel. 3. Alcibiades was aware of the plans of the magistrates, but he was not a man to be frightened. 4. As soon as their foes had defeated the Athenians, he fled to the Persians, in order that he might not be killed. 5. Men were sent to set fire to the build- ing in which Alcibiades was and to kill him. 6. So this REVIEW OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS 121 man who had been the most famous general the Athe- nians had known, was cut down in a most undeserved death. 7. Why did his citizens drive him from his native land and not defend him against his enemies ? READING EXERCISE The Battle of Marathon 286 Postquam Athenienses haec cognoverunt, nuntium ad Lacedaemonios miserunt qui peteret ut quam celerrime auxilium mitterent. Sed propter^ dies festos^ Atheni- ensis statim adiuvare eis non licebat. Itaque nulla civitas auxilium dedit praeter^ Plataeensis * ; ea civitas mille milites misit. Quorum adventii decem milia armatorum ^ completa sunt.^ Huic exercitui sunt praefecti decem diices, in quibus princeps erat Miltiades. Hie ceteris persuasit ut copias ex urbe in campum Marathonium statim diicerent locoque idoneo castra facerent. Ubi is dies venit quo Miltiades summum imperium habebat, aciem ita instriixit^ ut longitudinem ^ Persarum aciei aequaret ^ sed in media ^^ acie ordines minus f irmi " essent quam in cornibus. Quamquam Athenienses numero inferiores erant, non dubitabant quin Persas vincere possent.^^ Itaque ubi signum datum est, contra hostis maxima virtute properabant ; in media acie barbari supe- riores erant ; sed postquam Athenienses et Plataeenses, qui in cornibus Persas vicerant, in eos qui mediam Athe- 1 Prep, with accu., on account of. "^ Tnstruo, -ere, to draw up. 2 Festival. ® longitiido, -inis, length (lon- 3 Prep, with accu., with the ex- gus). ception of. ^ aequo, -are, to equal. * Men of Flataea (a city in south- ^^ medius, -a, -um, middle of, ern Boeotia). " firmiis, -a, -um, strong. ^ armati, armed men. ^^ Impf. subj. of possum, to be * compleo, -ere, to make up. able. 122 FIRST LATIN BOOK niensium aciem pellebant, impetum fecerunt, magnam partem eorum occiderunt ; reliqui non castra sed navis petebant. Quarum septem ceperunt Athenienses. Num- quam parva manus tantas copias fugaverat : decempli- cem^ numerum hostium vicerant Graeci. LESSON XXXVI DEPONENT VERBS OF THE FIRST AND SECOND CONJUGATIONS 287 Verbs having Passive forms but Active mean- ings are called Deponents. 288 Learn the Indicative entire, the Present and Imperfect Subjunctive, and the Present Infinitive of hortor and vereor (484). 289 SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES WITH VERBS OF FEARING Examples 1. Vereor (veritus sum) ne I fear {1 have feared) that veniat. he may come. 2. Verebar (veritus sum) ut / was fearing (I feared) veniret. that he might not come. (a) Notice that the clauses introduced by ne and ut are the objects of the introductory verbs, and are there- fore also called Substantive Clauses, like similar clauses of Purpose (268) and of Kesult (268). ^ decomplex, -icis, ten times. DEPONENT VERBS 123 {b) Notice also that after a verb of fearing ne means that or lest, ut means that not} 290 _Ki«Z6.— Substantive Clauses with verbs of Tearing are introduced by ne, that, ut, that not. W. 516 ; B. 296, 2 ; AG. 331, f. ; H. 567. 291 VOCABULARY Conor, -ari, -atus, to try. munio, -ire, -ivi (-ii), -itus, to cotidie, adv. (quot + die) fortify. daily. nonnuUi, -ae, -a, some, a few, Elis, -idis, f. Elis (a district ob, prep, with accu., 07i ac- in the western Pelopon- count of nesus). pedes, -itis, m. foot soldier, expello, -ere, -puli, -pulsus poena, -ae, i. penalty. (ex + pello, 276), to drive premo, -ere, pressi, pressus, out. to press, oppress. incolumis, -e, safe, unin- quot, adj. indeclin. how jured? many ? as many as (com- inquit,^ said he (etc.). pare tot, 264). invitus, -a, -um, unwilling.^ supplicium, -i, n. punish- Lacedaem5n, -onis, f. Sparta. ment. libertas, -tatis, f. liberty, vehementer, adv. violently^ freedom, exceedingly, 292 1- Alcibiades vehementer verebatur ne odio suppli- ciisque premeretur. 2. "Alcibiadem hortemur," inquit ^ The reason for this apparent reversal of the meanings of the two particles is that originally the clauses introduced by ut or ne were independent, the Subjunctive being the Optative (241) : vereor, I am fearful \ ut veniat, may he come (but my fear is that he will not) ; vereor : ne veniat, may Tie not come (but I fear he will). In the development of the Latin language the originally independent clauses became dependent, so that we are obliged to translate as indi- cated above. 2 This may often be conveniently translated by an adverb. ^ This is the only common form of the defective verb inquam, say J, inserted in direct quotations. 124 FIRST LATIN BOOK eius inimicus, " ut in provinciam contendat, quo eum facilius premamus." 3. Invitus Alcibiades urbem reli- quit; plerique enim elves inimici eranb et eum occidere cupiebant. 4. Alcibiades ab custodibus fugit ne poenas dare cogeretur, atque incolumis primum in Elidem, deinde Lacedaemonem ^ pervenit. 5. Ibi magistratibus Lace- daemoniorum persuasit ut pedites equitesque mitterent qui arcem Atheniensium munirent. 6. Sed simul atque- hostes virtutem Alcibiadis cognoverunt, veriti sunt ne ob patriae amorem . Atheniensium amicitiam rursus petere conaretur. 7. Itaque nonnulll Alcibiadem interficere cu- piebant; verebantur enim ne a civibus revocaretur et milites suos iterum ex patria sua expelleret. 8. "Uti- nam Alcibiades in nostra patria esset. Xem5 est enim qui felicius sapientiusque rem publicam gerat." 9. Al- cibiades cotidie operam dedit ut Athenienses libertatem reciperent neve^ in potestate Lacedaemoniorum essent. 10. Quot milites ea pugna amisit? Multa milia homi- num amisit, atque etiam plures equos scutaque. 1. They feared that Alcibiades would run away and come in safety to the Persian king. 2. Alcibiades sailed to Sicily against his will, for he greatly feared that he would be oppressed by his enemies. 3. They attempted to persuade the magistrates to send a ship at once. 4. The magistrates ordered the messengers to bring Alci- biades back to Greece. 5. Alcibiades fled in order that he might not be carried to Greece and made to suffer punishment. 6. "Let us have a few soldiers to fortify this place ; this garrison is not large enough to deter the neighboring tribes from attacking the camp." 7. When they saw Alcibiades unharmed, they could hardly be pre- vented from carrying him to the city in their arms.^ * Compare 236, 10. ^ Neve (ne + ve) before vowels, neu before consonants, is used to introduce the second member of a pur- pose clause when negative. * manus. DEPONENT VERBS 125 LESSON XXXVII DEPONENT VERBS OF THE THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS 294 Learn the Indicative entire, the Present and Imperfect Subjunctive, and the Present Infinitive of sequor and potior (484). SEMI-DEPONENT VERBS 295 Semi-Deponent Verbs have Active forms in the Present System and Passive forms in the Perfect System, keeping their Active meanings throughout. There are but four Semi -Depo- nents : audeo, audere, ausus, to dare. • gaudeo, gaudere, gavisus, to rejoice. soleo, solere, solitus, to he wont. fidd, fidere, fisus,^ to trust. 296 ABLATIVE WITH DEPONENTS Examples 1. Hoc consilio iititur. He uses this advice, 2. Omnibus rebus frui. To enjoy all things. 3. Urbe hostium potiti sunt. They got possession of the enemy's city. (a) N^otice that in these sentences the Ablative is used where in English we use the Accusative (Objective) 1 The compound conf ido, to have confidence, is much more com- mon than the simple f Ido. 126 FIRST LATIN BOOK case. Such ablatives are Ablatives of Instrument or of Means (109) and are used with five deponents and their compounds. 297 Bule^—The Ablative is used with utor, fruor, fungor, potior, vescor, and their coinpouiids.i W. 387 ; B. 218, 1 ; AG. 249 ; H. 477. 298 VOCABULARY accipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus numquam, adv. (ne + i^n- (ad + capi5, 267), to re- qusm), never. ceive, get. periculosus, -a, -um, full of Aemilius, -i, m. Aemilius. risk, dangerous. Apulia, -ae, f. Apulia. probo, -are, to approve. c5iisequor, -i, -secutus (cum + proficiscor, -i, -fectus, to set sequor), to overtake. out. dolor, -oris, m. grief. quidam, quaedam, quoddam,^ eiusmodi,^ adj. of that sort, a, a certain, such. umquam, adv. ever. experior, -iri, -pertus, to trg, utor, -i, usus, to use. prove. Varro, -onis, m. Varro. medius, -a, -um, middle, middle of. 299 1. Simul atque Hannibal in Apuliam pervenit, contra eum summa celeritate profectT sunt consules, Aemilius et Varro. 2. Aemilio minus periculosum videbatur eu ra- tione belli morfique uti qua Fabius usus erat ; sed Varro acriora consilia sequi solebatur. 3. Aemilius, qui vere- batur ne EomanT superarentur, invitus pugnavit ; Komanl ingenti clade pulsi sunt. 4. Xumquam gravius vulnus accepit res publica ; plerique duces tribunique indigna * As fungor, to perform, and vescor, to feed, are not common in the Latin authors which pupils first read, they are not used in this book ; but the complete rule should be learned for future convenience. * The genitives eius and modi written as one word. * Declined in full, 4 J 6. DEPONENT VERBS ^ 127 morte interfecti sunt atque Hannibal magna praeda poti- tus est. 5. Aemilium media in pugna vulneratum vidit tribunus quidam, qui hortabatur ut equum suum caperet et f ugeret. 6. " Etiam sine tua morte," inquit tribunus, '' satis doloris est. Nihil impedit quin fugias, nemo te consequetur. 7. Sed consul tribuno imperavit ut magis- tratibus renuntiaret ut urbem munirent. 8. Quot homi- nes occisi sunt hac pugna ? Multa milia ; numquam enim Eomani eiusmodi cladem expert! sunt. 9. Legatus Han- nibalem hortabatur ut ad urbem contenderet. "Die quarto," inquit, '^victor sub moenibus eris.'* 10. Ubi hoc consilium non probavit Hannibal, dixit ille, " Supe- rare hostis scis, victoria iiti non cupis." 300 1. The consuls set out immediately, in order that they might follow the enemy. 2. Hannibal did not know how to take advantage of ^ the victory, for the Komans were in his power. 3. Aemilius was not accustomed to employ dispatch, and did not try to overtake the enemy's foot- soldiers with his cavalry. 4. Nothing prevents you from taking my horse and fleeing, that you may not meet an undeserved death. 5. At daybreak Hannibal took posses- sion of the Eoman camp ; the Eomans did not attempt to defend it. 6. The consul who had been put in command of the foot was afraid he should not conquer Hannibal. 7. How many soldiers were slain in this battle ? So many thousands that this was the greatest disaster which a Eoman army ever experienced. ^ I. e., to use. 128 FIRST LATIN BOOK LESSON XXXYIII THE PERFECT SYSTEM OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE 301 Learist the Perfect and Pluperfect Subjunctive of sum (485) and in the four Conjugations, in- cluding deponent verbs (479-484). 302 Among the constructions thus far learned the chief use of the Perfect Subjunctive is in Result Clauses where after an introductory verb in a sec- ondary tense the Perfect Subjunctive states the result as a simple fact, and corresponds to the Perfect Indicative of an independent statement: Gralli ita perterriti sunt ut nihil fecerint. The Gauls were so ihorougJily frightened that they did nothing. (a) Here fecerint corresponds to fecerunt of a simple statement. If the imperfect fiicerent had been used in the Result Clause, it would have indicated the continu- ance of the action, were doing. 303 The Pluperfect Tense of the Subjunctive may be used in wishes referring to the past (the Opta- tive-Subjunctive, 241) : utinam haec fecisset, Woidd that he had done this. (a) The Pluperfect like the Imperfect of the Opta- tive Subjunctive is always introduced by utinam. 304 Naturally both the Perfect and Pluperfect Sub- junctive may be used in Characterizing Clauses (281); THE PERFECT SYSTEM OP THE SUBJUNCTIVE 129 1. Is est qui nihil timuerit. He is a man who has feared nothifig, 2. Is erat qui nihil timuisset. He was a man loho had feared nothing. (a) The other important uses of the Perfect and Plu- perfect win be noticed in later lessons. 305 VOCABULARY auded, -ere, ausus, to dare, moror, -ari, -atus, to delay. confido, -ere, -fisus (cuni+ obliviscor, -i, -litus, to for- fido), to have confide?ice. get.^ cotidianus, -a, -um, daily. paene, adv. almost. despero, -are, to despair. pecunia, -ae, f. money. desum, -esse, -fui, to he lack- perterreo, -ere, -ui, -itus (per ing^ to fail.^ +terre5, 262), to terrify. fruor, -i, fructus, to enjoy. sic, adv. so.^ loquor, -i, locutus, to talk. tarn, adv. 50.* 306 1. Nuntio huius cladis Eomani sic perterriti sunt ut nihil facere nihilque dicere ausi sint. 2. Magnum dolo- rem acceperunt elves ; nemo loquebatur, omnes tam tristes erant ut nemo contra hostis proficisci auderet. 3. Han- nibal tamen non erat is qui victoria uti sciret; atque nunc quoque victoria frui, non uti, cupiebat. 4. Utinam moratus esset noster exercitus; n^ Fabl eiusque belli rationis obliviscamur. 5. Nee tamen desperaverunt Eo- mani ; omnia faciebant ne libertatem potestatemque amitterent neve in acie vincerentur. 6. Quod arma qui- bus pugnarent deerant, ex templis sciita telaque hostium ceperunfc quibus iiterentur. 7. Pecuniam telaque quibus ^ With the dative, not accusative. 2 With the genitive of the object. Compare 156. ^ Modifying verbs. * Modifying adjectives and adverbs, not verbs. Compare ita, 182. 9 130 FIRST LATIK BOOK utebantur,^ senatus sua opera expedivit, ut urbs facile def enderetur. 8. Hannibal fidei ^ Eomanae sic conf idebat ut captivos eorum ad urbem sine custodibus miserit. 9. Utinam castris hostium potiti essemus; atque nunc ceteros statim consequamur ne his auxilium darent. 10. Eomani cum eis nationibus paene cotidianis proeliis pugnare solebant ut adventu tot milium novorum hos- tium non perterriti sint. 307 1. Hannibal acted with so little speed that the Komans did not despair of the state. 2. Hannibal knew how to enjoy a victory, but not how to use one.^ 3. Would that the Komans had followed the advice of Aemilius ! 4. The advice of Aemilius was to delay and not to fight, for to engage with the enemy at once was dangerous. 5. Be- cause young men were lacking, the senate ordered the slaves to be liberated and armed. 6. The Eomans lost so many men in this battle that they no longer had an army. 7. They no longer had enough foot-soldiers to send against Hannibal. 8. They were not a people who had been accustomed to be afraid that they would be conquered. ^ How does the indie, here differ from the subj. in the preceding sentence'? * Dat. with conf Tdebat ; translate by the English objective. * Omit in translating. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES 131 LESSON XXXIX CONDITIONAL SENTENCES 308 SIMPLE PRESENT OR PAST CONDITIONS Examples 1. Si adest, bene est. If lie is here^ it is well. 2. Si aderat, bene erat. If he was here, it ivas well. 3. Si adfuit, bene fuit. If he has heen {was) here, it has been (was) well, (a) Notice that the time of these sentences is either Present or Past, and that nothing is implied as to whether the subject actually is, was, or has been here. Such conditions are called Simple Present or Past Con- ditional Sentences, (b) The Condition, or Subordinate Clause, of the Sentence is frequently called the Protasis; the Con- clusion, or Principal Clause, is called the Apodosis, 309 Hule. — In Simple Present or Past Conditional Sentences, implying nothing as to the fact, the Indicative is used in both Protasis and Apodosis. W. 553 ; B. 302 ; AG. 306 ; H. 574. 310 CONTRARY TO FACT CONDITIONS Examples 1. Si adesset, bene esset. If he were here, it would be well. 2, Si adfuisset, bene Msset. If he had been here, it would have been ivell, (a) Notice that these conditional sentences imply that the supposition is not true, i. e., that he is not, or was not here. Such conditions are called Conditions Contrary to Fact, 132 FIRST LATIN BOOK (5) JS'otice further that the Imperfect Subjunctive refers to Present time, the Pluperfect to Past. 311 Rule, — In Present and Past Conditional Sentences con- trary to fact, the Imperfect and Pluperfect Subjunctive are used in both Protasis and Apodosis, the Imperfect referring to Present, the Pluperfect to Past Time. W. 557 ; B. 304 ; AG. 308 ; H. 579. 312 FUTURE CONDITIONS 1 Examples 1. Si aderit (adfuerit), bene If he is {shall be, shall have erit. been) here, it will be well, 2. Si adsit, bene sit. If he should be here, it would be well, (a) Notice that these conditional sentences both refer to Future time and therefore state the condition as Pos- sible, rather than as a simple fact or one impliedly false. In the first sentence the Future (or Future Perfect) Indi- cative states the condition more vividly than the Present Subjunctive does in the second. The first sentence is called a More Vivid Future Condition^ the second a Less Vivid Future Condition, (h) In More Vivid Future Conditions the Future Perfect Indicative is very common in the Protasis, as the Latin language is more precise than the English. We generally use the Present Indicative here to represent both the Future and the Future Perfect. 313 Rule.— In More Vivid Future Conditions the Future Indicative is used in both Protasis and Apodosis; in Less Vivid Future Conditions the Present Subjunctive. W. 553, 555; B. 302, 303; AG. 307; H. 574, 576. ^ The pupil will remember that conditional sentences with the Indicative have been freely used in many of the preceding exercises. CONDITIONxiL SENTENCES 133 314 VOCABULARY aequus, -a, -urn, equal, fair, nanciscor, -i, nactus, to find, level. necesse, adj. necessary, aetas, -atis, f. age, nisi, conj. unless, dimitto, -ere, -misi, -missus pedester, -tris, -tre, foot (di + mitto, 260), to dis- (pedes, 291). miss, p5n6, -ere, posui, positus, to etsi, conj. even if although. put, place,^ graviter, adv. heavily, se- propter, prep, with accu. on verely, account of Hispanus, -a, -urn, Spaiiish, regius, -a, -urn, royal, mane, adv. early in the responded, -ere, -ndi, -nsus, mor7iing, to answer, morior, -i, mortuus, to die, Scipio, -onis, m. Scipio. 315 1. Scipi5 olim magistratum quendam petivit, sed propter aetatem hunc habere ei non licuit. 2. " Si me," inquit, " omnes cives magistratum facere cupiunt, satis annorum habeo." 3. Scipio tanta virtute egit ut vitam patris ex hostium tells servaverit. 4. Nam pater graviter vulneratus erat, ut nisi eum Scipio celeriter periculo liberavisset, in hostium mantis venisset mortuusque esset. 5. Ubi iuvenes quidam de re piiblica desperaverunt, Scipio respondit, '^ Si rei piiblicae deeritis, hiiius gladi virtutem experietis." 6. Si Scipio aequissimo loco mane castra posuerit, pedestribus copiis paene cotidie cum hostibus piignabit. 7. Etsi ea natio non magna erat, tamen apud eos multa arma nonnullosque captivos nactus est imperator. 8. Erat inter captivos Hispanos puer regius insignisque, quocum^ Scipio pauca loquebatur. 9. Scipio probavit ea quae puer dixit, atque ubi ei equum equitesque dedit qui eum tiito dediicerent, domum dimi- ^ castra ponere, to pitch camp. '^ cum is regularly attached to the abl. of the Personal and Rela- tive Pronouns, 134 FIRST LATIN BOOK sit. 10. Si beatus esse cupis, bonis vitae sapienter uti et frui necesse est. 316 1. If Scipio had not acted with great haste, his father would have died in the hands of the enemy. 2, Scipio's father was so severely wounded that he almost died. 3. Scipio's years were not many ; still he would receive from the citizens the magistracy if he should seek it. 4. " Unless you follow my advice and defend the state/' said Scipio, " my sword will make ^ you drive the enemy out." 5. If the enemy be not terrified, they will pitch camp early in the morning in a level place. 6. Scipio persuaded the youth who was brought to him not to be afraid. 7. "My father died," said the boy, "so that I followed my mother's brother to the war." 8. If you should use and enjoy wisely the goods of life, you would be happy. LESSON XL PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS 817 Paeadigms Singular FIRST PERSON SECOND person REFLEXIVE OF THE THIRD PERSON NOM. ego tu Gen. mei tni sni Dat. milii, mi tibi sib! Accu. me te se, sese Abl. me te se, sese ^ efficio with a substantive clause. PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS 135 Plural NoM. (Voc.) nos vos Gen. nostrum, nostri vestrum, vestri sui Dat. nobis vobis sibi Accu. nos vos ' se, sese Abl. nobis vdbis se, sese {a) The First and Second Personal Pronouns are used only for emphasis ; ego haec laudo, tu ista laudas, / praise this^ you praise that. Ordinarily the form of the verb alone indicates the subject in these two persons. (b) Nostrum and vestrum usually denote the whole of which tlie modified word is a part : quis nostrum ? Who of us? Nostri and vestri are generally used as Objective Genitives : memoria nostri, Memory of us, (e) There is properly speaking no Personal Pronoun of the Third Person. Its place is taken by the Demon- stratives ille and is (123, 136). {d) The Reflexive Pronouns of the First and Second Persons are supplied from the Personal Pronouns : ego me laudo, / praise myself; tu te laudas, You praise yourself 318 POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS mens, my noster, our for the First Person tuus, your (thy) vester, your for the Second Person suus, his otvn, their own for the Third Person (a) These are adjectives, which have been already used, and are declined like bonus and niger. But the Yoc. Sing. Masc. of mens is mi. (i) Suus is used only in a Reflexive sense, referring to the subject of the sentence in which it stands : suum filium laudat, He praises his own son ; filium illius lau- ^at. He praises his (another man's) son, 136 , FIRST LATIN BOOK 319 The following table shows the correspondence of the Personal, Reflexive, Possessive, and Demon- strative Pronouns. PERSONAL REFLEXIVE POSSESSIVE DE3I0XSTRATIVE First Person ego mei meus, noster Mc Second Person tu tui tuus, vester iste Third Person (ille, is) sui SUUS ille 320 VOCABULARY aut (aut . . . ant), conj. iubeo, -ere, iussi, iussus, to either {either . . . or), order,^ desisto, -ere, -stiti, , to iiidico, -are, to judge^ con- cease^ cease from^ give up, sider^ (iudex, 144.) dignus -a, -Tun, worthy, magnitudo, -inis, f. size^ Hasdrubal, -alls, m. Hasdru- greatness, lal (a famous Carthagin- modo, adv. only, ian). ne . . . quidem, adv. not idem, eadem, idem,^ the same, even. ipse, ipsa, ipsum,^ self,, very, non modo . . . sed etiam, iste, ista, istud,^ tliat (of not only , , , hut also, yours). silentinm, -i, n. silence, 321 1. Multitudo eadem Hispanorum Scipionem ingenti clam ore regem appellavit ; sed ille non passus est se regio nomine appellari. 2. Postquam silentium eos facere iussit, summa auctorifcate dixit, " Nomen imperatoris quo me milites mei appellaverunt, mihl est maximus honor. 3. Eomani ne nomen quidem regium pati solent. Etsi vos hoc nomen maximum .dignissimumque iudicatis, tamen necesse est vos ^ etiam invitos consilio desistere." * These are declined in full, 475. Compare with other demon- strative pronouns. * Followed by the accu. and infin. : iubeo te haec facere, 1 order you to do this. Compare impero, 191. 3 Accu. subject of 4esistere ; translate, that you, etc. PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS 137 4. Turn senserunt non modo illi sed etiam ceteri magni- tudinem eius animi, ut eum regem appellare destiterint. 5. " Quot vestrum hoc animo sunt ? Si consilium istud probarem, non dubitarem quiu nomen illud accipere ne- cesse esset." 6. Deinde Scipio proficisci parabat, ut duro tempore anni magnum agmen in Africam traduceret. 7. Legationem cum donis ad regem misit ; sed non pote- rat ^ ei persuadere ut fidem, nisi cum ipso duce Eomano, aut daret aut acciperet. 8. Idem effecit ut eo tempore Hasdrubal ipse, qui Hispania expulsus erat, ad hunc por- tum perveniret. 9. Kumquam tui obliviscar, etsi aetas mihi longissima sit. 322 1. I should accept the name of king for love of you, if the Romans would allow me to do so. 2. Scipio ordered the Spaniards not to call him king against his wishes.^ 3. Because the Spaniards recognized his nobility of spirit, they gave up their plan. 4. I do not approve of your plan ; let them not call me by that name. 5. If he had not sent an embassy to the king, he not only would have come him- self, but would also have given up the hostages. 6. If you wish to exchange^ pledges with me, it will be neces- sary for you to come yourself. 7. After a short silence, he said, " I shall not forget you, even if you forget me." 8. You are eager to adopt* either that plan of yours or this of mine ? ^ 323 READING EXERCISE The Battles of Thermopylae and Salamis Postquam Dareus" de pugna Marathonia certior est factus, Graeciam vincere multo magis cupiebat. Itaque per civitates Asiae legatos misit qui copias et navls longas 1 Imperfect iridic, of possum, to be able. ^ invTtus. ^ Use do and accipio ; compare 321, 7. * capere. ^ Simply hic ; compare 124 (a). 138 FIRST LATIN BOOK et equos et frumentum parari iuberent. Sed mox Dareus moritiir. Deinde Xerxes regnat.^ Quamquam ^ in animo non habebat^ bellum Graeciae inferre,* tamen Mardoniiis, cuius auctoritas apud eum erat maxima, ei persuilsit ut patris consilia persequeretur.^ Per quattuor^ annos mag- num exercitum omnisque res exercitui necessarias para- bat ut quinto^ anno ingentibus copiis proficisceretur. Ubi rex cum peditibus equitibusque ad Thermopylarum ^ angustias * pervenit, castra ante eas ponere est coactus, quod in angustiis erant Graeci, qui parati erant prohibere eum suos milites in Graeciam ducere. Ceteri Graeci, magno numero hostium perterriti,^^ ex angustiis fugere et Isthmum munire cupiebant ; sed Leonidas banc sen- tentiam non probabat, et cum Lacedaemonils suis mane- bat. Ubi nonnullos dies rex moratus est, suos milites impetum facere iussit. Quamquam summa audacia pug- naverunt, tamen tanta erat caedes eorum ut denique proelio destiterint ac se in castra receperint. Neque reliqui plus contra Graecos effecerunt. Ubi iam de vic- toria Xerxes desperabat, ei Graecus quidam viam per montes indicilvit. Ea nocte Persae profecti sunt ut Graecos a tergo " adorirentur.^^ Leonidas omnis praeter ^^ Lacedaemonios dimiserat. Prima luce Persae in eos im- petum f ecerunt : parva manus Graecorum fortissime piig- ^ The present indicative is often thus used in narration to record incidents as they occur. It is best known as the Annalistic Present. ^ Although, ^ Compare in animo esse, 193, 6. * Infin., to bring on, with dat. ^^ In the rear. ^ persequor, to follow out. ^^ adorior, -irT, to attack. * Four. ^^ Prep, with accu., except, ' Fifth. ^ Tiiermopylae, a pass from Thessaly to southern Greece. ^ angnstiae, pass. *® Perf . pass, partic, not indiQ. THE USES OF THE INFINITIVE 139 navit, sed omnes occlsl sunt. Hie in tino loco sepulti,^ semper in maximo honore apud suos erant. Paulo post apud Salaminem ^ pugnam navalem ^ cum classe Persica commiserunt Graeci, qui consilio Themis- toclis^ hoc loco dimicare coacti sunt. Multi enim a Salamine ad Isthmum fugere in animo habuerant. Maior pars navium Persarum interiit;^ multae ab Atheniensi- bus sociisque sunt captae. Ita Graecia est liberata. LESSON XLI THE USES OF THE INFINITIVE 324 Review the Present Infinitives and learn the Perfect and Future Infinitives of the model verbs (479-485). (a) Notice that the Future Active Infinitive is made up of the Future Active Participle and esse ; the Perfect Passive of the Perfect Passive Participle and esse. These participles, it should be remembered, are declined like bonus. 325 SUBJECT AND OBJECT INFINITIVES The Infinitive in Latin, as in English, is a Verbal Noun and has neither person nor number. It is chiefly used as Subject or Object. ^ Perf. pass, partic. of sepelio, to hury. ^ Salaniis, -iriis, an island south of Athens. ^ navalis, -e, compare navis. * Themistocles, -is, the famous Athenian general. ^ Was lost. 140 FIRST LATIN BOOK 326 Examples 1. Urbem defendere erit peri- To defend the city will he culosum. dangerous. 2. Urbem munire cupit. He wishes to defend the city. 3. Urbem muniri cupit. He wishes the town to ie de- fended, 4. Urbem esse magnam cupit. He 'wishes the city to he large, 5. Urbs magna esse dicitur. The city is said to he large. 6. Urbs defensa esse dicitur. The city is said to have heen defended. (a) Notice that in sentence 1 the Infinitive is the Subject of erit ; in 2, 3, and 4 it is the Object of cupit ; and that in 5 and 6 it simply completes the meaning of the sentence. Such infinitives as those in sentences 2-6 are frequently called Complementary Infi?iitives, espe- cially when, as in sentence 2, the infinitive has no sub- ject. All these constructions are common in English, so that they have been freely used in the preceding lessons. (b) Notice that in sentences 3 and 4 the accusative urbem is the Subject of the infinitives, and that in sen- tence 4 the predicate adjective magnam is therefore ac- cusative. But in sentences 5 and 6, in whicli the sub- ject of the infinitive is the same as that of the finite verb and therefore nominative, the predicate adjective magna and the participle defensa are nominative. 327 Rule, — The Infinitive may be used as Subject or Object of a Finite Verb. W. 622-629; B. 326-332; AG. 270-272; H. 613-615. 328 HiiZe. — The Accusative may be used as the Subject of an Infinitive. W. 322 ; B. 184; AG. 240, /. ; H. 415. THE USES OP THE INFINITIVE 141 329 INDIRECT DISCOURSE Examples DIRECT INDIRECT 1. Tu urbem defendis. Dicit te urbem defendere. You ai^e defending the He says that you are def end- city, ing the city. 2. Ego urbem defendi. Dixit me urbem defendisse. / defended the city* He said that I defended the city. 3. TJrbs defensa est. Dixit urbem defensam esse. The city has teen de- He said that the city had fended, heen defended, 4. Urbem defendebat. Dicit se urbem defendisse. He was defending the city. He says that he defended the city, 5. Hie urbem defendet. Dixit hunc urbem defen- surum esse. This man will defend the He said that this man ivould city, defend the city, {a) Notice that in these sentences the Infinitives with Subjects in the Accusative are Objects of the introduc- tory verb, but at the same time represent the quoted thought or words of some person, as is shown by the left- hand column. When a person's thought or words are thus quoted after a verb of Saying or Thinking, the construc- tion is called Indirect Discourse. Compare 326, 5 and 6. (b) The Tenses of the Infinitive have no independent time of their own, but their time depends on that of the leading verb, as is shown by the examples given above. 330 Rule,— Th.e Present Infinitive expresses the same time as that of the leading verb, the Perfect Infinitive time before, and the Future Infinitive time after the time of the leading verb. W. 632-635 ; B. 270 a-c ; AG. 288 ; H. 617-620. 142 FIRST LATIN BOOK 331 VOCABULARY alius, -a, -ud, another} procul, adv. far off. arbitror, -ari, -atus, to think, progredior, -i, -gressus, to centurid, -onis, m. centurion. advance. circum, prep, with accu. puto, -are, to think. around., about. quisquam, , quidquam, c6nstitu5, -ere, -stitui, -stitu- indefinite pron. any one^ tus, to establish^ place., sta- anything.^ Hon., determine. sol, -is, m. sun. difficultas, -atis, f. difficulty spero, -are, to hope. (difficilis, 196). Suebi, -orum, m. The SueU imperitus, -a, -urn (in + (a German people). peritus, 264), unskilled. supra, adv., and prep, with iniquus, -a, -urn (in + ae- accu. above, beyond. qnus, 314), unequal, un- talis, -e, siich. even, unfair. tollo, -ere, sustuli, sublatus, paulum, adv. a little, some- to lift up, carry off', re- what (pauia, 199). move, destroy. 332 1. Ipse Caesar copias pedestris in Germaniam ducere castraque ponere constituit paulo supra eum locum ubi antea pedites traduxerat. 2. Arbitrabatur hostis, imperi- tos homines, aut iniquo loco proelium commissuros aut de victoria desperaturos esse. 3. Hoc modo sperabat se eastris eorum argentoque omni potiturum esse. 4. Sol occultatus erat nubibus ut perlculosum diflBcileque esse putaret tali caelo proficisci ; sed primos ordines paulum progredi iussit. 5. Mos harum civitatum fuisse dicitur, ut circum se finis vastatos vacuosque ab incolis haberent ; hoc modo se tutiores esse arbitrabantur. 6. Caesar, simul atque certior factus est Suebos iniquo loco bellum com- mittere non audere, longius progredi constituit. 7. Ne timorem barbaris toUeret, turrim non procul a ripa con- ^ Declined in full, 469. 2 For the declension, see 478. Quisquam is used in negative sentences and in questions ; compare 332, 9. INDIRECT DISCOURSE ^ 143 stituit, centurionem quendam turri castrisque praefecit. 8. Postquam ipse pedites plerosque incolumis reduxit, ad alium bellum profectus est. Arbitrabatur illos supplier non oblittiros esse. 9. Ista silva est sacra deis ; neqiie est quisquam qui se ad finem eius umquam pervenisse dicat aut magnitudinem eius cognoverit. 10. Si pontem non incendisset, barbari arbitrati essent eum in Germaniam progressurum esse atque perterriti essent. 333 1. It is a dangerous and difficult matter to follow the Suebi into such a forest. 2. He thought that the centu- rion had erected a tower not far from the bridge. 3. The Suebi had determined to betake themselves into the for- est, nor was there any one who knew their plan. 4. If the sun had not been hidden by clouds, he would have set out on that day. 5. A little way above the bridge was a very large forest, in which there were many strange ani- mals; this forest is said to have been sacred to the gods. 6. Caesar was informed that the Suebi would neither engage in battle nor stay where they were.^ 7. If you wish to destroy all fear and to enjoy ^ quiet, you must lay waste the country about your cities. LESSON XLII INDIRECT DISCOURSE (Continued) 334 INDIRECT QUESTIONS Examples DIRECT INDIRECT Eogat quid faciat. He ashs what lie is doing, Rogavit quid faceret. . He ashed what he was doing. Translate, in the same place. ^ uti. 1. Quid facit? 144 FIRST LATIN BOOK 2. Cur proficiscebatur ? Rogavit cur proficisceretur. He asked ivhy he started. 3. TJbi venit? Scio ubi venerit. I know tvhen he came, Sciebam ubi venisset. . / knew when he came. (a) Notice that the verbs of the direct questions in the left-hand column when quoted in the right become the Subjunctive. The Sequence of Tenses is similar to that of other subordinate clauses, 248 J, c. In general all questions and all subordinate clauses when quoted have their verbs in the Subjunctive. 335 RvZe.—ln Indirect Discourse the verb of a Declarative sentence is in the Infinitive with Subject Accusative ; the verb of an Interrogative, Hortatory, or Imperative Sen- tence, or of a Subordinate clause is in the Subjunctive. W. 599, 605 ; B. 314, 315 ; AG. 336 ; H. 642, 643. CONDITIONS IN INDIRECT DISCOURSE Examples 336 SIMPLE PRESENT OR PAST CONDITIONS » 1. Direct. Si haec facis, bene facis. iNDiEECT. Dicit ) t-^ ^- j^^^^ (facias, ) ^^^^ ^^^^^ Dixit ) ( faceres, ) 2. Direct. Si haec fecisti, bene fecisti. Indirect. Dicit ) .- - i. ( feceris, ) , r- • ^_ .^ V te, SI haec \ ^ , 'V bene fecisse. Dixit ) ( lecisses, ) 337 FUTURE CONDITIONS 3. Direct. Si haec j J^^!^^' i bene | J^^^^^- ( facias, ) ( facias. t te, si haec \ ^^^^^' I bene facturnm esse. ) ( faceres, ) Indirect. Dlcit Dixit! ^ Present and Past Conditions Contrary to Fact are not frequent in Indirect Discourse and are not treated here. INDIRECT DISCOURSE ' 145 {a) Notice that the verb of the Apodosis of a condi- tional sentence, being independent, is changed to the Infinitive in Indirect Discourse ; the verb of the Prota- sis, being dependent, is changed to the Subjunctive, fol- lowing the regular sequence of tenses. {b) Notice also that Protases of the Simple Present and the More and the Less Vivid Future Conditions have the same Subjunctive form when quoted. The Tense of the Infinitive in the Apodosis shows in part what kind of condition was used in the Direct Discourse ; but there is no way of distinguishing between the two classes of Future Conditions when quoted, except by the context. 338 VOCABULARY ced5, -ere, cessi, cessurus, to nullus, -a, -urn, no^ none.^ withdraw, yield, oppiigiiatio, -onis, f. attach^ convenio, -ire, -veni, -ven- assault^ siege (oppiigno, turns (con + venio, 276), 111). to come together, assemhle, ostendo, -ere, -ndi, -ntns, to discedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus sliow, (dis -|- cedo), to go away^ pilnm, -i, n. javelin, depart quaere, -ere, -sivi, -situs, to domns, -ns, f. house, home} ash, enquire. existimo, -are, to think. reverter, reverti, reversns, to fortnna, -ae, f. fortune. return,^ intellego, -ere, -lexi, -lectns, sains, -ntis, f. safety, life, to perceive, understand. nndiqne, adv. from all sides. 339 1. Centurio exTstimavit, si tali tempore opptigna- tione desisteret, hostis aut copias deducttiros aut aedifi- * See 465. The accu. without a preposition is used as the limit of motion like names of towns. 2 Declined in full, 469. 3 Usually deponent in the present system ; in the perfect system the active reverti is used. 10 146 FIRST LATIN BOOK cia Eomanorum incenstiros esse. 2. Nnntium rogavit ctir tarn tristis esset. Eespondit ille hostis undique con- venisse, hastis pilisque armatos, neque procul abesse. 3. Caesar, ne caedes magna esset, silentio mane reverti con- stituit; ne unum quidem diem manserat. 4. Ipse dux certior factus est hostis iam discessisse, neque quisquam sciebat ubi essent. Existimabat Caesar eos mediam in provinciam profectos esse. 5. Arbitrabatur, si tali tem- pore sol niibibus occultaretur, imperitos homines de sa- lute desperaturos et oppiignatione destituros esse. 6. In tanta difficultate dixit eis, si loco non cederent, se eos incolumis domum deducturum esse. 7. Si sentient ne- cesse esse mori, maiore fortitudine belli fortiinam expe- rientur et se fortiores ostendent. 8. Quaesivit ab eis quam ob rem mane progressi essent. Eesponderunt se belli fortunam secunda hora experiri cupivisse. 9. Caesar intellexit nisi locum natura munitum nanciscerentur, eos numquam proelium commissures esse. 840 1. He asked the messenger where the enemy were and why they had determined to return. 2. He thought that, if he returned, the enemy would advance and try the fortune of war. 3. The centurion was informed that the enemy had gathered from all sides and would attack the tower if Caesar should fall back from his position. 4. You ask why I wish to give up ^ the attack. I think it will be dangerous to stay here, if the enemy do not with- draw. 5. He told them that, if they should show them- selves brave men, they need not despair of victory and safety. 6. Not to deprive ^ them altogether of hope, he says that if they withdraw quickly, they will reach ^ home in safety. 7. He asks how many miles distant the enemy are from the camp and how large an army they have, ^ desisto. * tollo. ' reverter. 341 READING EXERCISE ^ 147 READING EXERCISE Roman History from 60 B. C. Quarto anno post coniurationem Catilinae Gains lulius Caesar cum Lucio Bibulo consul est factus. Datae ei sunt in quinquennium provinciae, Gallia et Illyricum, deinde in alterum quinquennium prorogatae. Pacavit autem annis novem paene omnem Galliam, quae inter Alpes, flumen Rhodanum, Rhenum et Oceanum est. Bis milites Rhenum traduxit Germanosque in ultimas regiones se recipere coegit ; bis etiam transgressus est in Britta- niam, quod inde Gallis auxilia missa erant, victorque in provinciam revertit. Septimo ex quo Caesar in Galliam venerat anno gravis oritur seditio ; paene omnes Galli, quorum Vercingetorix erat dux, contra Romanos coniu- rant. Sed Caesar Alesiam, quo se hostes receperant, expugnavit et totam Galliam gravibus suppliciis pacavit. Interim cum Pompeio et Crasso societatem illam rei pu- blicae periculosam renovavit. Pompeio etiam flliam luliam Caesar in matrimonium dedit, ut eum sibi adiun- geret; sed ilia iam altero anno moritur. Crassus, cui post consul atum quem cum Pompeio gesserat, data est Syria et bellum Parthicum, ad Carras, Mesopotamiae oppi- dum, a duce Parthorum victus et interfectus est. Mox inimici erant Caesar et Pompeius : huic illius opes sus- pectae erant, ilium huius auctoritas gratiaque apud nobi- iTs sollicitabant. SPECIAL VOCABULARY 1 adiungo, -ere, -iiinxi, -iunc- Carrae, -arum, f. Carrae. tus, to join fo^ attach, consulatus, -us, m. consul- alter, -era, -erum, other^ sec- ship. ond. inde, adv. from that place, bis, adv. twice, matrimonium, -i,n.marrm^e. ^ Proper names are not ordinarily given in the vocabularies to the reading exercises, unless they present some difficulties. 148 FIRST LATIN BOOK nobilis, -e, nolle. novem, (indeclin.) nine, opes, -um, f. plur. power. orior, -iri, -ortus, to arise. Parthicus, -a, -um, Parthian. proroga, -are, to extend, qxiinqueimiuin,-i,ii.^«;e years. renovo, -are, to renew. Rhenus, -i, m. the Rhine. Ehodanus, -i, m. the Rhone. seditio, -5iiis, f. uprising. sooietas, -atis, f. alliance. suspicio, -ere, -spexi, -spectus, to suspect. transgredior, -i, -gressus, to cross. LESSON XLIII THE COMPOUNDS OF SUM 342 The only compounds of sum which present any peculiarities are possum, caUy be ahUy and prosum, to be of advantage to^ to help. Learn the Indicative, Subjunctive, and Infinitive entire of these verbs (486). {a) Possum is a compound of potis, dble^ and sum; therefore the t appears everywhere before a vowel, e. g., potest, poteram, etc. Prdsum is compounded of prod (an old form of pro) and sum. 343 DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS 1. Peditibus occurrit. 2. Equitatui praefuit. He met the infantry. He was in charge of the cav- alry. He has been put in com- mand of the cavalry. These things will he to your advantage. (a) Notice that the Dative, not the Accusative, is used with these Verbs Compounded with the preposi- 3. Equitatui praefectus est. 4. Haec tibi proderunt. THE COMPOUNDS OF SUM 149 tions ob, prae, and pro. Many compound Latin verbs are intransitive and have the Dative depending on them thus ;• but their English equivalents are often transitive. 344 Hule, — The Dative is used with many verbs compounded with adf ante, con, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, sub, and super. W. 332 ; B. 187, iii ; AG. 228 ; H. 429. 345 VOCABULARY consisto, -ere, -stiti, — , to praesum, -esse, -fui, -futurus, stand, halt, to be in command of, fossa, -ae, f. ditch, (Compare praeficio. 283). interim, adv. meanwhile. profectio, -onis, f. departure occurro, -ere, -curri, -cursu- (proficiscor, 298). rus, to go to 7neet, resist, pr6p5ii5, -ere, -posui, -posi- oratio, -onis, f. speech,^ tus (pro + pono, 314), to orior, -iri, ortus, to arise. set forth, tell, offer, peditatus,-us,m./(90^-50?6?^er5, quo, adv. whither, to which infantry (pedes, 291). place, polliceor, -eri, -itus, to prom- tandem, adv. at last, finally, ise, velociter, adv. swiftly, 346 1. Ille legatus, qui peditatui praefuit, constitit non procul a classe, et magna voce apud imperitam et egen- tem multitudinem orationem habuit. 2. Deinde quibus- dam proposuit quo hostes progrederentur et quot con- venissent ; hortabatur ut eos consequerentur et osfcendit victoriam suis profuturam esse. 3. Pollicetur se eTs mul- tum etiam argentum daturum esse, quo fruantur quoque aedificia domosque faciant. 4. Centurionem quendam multitudini praefecit, ac iussit eum hastis pilisque eos armare ; postquam sol ortus est, silentio peditatum prae- mittit. 5. Arbitrabatur eos, si velociter progrederentur, exercitum cui Quintus praeesset consequi posse. 6. Se- cunda hora hostes, nullo certo ordine profecti, effece- ^ orationem habere, to make, a speech. 150 FIRST LATIN BOOK runt ut similis fugae profectio videretur. 7. Interim nonniiUi convenerunt et vacua ab militibus aedificia esse audiverunt; statim clamorem ingentem tollunt et pro- grediuntur. 8. Propter altitudinem fossae, peditatus cui centurio praeerat neque sequi neque reverti poterat. 9. Quaesivit ab eis cur aut de sua salute aut de ipsius dili- gentia desperarent. Post banc orationem velociter hosti- bus occurrerunt. 10. Tandem coniugibus bostium sig- nisque potiti sunt et domum discesserunt ne iniquam condicionem experlrentur. 347 1. The infantry, of which Labienus was in charge, halted not far from the ditch. 2. Caesar put Labienus in charge of the infantry, which then went to meet^ the army. 3. He promises that he will lead them off home, if they show themselves brave men. 4. They were able neither to advance nor to retreat, and it was of no avail to them to have found out the enemy's plans. 5. He asked them why they had not set out and gone to meet the enemy. 6. In the meantime the sun rose ; he deliv- ered a speech in which he told them where his brother had gone. 7. That their departure might not have the appearance of flight, they advanced with a shout and showed their spears. 8. If Caesar had been in charge of those troops, they would not have despaired of their lives ^ and returned home. LESSON XLIV VOLO, NOLO, MALO 348 Learn the Indicative, Subjunctive, and Infini- tives of volo, to loisJi^ nolo, to be umoiUing^ and malo, to prefer (487). ^ One word. « salus. VOLO, NOLO, MlLO \ 151 (a) Nolo is compounded of ne, not, and void ; malo of the stem of magis, more, and volo. (S) Notice that the Present Indicative, and the Pres- ent and Imperfect Subjunctive are the only tenses in which any irregular forms appear. None of these verbs has a Future Infinitive. (o) These verbs are all followed by the Complemen- tary or Object Infinitive. 349 VOCABULARY adorior, -iri, -ortus (ad+ militaris, -e, pertaining to orior, 345), to rise up war (miles, 142). against, attack, assault* omnino, adv. altogether, alter, altera, alterum, the wholly/. otheroftwo {^Qd)» (Com- patior, -i, passus, to suffer, pare alius, 331.) allovj, debe5, -ere, debui, debitns, prope, adv. and prep, with to owe, ought, accu. near, fere, adv. almost} quantus, -a, -um, how great, improviso, adv. suddenly, as great asJ^ unexpectedly, quisque, quaeque, quidque, intermitto, -ere, -misi, -mis- each one.^ sus, to stop, interrupt, let subsidium, -i, n. reserve, aid, pass, 350 1. Centurio, qui peditatui praeerat, subsidium ad Caesa- rem mittere volebat, sed imperitus rei militaris* erat. 2, Alium ducem peditatui praeficere nolebat Caesar ne omnino timidis hominibus ^ spem salutis tolleret. 3. Cae- ^ Used chiefly with numerals and negative adjectives and adverbs ; paene, 305, is of wider application and is found with verbs as well. ^ Frequently used as a correlative with tantus, 252 : tantam multitudinem interfecerunt quantum diei tempus est passum. They killed as great a number as the time allowed. 8 Declined in full, 478. ^ res militaris, science of war, ^ Translate from. 152 FIRST LATIN BOOK sar copias pedestris a labore revocavit atque hostis secutus est quantum diei tempus est passum, ut altero die milne eis occurreret. 4. Maluit imperitum ducem classi prae- esse quam alium in tanta difficultate praefici, quod hostis improvlso adoriri voluit. 5. Arbores magna altitudine prope classem erant; caelum nubibus occultabatur ut nostri ab hostibus neque audiri neque videri possent. 6. Confidebat, si pectiniam eis polliceretur, se ab eis im- petratiirum esse ut domos finitimorum incenderent et se sequerentur. 7. Xiillum fere diem intermittebant quin pedestri proelio experirentur quid in quoque animi esset ; ac paene cotidie decem milium passuum iter facere sole- bant. 8. Non intellego utrum consilium probes, neque quisquam est qui se iiidicare posse dicat. 9. Nisi fossa essemus impediti quin hostibus velociter occurrissemus, numquam morati essemus. 10. Non modo bonam fortii- nam sperare debes, sed etiam malam cum fortitiidine experiri. Beatus ille, cui pauca satis sunt ! 351 1. On the second day Caesar wished to advance swiftly, in order that he might attack the enemy unex- pectedly. 2. The soldiers allowed hardly a day to pass ^ without advancing many miles. 3, They preferred to do this rather than^ to be defeated in battle line. 4. As long as the time of day allowed, they followed the enemy, for Caesar had promised them much money. 5. They were unwilling to leave the fleet before midnight, for fear they should be seen or heard. 6. He does not doubt that if he places another in charge of the infantry, the soldiers will despair of their lives. 7. Caesar wished to set out early the next day, in order to engage the enemy. ^ Compare 350, 7. * quam. READING EXERCISE ' 153 352 READING EXERCISE The Beginning of Civil War (52-48 B. C.) Itaque Pompeius, postquam consul sine collega creatus est, legem tulit^ ne cui absent! consulatum petere liceret, qua lege plebiscitum abrogavit, quo paulo ante Caesari permissum erat ut absens alterum consulatum peteret; atque inimici Caesaris senatui persuaserunt ut ante tem- pus ex Gallia revocaretur. Turn Caesar suos milites est hortatus ut imperatorem cuius ductu ^ tot annis plurima proelia secunda fecissent finisque imperi Roman! auxis- sent, ab inim!c!s defenderent, et trans Rubiconem, quod flumen est inter Galliam Cisalp!nam ^ et Italiam, conten- dit. Consules senatusque omnis cum Pompeio ex urbe et ex Italia in Graeciam fugerunt, ubi bellum contra Caesa- rem paraverunt. Is vacua urbe aerarioque pot!tus est et dictatorem se fecit. Inde Hispanias * petiit : ibi Pompe! exercitus validissimos fortissimosque cum ducibus supera- vit, sed m!lites omms incolumis d!m!sit. Deinde post- quam Massiliam expugnavit, Romam rediit^ et consul creatus est cum Publio Servilio. Mox in Graeciam pro- fectus est ut contra Pompeium d!micaret. Pr!m5 proelio v!ctus est et fugatus ; sed non est captus quod Pompeius noctu sequ! noluit, dixitque Caesar nee Pompeium sc!re vincere ac se effecturum esse ut postea numquam superari posset. SPECIAL VOCABULARY abrogo, -are, to abrogate^ aerarium, -i, n. treasury, abolish. Cisalpinus, -a, -mn, this side absens, absent. the Alps. * Perf. indie, act. of fero, to carry ; with legem, to have a law passed. ^ Under whose leadership. 8 Roughly that portion of northern Italy which is included in the modern Piedmont, Lombardy, and Emilia. * Spain was at this time divided into two provinces. * Returned, 154 FIRST LATIN BOOK collega, -ae, m. colleague. consulatus, -us, m. consul- cred, -are, to elect. dictator, -5ris, m. dictator. dimittd, -ere, -misi, -missus (di + mitto), to send away. ductus, -us, m. leadership (dux). lex, legis, f. law. ne quis, that not . . . any- one (478). noctu, adv. hy night. permitto, -ere, -misi, -missus (per + mitto), to allow ^ en- trust. plebiscitum, -i, n. vote of the people. LESSON XLY COMMANDS AND PROHIBITIONS 353 Learn the Imperatives of all the paradigms 479-486, and of nolo, 487. The pres. imper. sing, of dico, duco, facio, and fero ^ are die, due, fae, and far ; their other imperative forms are regular. 354 Examples 1. Haec lauda. 2. N51i haec laudare. 3. Cave ne haec laudes. 4. Fac (vide) ne haec laudes. Praise these things. Don't praise these things. Take care not to praise these things. See that you do not praise these things. (a) The first example illustrates the common way of expressing a Command or Request in the second per- son;^ in the first and third persons, and sometimes in ^ The full conjugation of this verb will be given later. * The future imperative is rare, being only used in sentences stating an expected result or in formal language, laws, etc. COMMANDS AND PROHIBITIONS 155 the second, the Hortatory or Jussive Subjunctive is used, 239. (5) The second example illustrates the most common way of expressing a Prohibition in the second person; sometimes the imperatives cave, heware^ fac or vide, see to it^ followed by ne and the present subjunctive, are used as in 3 and 4. {g) For prohibitions in the first and third persons, the Hortatory Subjunctive is used, 239. 355 Rule. — The Imperative states the action of the verb as a Command or Request. W. 495 ; B. 281 ; AG. 269 ; H. 560. 356 jRii^e.— Prohibitions are regularly expressed by noli {nbllte) with the Infinitive ; sometimes by cave, fac or vide, with ne and the present subjunctive. W. 496, 1.3; B. 276, c; AG. 269, a, 2.3; H. 561. 357 VOCABULARY caved, -ere, cavi, cautus, to incertus, -a, -um (in + certus, he on one^s guard, take 192), uncertain. care not. instituo, -ere, -ui, -utus, to complures, -ia or -a (gen. iegin. -ium), several. mercator, -oris, m. trader. conficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus opus, -eris, n. tvorJc. (con + facio, 272), ^0 com- quamquam, conj. although, plete, finish, weaken. and yet} defessus, -a, -um, tired out. quidem, adv. at least, in fact, excito, -are, to arouse. etc. facultas, -atis, f . opportunity, voluntas, -atis, f . will, wish. 358 1. Habetis, milites, facultatem quam voluistis ; iniqno loco et improvTso adorimini hostis, nolite cedere. 2. No- lite unam quidem horam opus intermittere ; ducem ip- sum audire haec et videre existimate ; subsidium mit- * Used with the Indicative, 156 FIRST LATIN BOOK tite. 3. Videte ne loco cedatis ; multam vobis pecuniam propono et hanc me vobIs daturum esse polliceor, si hostis consequamini. 4. Opus conficiamus ; tela, hastas pilaque, expediamus ; insignis erit vobis gloria, si hostis premetis. 5. Constiterunt milites et ad opus discesse- runt ; quisque altero die cognoscere voluit quo hostes se recepissent. 6. "Arbores portate ut castra miiniatis." Hac oratione moti milites, quamquam defessi erant, se ex quiete excitaverunt et opus instituerunt. 7. Aliae ^ gentes equis magnopere delectantur, aliae eos sacros habent ; ad banc gentem ab mercatoribus portantur. 8. Germani complures annos a Suebis premebantur ; hi nihil omnino contra suam voluntatem facere solebant. 9. Cave ne existimes eos domum reversuros esse; spero et confido eos revertisse, sed incertum est. 10. Non imperiti rei militaris sunt ; paene cotidianis proeliis contendere male- bant quam pace frui. 359 1. Halt, soldiers, and pitch camp ; see that the enemy do not attack you unexpectedly. 2. Do not desist from the work ; believe that Caesar sees all that you do. 3. The opportunity that you desired is here ; be brave men ; fight as long as the time of day will allow.^ 4. It was un- certain which of the two plans Caesar approved ; but the soldiers preferred to fight. 5. Although they were tired, they set to work as soon as the sun had risen. 6. They were nearly all aroused by this speech, nor was there anyone who did not wish to meet the enemy. 7. They never did anything which they did not wish to do ; ^ still they were skilled in military matters. 8. They asked the traders, of whom there were several present, what they brought. ^ aliae . . . aliae, some . . . others, « Compare 350, 3. * voluntas ; compare 358, 8. THE VERBS EO AND fIo 157 LESSON XLYI THE VERBS EO AND FIO eo, ire, (ivi) ii, itiirus, to go. 360 Learn the Indicative, Subjunctive, Imperative, and Infinitives, 488. {a) The stem is -i- ; this appears as -e- in the forms eo, eunt, eunto, and in the present subjunctive throughout. fio, fieri, factus, to he made^ lecome. 361 Learn the Indicative, Subjunctive, Imperative, and Infinitives, 488. {a) Notice that the 1 is long except in the form fit and when followed by -er. (J) Fio is the passive of facio ; but compounds of facio which, like efficio, change the a to i have regular passives, e. g., efficior, effici, effectus. 362 VOCABULARY adulescens, -ntis, m. and f. noced, -ere, nocui, nociturus, young man or woman, to Jiarm,^ circumvenio, -ire, -veni, -ven- noctu, adv. hy night (nox). tus (circum + venid, 276), nondum, adv. not yet. to surround. opprimo, -ere, -pressi, -pres- coepi, -isse, coeptus, to le- sus (ob + premo, 291), to gin.^ overwhelm. ediico, -ere, -xi, -ctus (e + permitto, -ere, -misi, -missus duco, 264), to lead forth. (per+initto,260), ^o^^eZ^, expeditus, -a, -um, lightly surrender^ permit. Mirdened^ unincumbered procedo, -ere, -cessi, cessurus (expedio, 283). (pro + cedo, 338), to ad- latus, -eris, n. side^ flanh. vance. ^ The present system is supplied by incipio, -ere. * Used with the dative. 158 FIRST LATIN BOOK 363 1. Eosdem quos in fuga esse arbitrabantur, ad se Ire viderunt; itaque ipsi fugere coeperunt. 2. Fiebat ut clamor post tergum tolleretur. Turn undique convene- runt hostes et nostros ab latere sinistro adorti, cireumve- nerunt. 3. Interim adulescentem quendam praemisit, qui eos magnopere hortaretur ne longius tali tempore procederent. 4. Sol iam ortus erat, sed ei qui, ut hostis opprimerent, trans fossam ierant, nondum reverterant. 5. Nolite fuga saltitem petere; primum consistite, deinde contra hostis velociter ite; sic spero vos servari posse. 6. Etsi propter altitiidinem fltiminis erat summa difficultas, tamen copias pedestris noctu tradiicere coepit. 7. Caesar postquam quid a quoque fieri velit ostendit, legiones expeditas ediicit ; statim se suaque omnia potestati eius permiserunt hostes. 8. Haec ad se portari ab mercatori- bus Germani non patiuntur, quod ea sibi nocere existi- mant. 9. Una nocte Germani eos vulneribus doloreque confectos adorti omnis oppresserunt. 10. Hie est Gallo- rum mos, ut mercatores, etiam invitos, consistere cogant, et quid quisque eorum de quaque re audierit, quaerant. 364 1. Caesar ordered them first to make camp, then to go against the enemy. 2. He showed what he wished to be done by each man, that they might not be surrounded and attacked on all sides. 3. Finish the work which you have begun ; do not surrender yourselves and all your possessions to them. 4. The Germans thought that many things which the traders brought injured them. 5. Therefore some tribes did not allow the traders to go to them, but used what they themselves had. 6. The si arming of the town was so difiicult for the right flank that nearly everybody was killed. 7. They would have begun to march early, if there had not been the greatest difficulty on account of their baggage. READING EXERCISE 159 365 READING EXERCISE The Civil Wars {continued) Deinde in Thessalia ad^ Pharsalum ingentibus co- piis diu dimicatum est. Postremo victus est Pompeius : ipse f ugatus ^ Alexandream petiit ut a rege Aegypti acci- peret auxilia. Sed hie fortimam magis quam amicitiam secutus^ occidit Pompeium et caput eius ad Caesarem misit; qui, ubi caput tanti viri et generi quondam sui vidit, etiam lacrimas ftidisse dicitur. Mox Caesar Alexandream * venit. Ipsum quoque Pto- lemaeus conatus est interficere; itaque regi bellum illa- tum est,^ qui victus in N"ilo moritur. Caesar Alexandre a potitus,^ regnum Cleopatrae dedit, Ptolemaei sorori. Deinde Pharnacem qui ad Pompeium in Graeciam auxi- lium miserat, acie vicit ; postea ad mortem eum coegit. Postquam Eomam revertit, se consulem cum Lepido col- lega fecit. Deinde in Africam profectus,^ suos inimicos post multa proelia superavit. Ubi Cato, qui non longe ab urbe Utica castra posuerat, certior est factus de vic- toriis eius, mortem sibi conscivit. Post annum Caesar Eomam revertit ubi quarto se con- sulem fecit. Ei tamen quiete frui non licuit : statim in Hispanias est profectus, quod ibi Pompei filii, Gnaeus et Sextus, ingens bellum paraverant. Multa proelia secuta sunt quorum ultimum ad Mundam erat. In hoc proelio Caesar paene victus est ut se voluerit occidere ne post tantam rei militaris gloriam in potestatem inimicorum ^ Near, 2 Perf. pass, partic. agreeing with ipse. 3 Observe that the perf. partic. of a deponent verb has an active meaning. 4 See 236, 10. ^ Perf. indie, pass, of Tnfero, an irregular verb which is treated in Lesson LI ; translate, was brought on. 160 FIRST LATIN BOOK venerit; denique suos in aciem reduxit vTcitque hostis. Ex Pompei f iliis maior ^ occisus est, minor f ugit. SPECIAL VOCABULARY conscisco, -ere, -scivi, -scitns, gener, -eri, m. son-in-law. to determine ; with mor- gloria, -ae, f . glory, tern sibi, to commit sui- lacrima, -ae, f. tear. cide, postremo, adv. finally. fortuna, -ae, f . fortune. quarto, adv. for the fourth fiindd, -ere, fudi, fusus, to time. pour out. Boror, -oris, f. sister. LESSON XLVII TEMPORAL CLAUSES 366 Examples 1. Postquam Caesar pervenit, obsides poposcit. After Caesar arrived^ he demanded hostages. 2. TJbi parati sunt, oppida sua incenderunt. When they were prepared^ they set their towns on fire. 3. Cum primum potuit, ad exercitiun contendit. As soon as he could^ he hurried to the army. (a) The pupil will remember that similar sentences have been used frequently in the preceding lessons. Such temporal clauses usually refer to a single past action and take the Perfect Indicative. Rule. — Postquam, after ^ ubi, ut, when, cum prtmuni, ubi primum, simul atque (simul ac), as soon as, when referring to a single past action, are used with the Perfect Indicative. W. 530, 531 ; B. 287; AG. 324; H. 602. ^ maior is often used to mean the elder; minor, the younger. Compare maiores, ancestors. TEMPORAL CLAUSES ' 161 367 CLAUSES INTRODUCED BY ANTEQUAM*AND PRIUSQUAM 1 Examples 1. Oppidum ndn antequam tela deerant expugnatum est. The town was not taken until arms failed. 2. Neque prius fugere destiterunt quam ad flumen perve- nerunt. They did not stop fleeing until they reached the river. 3. Caesar priusquam haec faciat, castra oppugnabit. Before Caesar does {shall do) this^ he will storm the camp, 4. Prmsquam id effici posset, Romani aderant. The Romans were there before that could he done, (a) Notice that in the first two sentences the clauses introduced by antequam and priusquam express an actual fact and have the Indicative ; but in sentences 3 and 4 the clauses express an act as anticipated and have the Subjunctive. 368 Rule, — Antequam and priusquam are used with the Indicative to express an actual fact ; with the Subjunctive to express an act as anticipated. W. 534; B. 291, 292; AG. 327; H. 605. 369 CLAUSES INTRODUCED BY DUM Examples 1. Dum haec geruntur, ad flumen contenderunt. While this was leing done., they hurried to the river, 2. Dum erat facultas, abibant. So long as there luas a chance., they went away, 1 Antequam and priusquam are compounded of the adverbs ante, prius, and the conjunction quam ; they are often separated : ante . . . quam, prius . . . quam,' as in sentence 2. 11 162 FIRST LATIN BOOK 3. Caesar exspectat dum naves conveniant. Caesar is ivaiting until the ships (shall) assemble. 4. Caesar non exspectavit dum Helvetii pervenirent. Caesar did not wait until the Helvetii should arrive. {a) Notice that in sentence 1 dum, while, is used with the Present Indicative expressing a continued action in past time. The Present is used, as the clause expresses something which was going on at the same time with the action of the principal verb; but we translate by the past. (b) When, as in sentence 2, dum means so long as, any tense of the Indicative may be used. (c) Notice that in sentences 3 and 4 dum, until, in- troduces clauses of expected action and that the Sub- junctive is used.* 370 Bule.—Dunif while, is used with the Present Indicative ; diinif so long as, with any tense of the Indicative; but dum, until, introducing a clause of expected action, is used with the Subjunctive. W. 523 ; B. 293 ; AG. 328 ; H. 603. 371 VOCABULARY abeo, -ire, -ii, -ituKis (ab+ intercludo, -ere, -clusi, -clusus, eo, 360), to go away. to cut off. compleo, -ere, -evi, -etus, to posco, -ere, poposci (poscitu- fill, cover. rus), to demand. concedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus pr6vide6,-ere,-vidi,-visus(pr6 (cnni + cedo, 338), to yield. + video, 229), to provide. eruptid, -onis, f . sally. transeo, -ire, -ii, -iturus (trans extra^ prep, outside of. -\- eo, 360), to cross. * Sometimes dnni, until^ introduces an actual event ; it is then used with the Indicative: exspectaverunt dum pervenit They waited until he arrived (not for Mm to arrive). TEMPORAL CLAUSES 163 372 1. Cum primum facultas data est, copias edftxit et montem militibus complere coepit. 2. Non prius eum abire patiiintur qaam ab eo concessum sit, ut hostibus altero die occurrereiit. 3. Non prius ille vacuus a militi- bus relictus est locus quam eruptio est facta. • 4. Dum adulescentes longius procedunt, hostes qui undique con- venerunt eruptionem fecerunt et eos castris intercluse- runt. 5. Dum tempus noctis patiebatur, quiete per her- bam fruebantur. Ubi sol ortus est, abibant, atque eo die multa milia passuum procedebant. 6. Dixit eos ipsos quidem non debere dubitare, quin hostes progredi extra agmen auderent. 7. Exspectavit dum omnes undique con- venirent ; antequam abiret, quid in tanta difficultate vel- let, imperavit. 8. In eiusmodi difficultatibus, quantum diligentia provideri poterat, sapienter providebatur. Sig- num profectionis datum est priusquam hostes domum discederent. 9. Priusquam ei certiores fierent, obsides poposcit, atque postquam hi traditi sunt, Mmen transiit. 10. Nihil erat quod se virtute non efficere posse puta- rent, nee prius sequi destiterunt quam miiro portisque adpropinquaverunt. 373 1. So long as the night allowed, they advanced ; but they did not arrive before the sun rose. 2. As soon as they arrived, he began to lead forth his troops and to cross the river. 3. He brought all his legions together into one place, before the Gauls could be informed of his arrival. 4. The enemy waited until he should cover the hill with men, before they made an attack. 5. While the soldiers were pitching and fortifying the camp, the young men made a sally. 6. There was no provision ^ that was not made, and they thought that with courage they could do everything. 7. Do not stop advancing until you arrive near the wall and the gates of the city. 8. After 1 Compare 372, 8. 164 FIRST LATIN BOOK the hostages had been handed over, Caesar departed and the tired soldiers dispersed to their homes. LESSON XLYIII CLAUSES INTRODUCED BY CUM CUM TEMPORAL 374 Examples 1. Tecum videor esse, cum tuas litteras lego. I seem to he toith you ivheii I read your letter, 2. Tum eras consul cum meam domum incendebant. You luere consul at the time ivlien they set my house on fire. 3. Cum Caesar in Galliam venit, principes erant Haedui. At the time Caesar entered Gaul^ the Haedui were the leaders, {a) Notice that these clauses introduced by cum, like those in 366, fix or determine the time which is meant, and have the Indicative. Often the independent part of the sentence contains tum, eo tempore, then^ at that time^ or a similar expression. Compare these clauses with defin- ing Relative Clauses 281, 5, remembering that cum is itself a relative. CUM CIRCUMSTANTIAL 376 Examples 1. Diutius cum sustinere nostrdrum impetus n5n possent, se in montem receperunt. Being unaile to (when they could not) withstand the charges of our soldiers any longer^ they withdrew to the mountain. CLAUSES INTHODUCED BY CUM 165 2. Caesari cum id nuntiatum esset, in Galliam ulteridrem contendit. Whe7i this had been reported to Caesar, he hurried into further Gaul. 3. His cum persuadere ii5n possent, legates miserunt. Being unable to {since they could not) persuade these^ they sent envoys. 4. Cum diu pugnatum sit, hostem videre nemo potuit. While {although) the battle lasted a long time^ no one could see an enemy. {a) Notice that all these clauses introduced by cum express not the time so much as the situation or the cir- cumstances, under which the action denoted by the prin- cipal verb took place, and have the Subjunctive. If the Indicative had been used in 1 and 2, cum . , . non pote- rant ; cum . . . nuntiatum erat, to give the full meaning we should have had to translate : It was when they could not ; It was when report had been made^ etc. {b) In English we use either a participial clause, as in the translation of 1 and 3, or a relative lohen^ as, etc., to express the same relation. Such clauses in English may express simply the circumstances or they may be causal or concessive : e. g., " Being in town, I saw him," may tell nothing but the circumstances under which I saw him ; but it may also mean, " Because I was in town, I saw him " ; or even " Although I was in town, I saw him." Exactly so in Latin, circumstantial clauses with cum and the Subjunctive may express Cause as in 3, or Concession as in 4. 376 Mule.— Cum is used with the Indicative to determine the particular time of an action ; with the Subjunctive to state the situation or circumstances of an action; such clauses may also express Cause or Concession. W. 535, 536, 542, 571 ; B. 288, 289, 309. 3 ; AG. 325, 326 ; H. 598, 600, 601. 166 FIRST LATIN BOOK 377 VOCABULARY deficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus (de nascor, nasci, natus, to he + facio, 272), to fail^ be horn^ arise, loanting. nocturnus, -a, -um, of the instruo, -ere, -struxi, -structus, nighty hy night (nox, 177). to arrange^ draw up, perficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus lego, -ere, legi, lectus, to (per + facio, 272), ^o /?i- read, ish, littera, -ae, f. letter (of the produce, -ere, -xi, -ctus (pro alphabet), plur. letter -\-dxicd, 26^)^ to lead forth, (epistle). propinquus, -a, -um, neigh- mwiitid^-dnis^t. fortification boring-, as a substantive, (munio, 291). relative. 378 1. Caesar, cum suos iniquo loco pugnaturos esse exTs- timaret, eos e castris educere et ab ^ dextro latere hostium constituere coepit. 2. Dum illi de condicionibus inter se agunt,^ littenis ad legatum misit ne animo deficeret. 3. Cum vir insigni loco natus mortuus est, propinqui con- veniunt ut de morte eius quaerant. 4. Nolite vos potes- tati eorum permittere ; omnia prius experiantur quam illud consilium probetis. 5. Cum ipse centurio vulneri- bus aetateque confectus esset, ne nocturnum quidem sibi tempus ad quietem relinquebat. 6. Eo tempore cum eruptio facta est, labore vulneribusque confectT hostis cir- cumveniebatis et a castris intercludebatis. 7. Cum mlli- tes summo studio sTgnum poscerent, copias produci aciemque instrui iussit. 8. Antequam suis persuadere posset ut extra munitiones procederent, hostes fossam transierant. 9. Labore operis quod nondum perfectum est defessi, simulque adventu hostium perterriti, neque eruptionem facere neque aciem instruere audebant. ^ Giving the direction ; translate on, * Often, as here, to discuss^ treat. CLAUSES INTRODUCED BY CUM 167 10. Ubi litteras Caesaris legit, copias expeditas educi et incertis itineribus noctu ad eum ire iussit. 379 1. When he arrived at the camp, he learned that the neighboring tribes were in arms. 2. Since not only cour- age but also weapons now failed our men/ the centurion ordered them to withdraw. 3. Although they were tired out by the long march, they did not stop ^ working day or night. 4. The enemy filled up the ditch before Caesar's soldiers knew what was being done. 5. At the very time when that sally took place, we were crossing the river. 6. Inasmuch as the fortifications had not yet been fin- ished, he sent a letter to Caesar for aid.^ 7. While this was happening in Gaul, Caesar was arming the young men. 8. As soon as he had read the letter, he went to the other camp, of which his brother was in charge. 9. Being unable to persuade the soldiers to fight, he ordered them to withdraw within * the fortifications. 380 READING EXERCISE The Assassination of Caesar 44 B. C. lam omnia bella civilia toto orbe^ terrarum compo- suerat ut Eomam reverti posset. Cum plurimi maximi- que honores a senatu decreti essent, inter quos ut^ pater patriae appellaretur ac dictator perpetuus esset, cives ei ^ irati esse coeperunt quod honores, qui a populo antea decernebantur, dabat eis quibus voluit, et senatui,^ qui ei tantos honores dederat, non adsurgebat aliaque paene regia insolentius faciebat ; sed cum populus eum regem appellavisset, respondit Oaesarem se, non regem esse, et cum a cdnsule Antonio diadema saepius capiti^ admotum 1 Dative. ^ intermitto. Compare 358, 2. 3 Use a purpose clause. * In with the accu. ^ Abl. of place. « ut . . . appellaretur, etc., a substantive clause depending on decreti essent. ' Dative. ® Dat. depending on a compound verb, 344, 168 FIRST LATIN BOOK esset, reppulit atque in templum lovis misit. Contra eum multi senatores equitesque coniuraverunt. Princi- pes inter coniuratos fuerunt duo Briiti, Marcus et Decius, ex eo genere BrutT, qui primus consul fuerat et reges ex- pulerat, Caius Cassius et Servilius Casca. Ab his Caesar cum inter ceteros ^ venisset in curiam, multis vulneribus occisus est ; deinde Capitolium occupatum est. Cum oblivio caedis eius a senatu decreta esset atque obsides accepti essent, coniurati a Capitolio descenderunt. Tes- tamento Caesaris inter heredes institiitus et in nomen adoptatus est Caius Octavius, sororis nepos ; populo Eo- mano horti trans Tiberim dati sunt. Corpus Caesaris, cum in campum Martium portaretur, a plebe ante ros- tra ^ crematum est. SPECIAL VOCABULARY admoveo, -ere, -movi, -motus, duo, two.^ to 'bring near. heres, -edis, m. Jieir, adopto, -are, to adopt, insolenter, adv. haugJitily, adsurgd, -ere, -snrrexi, -sur- iratus, -a, -um, angry. rectus, to rise before. nepos, -otis, m. grandson, Capitolium, -i, n. the capitoh oblivio, -5nis, f. pardon. civilis, -e, civil. orbis, -is, m. circle \ orbis compdnd, -ere, -posui, -positns, terrarum, the world. to settle., finish. perpetuus, -a, -um, perpetual., conitiratus, -i, m. conspira- permanent. tor. repello, -ere, reppuli, -pulsus, curia, -ae, f . senate-house. to put away., refuse. decemd, -ere, -crevi, -cretus, rostra, -drum, n. rostra., p>lat- to vote., decree. form (for speakers). diadema, -atis, n. crown. soror, -oris, f. sister. dictator, -oris, m. dictator. testamentum, -i, n. will. ^ Supply senatores. * So called because it was adorned with the rams (rostra) of cap- tured ships. A temple was afterward built at the spot where Caesar's body was burned. ^ The declension will be given later. CAUSE AND CONCESSION 169 LESSON XLIX CAUSE AND CONCESSION CAUSE 381 One of the most common ways of expressing cause is by cum and the Subjunctive, 376 ; other particles are quod, which has already been used, 264, quia, and quoniam, because^ since. 382 Examples 1. Quod mons aberat mille passus, e5 se receperunt. Because the mountain was a mile away^ they withdrew to it, 2. Quia haec fieri non posse intellegebant. Because they understood that this could not de done, 3. Quoniam me v5biscum servare n5n possum, vos quidem defendam. Since I cannot save myself and you^ I will defend you at least, 4. Aristides expulsus est patria quod iustus esset. Aristides luas driven from his native land^ because (as people said) he was just, (a) Notice that in sentences 1-3 the causal clauses with quod, quia, quoniam and the Indicative state the reasons as those of the writer or speaker, while in 4, where the reason of some one else is reported, the Sub- junctive is used. Such a Subjunctive is really in Indi- rect Discourse, as the implied quotation shows.^ * Naturally when a verb of saying or thinking is expressed, all causal clauses, being subordinate, must have the Subjunctive. 170 FIRST LATIN BOOK 383 Rule, — Qiiod^ quia^ qurniiam, because^ since^ are used with, the Indicative to give the reason of the speaker or writer ; with the Subjunctive to give the reason of some one else. W. 544-546, B. 286; AG. 321 ; H. 588. CONCESSION 384 Two of the common ways of expressing con- cession are by cum with the Subjunctive, 376, and by etsi, even if, usually with the Indicative, 314. Another common way is by quamquam with the Indicative, 357. W. 570 ; B. 309, 2 ; AG. 313, e ; H. 586. 385 VOCABULARY accedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessums incolo, -ere, -ui, — , to dwell, (ad + cedo, 338), to ap- inhabit. proach, ineo, -ire, -ii, -itums (in -f autem, conj. but, hoivever, eo, 360), to enter, enter moreover. upon. casus, -us, m. chance, occur- lacesso, -ere, -sivi, -situs, to rence. provoke, challenge, har- cdnsulo, -ere, -ui, -tus, to have rass. regard for, care for, con- postridie, adv. (posterus + sult.^ dies), on the next day. egredior, -i, -gressus, to go pridie, adv. (prior + dies), forth. on the preceding day. 60, adv. thither, to that place reperio, -ire, repperi, reper- (is). tus, to find. frustra, adv. to no purpose. 386 1. Ea quae antea postulavistis, fieri licet, quoniam propius accessistis mimTtionesque nostras circumvenistis. ^ hnnc consulere, to ask this man's advice ; huic consulere, to look out for this man's interest. CAUSE AND CONCESSION 171 2. Cum viri compluribus pugnis def essi essent atque tela eos deficerent, ne noctti quidem hostis lacessere destite- runt. 3. Quia locum magis idoneum reperire non pote- rat, postridie montem militibus expeditis complere hostis- que intercludere instituit. 4. Cum pridie frustra hostis lacessivisset, novam belli rationem iniit ut ad omnis casus subsidia pararet. 5. li qui ea loca incolebant e finibus suis egressi sunt, quod frumentum deesset ; itaque Caesar eo contendit. 6. Petiverunt, quoniam nulla ratione ami- cis consulere possent, ut sibi eius voluntate e civitate egredi liceret. 7. Qui navibus praeerat, adulescens erat et rei militaris imperitus ; quod postridie ventum secun- dum nactus est, progrediebatur. 8. Cum hostes aut ex ripa aut paulum in aquam progressi ptignarent, nostros celeriter oppresserunt. 9. Caesar autem, cum legati con- silium probaret et ipse idem sentiret, nulla ratione id facere poterat. 10. Imperator, quod nullum eiusmodi casum exspectabat, suos etsi omnibus malis defessi erant, aequum in locum produxit et aciem instriixit. 387 1. Inasmuch as we can not look out for our friends' interests, we beg to be allowed to leave the city. 2. Al- though the soldiers were tired with their work, they did not stop provoking the enemy. 3. Caesar determined to enter upon a new method of fighting, because on the previous day he had challenged the enemy to no purpose. 4. They begged Caesar to care for their friends because, as they said,^ they could not care for them themselves. 5. Caesar determined to go to England ; when he arrived there, he proceeded^ to make provision against all chances. 6. Those who dwelt in England at the time when Caesar arrived there were barbarians. 7. The Britons could not conquer the Eomans because they were not so experienced in warfare. ^ Compare 382, 4. * Use Institao. 172 FIRST LATIN BOOK LESSON L PARTICIPLES 388 Learn the Present Active and the Perfect Pas- sive Participles of the Model Verbs, 479-489. 389 Participles are adjectives in form and agree- ment; for the declension of the Present Active see 468 ; the Perfect Passive is declined like bonus, 467. In force they are verbs, having the same constructions as the verbs to which they belong. 390 Examples 1. Fortissime pugnans interfectus est. He was killed ivhile fighting most bravely. 2. (Mlia est onmis divisa. Gaul is divided as a whole, 3. Ducem vulneratum servavit. He saved the ivounded leader (or the leader who was wounded), 4. Auctoritate regis permoti, constituerimt exire. Moved hy the influejice of the Mng^ they decided to go out. 5. Civitas ob earn rem incitata, e fLnibus exire conabatur. When the state was aroused {the state having been aroused) on account of this, it attempted to leave its territory. (a) Notice in sentence 1 that the present participle represents the action as going on at the time indicated by the verb. (b) The perfect participle with sum may become PARTICIPLES 173 nothing more than a predicate adjective, as in 2 ; but its most common use is to express an action as finished be- fore the time of the main verb, as in 3, 4, and 5. (g) Notice also that the participles in 4 and 5 may- express time, cause, concession, etc., according to the context in which the sentences are found. Therefore, we may best translate by when, because^ although, etc., or by a verb coordinate with the main verb, e. g., " They were moved by the influence of the king and decided," etc. 391 ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE 1. Caesare duce oppidum expugnaverunt. Under the leadership of Caesar they stormed the town, 2. Gaele serend sol ortus est. The sun rose in a clear shy. 3. Gnaed Fompeio, Marc5 Grass5 consulibus Germani Ehe- num transierunt. In the consulship of Gnaeus Pompey and Marcus Cras- sus (or When Pompey and Crassus were consuls) the Germans crossed the Rhine. 4. Germani clamore auditd fugerunt. The Germans fled on hearing the shout. {a) Notice that in these sentences two nouns, a noun and an adjective, or a noun and a participle are used in the Ablative to express some circumstance attendant on the action of the main verb ; this Ablative may also express time, as it clearly does in 3, or cause, as in 4. These same ideas might all be expressed by cum-clauses. (5) Notice further that this ablative has no grammat- ical relation to the rest of the sentence ; it is therefore called the Ablative Absolute.^ ^ While we sometimes employ in English such phrases as " Caesar being leader," " The shout having been heard," these expressions are 174 FIRST LATIN BOOK 392 Itule. — A noun or pronoun with another noun, an adjec- tive or participle may be used in the Ablative to express the circumstances, time, or cause of an action. W. 397-399; B. 227; AG. 255; H. 489. 393 VOCABULARY adduce, -ere, -diixi, -ductus oportet, -ere, -uit, impers. v. (ad + duco, 264), to in- it is proper, one ought. duce, permoveo, -ere, -movi, -motus beneficium, -i, n. (bene -f (per + moveo, 245), to facio), hindness, service, move deeply, to induce. Cassivelaunus, -i, m. Cassi- pertineo, -ere, -ui — , (per -\- velaunus. teneo, 227), to pertain to^ communis, -e, adj. common. to reach. divide, -ere, -visi, -visus, to queror, -i, questus, to corn- divide, plain. exed, -ire, -ii, -iturus (ex-(- transeo, -ire, -ii, -iturus eo, 360), to go forth. (trans -fed, 360), to cross. iugum, -i, n. yoke, ridge (of usus, -us, m. use, need (utor, mountains). 298). maritimus, -a, -um, adj., le- uterque, -traque, -trumque, longing to the sea, sea each (of two).^ (mare, 162). 394 1. Britanni, nostro adventu permoti, suae saluti con- sulere et ad omnis casus subsidia providere instituerunt. 2. Omnibus rebus paratis, quae ad usum navium perti- nent, Caesar postridie in Britanniam transiit. 3. Imperio belli Cassivelauno permisso, Britanni cum communi con- silio noctu convenissent, postridie nostros proelio lacessere often awkward, and such phrases as those used in the translations given are generally to be preferred. Compare with the Latin con- struction the English Nominative Absolute. It should be remem- bered that the English has a Perfect Active Participle, "having made," etc., but that the Latin has none, save in Deponent Verbs. ' 1 Declined like nter, 272, 469. ' PARTICIPLES 175 coeperunt. 4. Nostri, ab utroque latere hostis adorti,^ eos gladios educere conantis atque vix se defendentis oppres- serunt. 5. Cassivelauno duce Britanni a Caesare superati sunt ; fines illTus a maritimls civitatibus magno flumine divisi sunt. 6. Inopia omnium rerum adducti, quod frii- mentum in agris esse reppererunt nullum, e flnibus noctti clam exire instituerunt. 7. Quoniam ad hunc locum per- ventum est, de Britanniae moribus, quid sentiam quidque cognoverim proponere oportet. 8. Tandem Britanni ab dextro latere summum iugum nacti, hostis loco expellunt ; fugientis ad flumen sequuntur complurisque interficiunt. 9. Concilio dimisso, Haeduis de iniuriis querentibus pe- tentibusque ut se beneficio^ dignos haberet, libertiitem concessit. 10. Interim dimissis circum omnia oppida lit- teris iisque ab oppidanis lectis, barbari de suis fortiinis desperaverunt. 395 1. Induced by the hope of plunder, they left the ships and marched out by night. 2. Having found the enemy on the top of the ridge, they drove them away and killed nearly all as they fled. 3. This done, they set forth and reached the ships before the sun rose. 4. Caesar crossed into Britain when Pompey and Crasso were consuls ; when he arrived Cassivelaunus was the chief man there. 5. He left several cohorts on the shore ^ and proceeded into the interior of the country.^ 6. When the prisoners begged that he would not kill them, he granted them their liberty. 7. Caesar did not pursue the fleeing enemy farther, because he wished to finish the fortifications before night. 1 Remember that the perl partic. of a deponent verb has an act- ive .meaning. 2 Abl. with dlgnos, worthy of. 3 Translate, near the sea. * Translate, into the interior parts. 176 FIRST LATIN BOOK READING EXERCISE The Destruction of the Conspirators 396 Populus Romanus Pompeio et Caesare interfectis redisse ^ in libertatem videbatur ; et redisset,^ nisi Caesar heredem scripsisset Gaium Octavium, qui postea Augus- tus Caesar est appellatus, eumque filium adoptavisset. Haec prima civilium bellorum causa erat cum ^ Antonius, Iratus quod praelatus* sibi esset iuvenis Octavius, eum opprimere vellet. Sed Antonius a senatu hostis iudicatus est et Caesar Octavianus ^ iiissus est cum consulibus desTg- natis Hirtio et Pansa bellum contra eum gerere. Hi duces prof ecti eum ad ^ Mutinam vicerunt. Evenit tamen ut victores consules ambo occisi sint; unde factum est ut tres exercitiis uni iuveni Octaviano parerent. Fugatus Antonius amisso exercitu ad Lepidum pervenit qui tum provincias Galliae cum pliirimis copiis habebat. Mox Lepido adiuvante Caesar cum Antonio pacem fecit et Romam^ cum exercitii reversus effecit ut sibi annum vicesimum agenti ^ consulatus daretur. Cum sociis Anto- nio et Lepido rem piiblicam armis tenere coepit. Per hos etiam Cicero orator occisus est multique alii nobiles. Interea Brutus et Cassius ingens bellum moverunt. Contra eos igitur profecti Octavianus et Antonius (relic- tus enim erat Lepidus ut Italiam def enderet) ad ^ Philip- pos, Macedoniae urbem, pugnaverunt. Cum primo proe- lio victi essent Antonius et Caesar, tamen interfectus est ^ A shorter form for rediisse. * What kind of condition ? * The clause cum . . . yellet is in predicate apposition to haec prima causa. * praelatus esset, plup. subj. pass, of praefero, to prefer, ^ The form of name which Octavius assumed after his adoption. * With names of towns, near, ' Compare 236, 10. ^ annum ag"erfe, to spend a year ; translate here, in his, etc. THE VERB FERO 177 Cassius ; secundo Brutum et plurimos nobilis qui cum illis bellum gesserant, victos interfecerunt. Ac sic inter duces divisa est res publica ut Caesar Hispanias, Gallias, Italiamque teneret, Antonius Asiam et Orientem, Lepidus Africam acciperet. SPECIAL VOCABULARY adopto, -are, to adopt, civilis, -e, civil (civis). consulatus, -us, m. consul- ship (consul), designatus, -a, -um, elect, evenio, -ire, -veni, -venturus (e + venio), to turn out; often impersonal with a substantive clause as its subject. heres, -edis, m. heir. iratus, -a, -um, angry, nobilis, -e, well knoivn^ noble. Oriens, -ntis, m. the Orient^ Bast. pare5, -ere, pSrui, — , to obey. redeo, -ire, -ii, -itiirus (re + eo), to return. tres, tria, three (473). unde, adv. wherefore. vicesimus, -a, -um, twentieth (viginti). LESSOK LI THE VERB FERO, to bear, bring 397 Learn the conjugation of fero entire with the exception of the gerund, gerundive, and supine, 489. 398 VOCABULARY abdo, -ere, -didi, -ditus (ab adversus, -a, -um, opposite, -f- do), to put away, to unfavorable. hide. consto, -are, -stiti, -statu- accido, -ere, -cidi, -casiirus, rus, to agree, correspond to fall, happen. (impers. it is an estab- adfero, -ferre, -tuli, -latus (ad lished fact, it is well -f-fero), to bring up. known). 12 178 FIRST LATIN BOOK consuesco, -ere, -suevi, -sue- par, paris, equals like. tus, to get accustomed to. paulatim, adv. gradually. consuetudo, -inis, f. custom, refero, -ferre, rettuli, -latus creber, -bra, -brum, frequent. (re -f fer5), to carry infero, -ferre, -tuli, illatus bacTc (pedem referre, to (in + fero), to carry ^ bring retreat). upon. succedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus integer, -gra, -grum, whole., (sub + cedo), to come up^ fresh. to relieve. 399 1. Hoc casti adductus, omnTs qui per aetatem arma ferre possint ggredi iubet; mulieres se in silvfis abdide- runt. 2. Levi proelio facto, ad oppidum in quo hiemare consuevit, contendit, quod maritimum erat. 3. Litterls - media nocte adlatis, intellexit magnum periculum acci- disse, quo nostri interclusi fugientesque interfecti essent. 4. Prope oppidum collis erat ; ab flumine pari mfignitu- dine alter collis nascebatur adversus huic ; eo Caesar exercitum adduxit. 5. Integri defessis^ successerunt ; sed, cum nullum frustra pilum accideret, omnes tandem sub montem pedem rettulerunt. 6. Creberrimis Caesaris beneficiis adductus legatis respondit non oportere eos de sua voluntate dubitare. 7. Ad haec unum mode respon- dit : non esse suam consuetudinem de paribus condicioni- bus loqul. 8. Crebris nocturnis eruptionibus aut Tgnem muro inferebant aut milites incertis temporibus lacesse- bant; haec quidem ratio belli eis maxime proderat. 9. Hostes, quia pridie Caesar neque copias produxisset neque flumen transisset, paulatim pedem rettulerunt. 10. Ea silva ingenti magnitiidine per medios finis hos- tium ad flumen pertinet ; multa ibi animalia nasci constat. 400 1. Being asked why they had retreated, they replied that they could not endure the onrush of our soldiers. 2. As it was agreed that they must pass the winter in 1344. PRONOUNS AND IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES 179 Gaul, no grain had been provided in Britain. 3. When they complained of their wrongs, Caesar replied that he brought no hope or terms of peace. 4. This state had often brought war upon the Gauls ; with equal valor it had often defended itself. 5. Fresh troops came up, and the enemy were gradually dislodged from their position and retreated. 6. Several ships, sailing out ^ of the har- bor, were drawn up opposite us, but it was not agreed what our ships ought to do. 7. As the Gauls were in a higher position, their javelins fell with great force. 8. They said that the Germans had gradually grown accustomed to crossing the Ehine. LESSON LII PRONOUNS AND IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES 401 Review the Pronouns learned thus far, 123, 129, 135, 136, 298, 317, 318, 320. 402 Learn the declension of the Indefinite pronouns aliquis, some one^ quisquis, wlioever^ quicumque, wTio- soever J 478. 403 The following nine adjectives have -ius through- out in the Genitive Singular, with the exception of alter which has alterius throughout : one^ single alone whole ullus ulla uUum any ^ Notice the real time here expressed. unus una unum s51us s51a solum totus tota totum 180 FIRST LATIN BOOK nullus nfilla nullum not any alius alia aliud another alter altera alterum the other (of two) uter utra utrum which (of two) neuter neutra neutrum neither (a) These have no Vocative. The form alterius is regularly employed as the genitive of alius to prevent confusion with the nominative. Five of these have been already used. The declension is given, 469. 404 VOCABULARY animadverto, -ere, -ti, -sus (animum + adverto), to 7iotice, quare, adv. whereby? how? wherefore (both interrog- ative and relative). redeo, -ire, -ii, -iturus (re + eo), to return, unde, adv. ivhence? the place from which (both inter- rogative and relative). valeo, -ere, -ui, — , to he strong. 405 1. Neque iillum fere totius hiemis tempus erat, quin aliquis nimtius de adverso proelio adferretur. 2. Quam- quam crebris nuntiis communique periculo permoti sunt, sic parati erant, ut, quicumque accidisset casus, hunc aequo animo ferrent. 3. Quidquid illi possunt, nfivibus valent ; maritimas enim partes incolunt, neque est ullus^ apud eos rei mllitaris usus. 4. Altero die hostes iugo relicto proelium inierunt ; proelio adverso facto, nostri pedem rettulerunt et unde venerant redierunt. 5. Quia neutrum eorum fluminum transire poterant nostri ad moutem, quo provincia a maritimls civitatibus divlsa est, paulatim redierunt. 6. Xon oportere putfibat communem salutem HaeduTs soils committere ; quare mllites paula- tim se recipere iiissit. 7. Paribus beneficiis usus,^ contra ^ When a sentence is connected with the preceding, neqae . . . ullns rather than et nuilus is used as here. Compare sentence 1. * From iitor. PRONOUNS AND IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES 181 voluntatem eorum facere non debere intellexit ; itaque neutrum eorum contra alterum iuvabat. 8. Graviter querentibus quod e finibus egredi coacti essent, respondit se amicorum fortunis consulere consuescere. 9. Haec ubi Caesar animadvertit, copias paulum ab eo loco abditas in iugo constituit. 10. Cum non modo tela sed etiam con- silia utrique deficerent, uterque riirsus exercitum in cas- tra reduxit. 406 1. The Gauls are accustomed to defend themselves against whatsoever people brings war against them. 2. The soldiers answered, " Whoever they are, let us attack them before they return to the place from which ^ they came." 3. Whatsoever wars you wish to be carried on, we will carry on without any danger on your part.^ 4. Between the two armies was a forest which offered some hope of safety. 5. Each commander ordered his soldiers to withdraw gradually from their position and retreat to this forest. 6. Neither noticed that in the other army fresh troops were relieving the exhausted. 7. Caesar was strongest in infantry,^ but the commander of the enemy trusted to his cavalry alone. READING EXERCISE 407 Tlie Battle of Actium {31 B. c.) and the End of the Civil Wars Sublatis coniuratis qui Caesarem occiderant, supererat Sextus Pompeius qui post cladem ad Mundam fuga eva- serat. Hic contractis eis qui supererant ex partibus* Bruti Cassique, ingens helium in Sicilia commovit, sed ab Agrippa ita victus est ut in Asiam effugere coactus sit ; ubi paulo post occlsus est. ^ Compare 405, 4. * Objective gen. 8 Compare 405, 3. * The party. 182 FIRST LATIN BOOK Cum iam omnem occasionem belli civilis sublatam esse videretur, pax improvise ab Antonio rupta est ; nam hic captus amore Cleopatrae, reginae Aegypti, sororem Octaviani repudiavit, et incitatus a regina quae muliebrl eupiditate etiam in urbe regnare volebat, bellum contra Octavianum paravit. Qui, primo nuntio huius periculi adlato, Brundisio ^ in Graeciam transiit ut imminent! bello ^ occurreret, positisque castrls in Epiro ad Actiaci ^ Apollinis tempi um, classe sinum Ambracium quem naves AntonI tenebant obsedit. Octaviano quadringentae am- plius * naves, ducentae hostibus f uerunt ; sed harum magnitudo numerum ill arum superavit : haec ipsa res hostibus exitio^ fuit cum naves tam magnae essent ut non celeriter niovi possent, et classis clara navali pugna victa est. Prima dux f ugae erat regina ; eam secutus est Antonius qui fugientis mulieris quam pugnantis exercitiis sui comes esse mfduit. Proximo anno Caesar reginam Antoniumque Alexandream persecutus, ultimam bellis civilibus imposuit manum. Antonius obsessus a Caesare, desperatis rebus, praesertim f ama occisam esse ^ Cleopa- tram permotus, se ipse interf ecit ; regina cum frustra a Caesare petisset ut sibi regnum redderetur, et se trium- pho '^ servari vidisset, sibi serpentem admisit, cuius veneno occisa est. * " Abl. of place from which " ; this is essentially the same as the Abl. of Separation, 206. Notice, however, that the name of a town has no preposition. 2344. ^ The promontory of Actium was on the south side of the entrance to the Ambracian bay. * The comparative is used here without any influence on the case of naves. 5 Study 415-418. ^ Indirect discourse after fame. ■^ Dative depending on servari, saved for. REVIEW OF THE GENITIVE AND DATIV ,^ 183 SPECIAL VOCABULARY Actiacus, -a, -um, o/^c^^^^m. muliebris, -e, womanish^ a admitto, -ere, -misi, -missus, to let come, give access to. amplius, adv. comp. more {than), commoved, -ere, -movi, -mo- tus, to arouse. woman s. obsideo, -ere, -sedi, -sessus, to blockade. occasio, -dnis, f . opportunity. persequor, -i, -seciitus, to overtake. contraho, -ere, -traxi, -tractus, quadringenti, -ae, -a, four to draw together., collect. hundred. cupiditas, -atis, f. desire, repudio, -are, to cast aside., passion. divorce. ducenti, -ae, -a, ttvo hun- rumpo, -ere, rupi, ruptus, to dred. hreah. evado, -ere, -vasi, -vasurus, serpens, -ntis, f. snake. to go out., escape. sinus, -us, m. lay. exitium, -i, n. ruin. supersum, -esse, -fui, to sur- imminens, threatening. vive, remain. impdno, -ere, -posui, -positus, triumphus, -i, m. triumph. to put on. venenum, -i, n. poisofi. LESSON LIII REVIEW OF THE GENITIVE AND DATIVE THE GENITIVE 408 Thus far tlie Genitive has been used chiefly to indicate the Possessor, 35, the Object, 156, and Quality, 232. It has also been employed as the Object with obliviscor, 305, and in such phrases as 184 FIRST LATIN BOOK pars militum, in which it denotes the whole. The Genitive in this use is called the P-artitive Geni- tive. ^^9 Ttule* — The Partitive Genitive is used to denote the whole of which the modified word is a part. W. 355 ; B. 201 ; AG. 216 ; H. 440, 5-443. THE DATIVE 410 The Dative has been used chiefly as the In- direct Object, 37, to denote the Possessor, 45, and with Compound Verbs, 344. The Dative with persuadeo also represents the construction with a considerable class of verbs. 411 Rule, — The Dative is used with intransitive verbs mean- ing favor, please, trust, assist (and their opposites), cotn^ mand, obey, serve, resist, threaten, pardon, spare, per- suade.^ W. 330; B. 187, ii; AG. 227; H. 426, 1. (a) It is evident that the passive of these verbs can only be used impersonally, e. g., / am persuaded^ mihi persuadetur. 412 Certain adjectives like gratus, idoneus, similis, and dissimilis from their meanings are used with the dative. 413 iJif ^6.— The Dative is used with Adjectives meaning use- fid, pleasant, friendly, fit, like, equal, near, and dear, and with others of like or opposite meaning. W. 333 ; B. 192 ; AG. 234 ; H. 434. ^ Many of these verbs are used with the dative in English, but this is not apparent, because our language has lost most of its inflectional endings. I VI REVIEW OF THE GENITIVE AND DATIVE 185 414 Two constructions whicli have not yet been employed are illustrated by the following : 415 Examples 1. Magno USUI nostris fuit. It was of great service to our men, 2. Cohortes castris praesidio He leaves the cohorts for the relinquit. defense of the cam]), {a) Notice that in these sentences the datives usui, praesidio are in the predicate, are abstract nouns, and express either that which the subject tends to become or the purpose of the verb's action. Such a dative is called the Predicate Dative, 416 IttUe, — The Predicate Dative is used to express Tendency or Purpose. W. 341-345 ; B. 191 ; AG. 233 : H. 433. 417 Notice that in the sentences in 415, the datives nostris, castris are not dependent on any single word, but rather on the entire sentence, and ex- press the persons or thing with reference to which the statements are made. This construction is called the Dative of Reference, 418 Rule.— Tide Dative of Reference denotes the object inter- ested or referred to in a statement. W. 334-335; B. 188; AG. 235; H. 425, 2-4. 419 VOCABULARY adeo, -ire, -ii, -itums (ad -f- cogito, -are, to think. eo), to approach. comprehendo, -ere, -ndi, -pre- aditus, -us, m. approach. hensus, to arrest^ seize. 186 FIRST LATIN BOOK cdnferd, -ferre, -tuli, -latus palam, adv. openly (compare (con + fero), to hrmg to- clam, 272). gether. praeter, prep. w. accu. he- demonstro, -are, to point out^ yond^ contrary to^ besides. show. qua, adv. in what way^ by hue, adv. hither^ to this place what road (qui). (compare Me, 132). singuli, -ae, -a, single^ indi- opinio, -onis, f. opinion^ be- vidual. liefy reputation. suspicid, -onis, f. suspicion. 420 1. Crassus autem adulescens, cum aliquos hostis acce- dere animadvertisset, septimam cohortem laborantibus nostris subsidio misit. 2. Kebus quae ad bellum usui erant hue conlatis, suos exire prohibebat timorisque opini- onem hostibus augebat. 3. Hostes autem putabant nullos sibi esse paris posse ; soils deis concedere consuescebant. 4. Demonstrant sibi praeter agros quos incolant nihil esse reliqui ^; quare eis partem exercitus subsidio misit. 5. Ut omnem timoris suspicionem tolleret, alteram partem exercitus misit quae Haeduis bellum inferret. 6. Hie autem, ne aut inferre iniuriam videretur aut daret timo- ris aliquam suspicionem, paulatim rediit unde venerat. 7. Quam ob rem, quisquis is esset cuius opera Galli exci- tati essent, comprehendi atque interfici iiissit. 8. Quare Caesarem adierunt palamque de eorum iniuriis questi sunt qui eius beneficiis iisi, amicis eius nocerent. 9. Eep- perit omnis fere homines magnae virtutis esse neque ullum ad eos aditum esse mercatoribus. 10. Eadem de profectione cogitans quae antea cogitaverat, legatis singu- lis in singulas ^ civitates missis, ipse flumen transiit qua minime altum erat. 421 1. Caesar left a cohort as protection for the baggage and returned by the easiest road.^ 2. Having found a ^ Gen. modifying nihil, 409. ^ One to each. * Translate, where the road was easiest. REVIEW OF THE ACCUSATIVE AND ABLATIVE 187 suitable place for a camp, be built a fortified camp and made ^ a ten-foot ditch. 3. He sent his lieutenants, each with a legion,^ to make war upon the Germans. 4. Every- thing that was useful for the storming of a city he brought to this place. 5. One part of the army he left in camp, another part he sent as a support to those who were fighting. 6. That they might remove every suspi- cion of fear, they went out of camp openly. 7. They come to him and show him that they have nothing except their arms left. 8. They arrested those through whose agency the lieutenant had been killed, and brought them to Caesar. LESSON LIV REVIEW OF THE ACCUSATIVE AND ABLATIVE THE ACCUSATIVE 422 The Accusative has thus far been used as the Direct Object, 31, as the Subject of the Infini- tive, 328, with a number of prepositions to ex- press various relations, and also to denote the Duration of Time, 174. Closely connected with this last use is the Accusative of Extent of Space, e. g., sex milia passuum procedit, lie advances six miles. The rule in 174 therefore may be ex- panded to read : 423 l^ii^e.— Duration of Time and Extent of Space are ex- pressed by the Accusative. W. 324; B. 181 ; AG. 256, 257; H. 417. ^ ducere. ^ Compare 420, 10. 188 FIRST LATIN BOOK 424 The Accusative with ad or in has frequently been used to express the Aim or Limit of Motion, and since 236, 10 names of towns without a prepo- sition have been employed to express the same thing. Learn the following : 425 Hide, — The Aim or Limit of Motion is expressed by the Accusative with a preposition ; but names of towns omit the preposition. 1 W. 325 ; B. 182 ; AG. 258, 2, a; H. 418. THE ABLATIVE 426 The Ablative has been used in nearly all its important relations. If these various construc- tions be examined, it will be found that they fall into three classes corresponding to the English Objective case with from, with, and in. 427 This is historically due to the fact that the Latin Ablative represents three cases which have been blended into one — the Ablative proper or from-csise, the Instrumental or with-case, the Locative or in-case. 428 The Ablative proper includes the 1. Ablative of Separation, 206. 2. Ablative of Agent, 100. 3. Ablative of Comparison, 190. 429 The Instrumental Ablative includes the 1. Ablative of Accompaniment, 71. 2. Ablative of Manner, 150. 3. Ablative of Means, 110. 4. Ablative with Deponents,^ 297. ^ Also a few other words, of which domiim, home, is the most frequent. ^ This is properly also Ablative of Means. REVIEW OF THE ACCUSATIVE AND ABLATIVE 189 5. Ablative of Cause, 119. 6. Ablative of Degree of Difference, 197. 7. Ablative of Quality, 234. 8. Ablative Absolute, 392. 430 To these should be added the Ablative in such expressions as lingua diiferunt, they differ in lan- guage \ virtute praecedunt, they excel in bravery \ in which the Ablative specifies that with respect to which the statement is made. 431 Mule.— The Ablative of Specification denotes that with respect to which anything is or is done. W. 398 ; B. 226 ; AG. 253 ; H. 480. 432 The Locative Ablative includes the 1. Ablative of Place, 55. 2. Ablative of Time, 176. 433 VOCABULARY Avaricum, -i, Avaricum (a item, adv. likewise^ also. town in Gaul). lingua, -ae, f. tongue^ lan- concurro, -ere, -curri or -cu- guage. curri, -cursurus, to run longinquus, -a, -um, long^ dis- iogetlier. tant. coniungo, -ere, -iunxi, -iunc- perpetuus, -a, -um, continu- tus, to join together, ous, conloquor, -i, -locutus (cum plerumque, adv. for the most -f- loquor), to talJc together. part^ generally. cursus, -lis, m. course., march, praecedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessu- diflfero, -ferre, distuli, dilatus rus (prae + cedo), to go (dis + fero), to spread., before^ excel. scatter (in the present primo, adv. at first. system, to differ). subitus, -a, -um, sudden. inde, adv. from that place., ultra, prep. w. accu. heyond, after that. una, adv. at the same time., Infra, prep. w. accu. helow. in company with. 190 FIRST LATIN BOOK 434 1. Compluria milia passuum ultra eum locum pro- gressus, petivit ut sibi una cum Caesare conloqui liceret. 2. Yolebat flumen transire compluribus milibus passuum infrii eum locum ubi pons asset perfectus. 3. Constabat inter omnis, qua arbitrarentur hostis oppidum adire, iugum aditu difficillimo esse perpetuisque silvis munitum. 4. Plerumque accidit ut consilia Gallorum subita sint; maximam opmionem virtutis habent, ceteros Gallos auc- toritiite praecedunt. 5. Longis litteris demonstrant se longinquam oppugnationem ferre non posse ; quare cum integris mllitibus Avaricum contendit. 6. Capto iugo et succedentibus nostris, Haedul qui haec animadverterant ad arma concurrunt, itemque alios hortantur. 7. Praeter opmionem consuetudinemque accidit ut omnes una con- currant; primo magnus clamor auditur, inde cursus fit ad iugum. 8. Quoniam ilia castra ab oppido milia pas- suum multa absunt, hi non facile coniungi cum diice pos- sunt ; altera castra multo propinquiora sunt. 9. Caesar, lectis litteris, si palam conloqui vellent, concessit ; sed hi omnes lingua differunt. 10. Fossam inter turris duxit,^ quo tUtius ab subito hostium impetu etiam singuli redire possent. 435 1. They marched seven miles on that day and pitched camp one mile from the town. 2. Though tired out by the march and the flight, they dug the ditch through the entire night, 3. On one side the camp was protected by a continuous forest, on the other by a river. 4. For the most part they use horses in battle that they may retreat more easily. 5. At first they ran to arms with a shout ; after that they approached the town in silence. 6. He hurried to Avaricum, because he learned that the city was being fortified by the enemy. 7. When Caesar arrived in this place, the whole state was in arms; but the ^ fossam ducere, to make a ditch. REVIEW OF THE ACCUSATIVE AND ABLATIVE 191 Eomans were superior in the number of troops. 8. He pitched the new camp ten miles below the old camp, and waited there several days. READING EXERCISE OctaviarCs Triumph and Rule 436 Bellis toto orbe ita confectis Octavianus Eomam rediit ubi tres triumphos egit,^ unum ex Illyrico,^ alterum ex Actiaca^ victoria, tertium de Cleopatra. Tum lani gemini* portas sua manu clausit, quae tantummodo bis antea clausae erant, primo sub Numa ^ rege, iterum Tito Manlio consule^ post primum Punicum bellum."^ lam rem publicam, quam duodecim annos cum Antonio et Lepido tenuerat, solus per quattuor et quadraginta annos administrabat. Nullo tempore res Komana magis flore- bat: nam Octavianus Eomano adiecit imperio plurimas provincias; vicit etiam proeliis Dacos,^ et Germanorum ingentis copias cecidit, ipsos quoque trans Albim ^ flumen submovit, quod longe ultra Ehenum est. Eeddiderunt etiam Parthi ^^ legionum signa quae Crasso victo ^^ ad- emerant. Scythi et Indi, quibus antea Eomanorum nomen ^ Celebrated, 2 lUyricum was north of Epirus in Greece. 3 An adjective formed from Actium. * Janus, the god of gates and doors, was called geminus, double^ because he was represented with two faces looking in opposite direc- tions. His temple, near the northeast corner of the Forum, was always open in time of war. ^ Numa was the second king of Rome. « 235 B. c. 7 The First Punic War lasted from 264-241 b. c. ^ The Dacians lived north of the Danube, in and around the mod- ern Roumania. * The Albis was probably the modern Elbe. *^ The Parthians were the foes most feared by the Romans in the East. "In 53 B.C. 192 FIRST LATIN BOOK incognitum fuerat, dona et legates ad eum miserunt. Tanto amore ^^ etiam apud barbaros f uit ut reges, populi Eomani amici, in honorem eius conderent urbes quas Caesareas nominarent, sicut in Mauretania ^^ a rege luba, et in Palaestina, quae postea urbs erat clarissima. Octa- viano maximi honores a senatu delati sunt : ipse Augus- tus nominatus et in eius honorem mensis sextllis eodem nomine est appellatus quod illo mense bellis civilibus finis est impositus. Multa mala liixuriamque civium gravibus legibus suppliciisque ita coercuit ut ob haec facta pater patriae quoque appellatus sit. Obiit in oppido Campaniae Nola ; ^* sepultus est Komae ^^ in campo Mar- tio. Post mortem Divus appellatus est. 437 SPECIAL VOCABULARY adicid, -ere, -ieci, -iectus, to add, adim5, -ere, -emi, -emptus, to take away, bis, adv. twice, caed5, -ere, cecidi, caesns, to cut down^ kill^ annihilate. claudd, -ere, clausi, clausus, to close, coerced, -ere, -ercui, -ercitus, to checJc^ restrain, condo, -ere, -didi, -ditus, to found, defero, -ferre, -tuli, -latus, to offer ^ grant. divus, -a, -um, divine, duodecim, twelve, flored, -ere, florui, — , to he prosperous, lanus, -i, m. Janus, incognitus, -a, -nin, un- known, Inxuria, -ae, f. hixury, nomind, -are, to name, obeo, -ire, -ii, -iturts, to die, quadringinta, forty, quattuor, four, sepelio, -ire, -ivi (-ii), sepul- tus, to bury. '^ 234. 1^ The modern Algiers and Morocco. ** A town about fifteen miles east of Naples. " The locative (24), at Rome. PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS ' 193 sextilis, -e, the sixth (used submoveo, -ere, -movi, -md- only with reference to the tus, to remove. month). tantummodo, adv. only. sicut, adv. as, tres, tria, three (473). LESSON LV PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS 438 Learn the Future Active Participle and the Gerundive of all the paradigm verbs, 479-489. ACTIVE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION 439 The Future Active Participle with sum forms the Active Periphrastic Conjugation : Pres. Indie, amaturus sum, / am about to love, Imperf. Indie, amaturus eram, / was about to love^ etc. A complete synopsis is given, 479, a, 440 This Periphrastic Conjugation may be used in any of the active constructions of the verb w^here the meaning allows. PASSIVE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION 441 The Gerundive with sum forms the Passive Periphrastic Conjugation: Pres. Indie, amandus est, He is to be (i. e., must be., ought to be) loved, Imperf. Indie, amandus erat. He was to be (ougJit to have been) loved., etc. A complete synopsis is given, 479, a, 13 194 FIRST LATIN BOOK DATIVE OF AGENT 442 Examples 1. Mihi oppidum est expug- The toivn is to he {must ie) nandum. stormed by 7ne. 2. Vobis provincia erat de- The province was to he {had fendenda. to he) defended hy you, {a) Notice that this second Periphrastic Conjugation implies duty, necessity, or obUgation. The person on whom the duty rests is expressed by the Dative ; ^ as this person is virtually the Agent the construction is called the Dative of Agent 443 Rule. — The Dative of Agent is used with the Gerundive to denote the person on whom the duty rests. W. 339 ; B. 189 ; AG. 232 ; H. 431. 444 VOCABULARY adiungo, -ere, -iunxi, -iunc- offero, -ferre, obtuli, oblatus tus, to join to. (ob + tero), to present. defero, -ferre, -tuli, -latus (de praesertim, adv. especially. + fer6), to hring down^ qjisMs^ -e^ of what sort, as. report. regnum, -i, n. kingdom, royal discessus, -iis, m. departure power (rego). (discedo). servitiis, -utis, f. , hondage eodem, adv. to the same place. (servns). excedd, -ere, -cessi, -cessurns studed, -ere, -ui, — , to pay {ex-\-ced.o),togooutfrom. attention to, he eager for late, adv. hroadly. (41 1) • obtine6,-ere,-ui,-tentus(ob-[- utrimque, adv. from hoth teneo), to maintain, hold, sides, 445 1. Cum intellegeret omnis Gallos celeriter ad helium excitari atque omnIs homines iTbertati studere, latius sibi ^ This is only one form of the Dative of Reference, 418. PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS ; 195 exercitum mittendum esse putavit. 2. Poenae timore permoti, nocentis comprehensuri erant interfecturique ; demonstrant se perpetua servitute premi. 3. Eiusmodi consilium neque inituri erant neque iillum omnino bellum contra eum gessuri. 4. Eodem impedimenta nostris con- ferenda erant priusquam hostes ad arma concurrerent ; ad hostis delatum est Caesarem castra cum oppido muro coniuncturum esse. 5. Ea apud eos consuetudo est ut qui summum magistratum obtineant, excedere ex finibus non liceat. 6. Discessu Caesaris animadverso, Galli lon- ginquiores civitates sibi adiunxerant; ad locum infra pontem, inde Avaricum se contulerunt. 7. Eo tempore, praesertim cum talis oblata esset potestas, qualis nun- quam antea, exeundum sibi esse putaverunt. 8. Utrimque integri succedunt; et, quod constabat montem miile passuum abesse, eodem sua omnia contulerunt. 9. Subito impetu oppidum ceperunt ; ilium, qui regnum tot annos obtinuerat, comprehensum supplicio gravi interfecerunt. 10. Nacti idoneum ventum sub noctem ex portii exierunt, et postridie longius delati ultra locum constitutum ad terram venerunt. 446 1. Caesar had to recall the men from work and to give the signal for battle at the same time. 2. They said they would go into whatsoever place Caesar should decide, and would carry their goods to the same place. 3. He thought that he ought to make war upon the Gauls, espe- cially as the opportunity was offered. 4. The Haeduans reported to Caesar that all the Gauls were as a rule eager for a revolution.^ 5. He thought that there would never be another opportunity such as^ this was. 6. He who had held the royal power in his state for so many years was arrested and killed. 7. They said that they had to endure perpetual bondage and were eager for freedom. ^ novae res. ^ qualis. 196 FIRST LATIN BOOK LESSON LYI GERUND AND SUPINE 447 Learn the Gerunds and Supines of all the paradigm verbs, 479-489. THE GERUND 448 The Gerund is a verbal noun with the force of an active verb. The Infinitive supplies the nomi- native and accusative cases in the constructions of Subject and Direct Object, 325-327. Examples 1. Loquendi finem fecit. He made an end of spealcing. 2. Ad audiendum parati su- We are 2)repa7'ed to hear mus. {for hearing), 3. Hominis mens discendo Mail's mind is nourished hy alitur. learning, 449 The Gerund may have a direct object, e. g., spatium arma capiendi, time for talcing arms ; but in place of the Gerund with the object accusative, the Gerundive in agreement with the noun is to be preferred. 450 Examples 1. Consilium urbis capiendae. A plan for talcing the city, 2. Venerunt ad pacem peten- They came to ask for peace. dam. 3. Haec res Caesari difficnl- This fact caused Caesar dif- tatem ad consilium ca- Hculty in forming Ms piendum adferebat. plan. 4. Brutus in liberanda patria Brutus tvas hilled in free- est interfectus. ing his country. GERUND AND SUPINE I 197 {a) Notice that in each example the Gerundive is a verbal adjective agreeing with its noun, which is in the case required by the sentence.^ (b) Notice that in the second example ad pacem peten- dam expresses purpose and is equivalent to ut (qui) pa- cem peterent. This is one of the common ways of ex- pressing purpose. THE SUPINE 451 Examples 1. Legati venerunt rogatum Envoys came to ash help. auxilium. 2. Perfacile factu est haec To accomplish this is very perficere. easy (to do), (a) Notice that in the first example the Supine roga- tum is used with a verb of motion to express purpose, be- ing equivalent to ut (qui) rogarent or ad auxilium rogan- dum. This is the only use of this Supine.^ (J) The Supine in -u is rare, being used in a few ex- pressions like the second example as Ablative of Specifi- cation. 452 Utile. — The Supine in -um expresses Purpose after verbs of Motion. W. 654 ; B. 340, 1 ; AG. 302 ; H. 633. 453 VOCABULARY alienus, -a, -um, another'^s^ officium, -i, n. diity^ office^ foreign (alius). function. ius, iiiris, n. justice., right. perfacilis, -e, very easy. ^ The Dative of the Gerund or Gerundive is rare, so that no ex- ample is here given. 2 The future pass, infin. amatnin iri, etc., belongs under this head, as iri is the pres. pass, infin. of eo used impersonally. 198 FIRST LATIN BOOK potius, adv. rather, praeterea, adv. besides. praesto, -are, -stiti, — , to ex- vel, conj. and adv. or, cel^ exhibit^ perform. even} 454 1. Nulla in re deerat legatus, et in hortandls militibus imperatoris et in pugna militis fortis officia praestabat. 2. Praeter consuetudinem cotidie sub castra studio pug- nandi venerunt hostes ; tandem Caesar certum diem con- loquendi dicit. 3. Galli sibi Germanos adiunxerant ad socios nostros vel comprehendendos vel interficiendos ; ex omnibus partibus Galliae eodem eoncurrebant hostes. 4. Legatos ad Caesarem mittunt rogatum ne sibi sociis- que noceret ; dixerunt se iiira, agros, arma Eomanis soils permittere. 5. Perfacile factu esse demonstrat sine ulla suspicione omnia quae ad proficiscendum pertineant, comparare. 6. Alii cursu et pugna defessi interfecti sunt pugnantes; alii^ nova specie equitum nostrorum permoti se dederunt. 7. Praeterea legati ad Caesarem venerunt oratum ut sibi potestas excedendi fieret. 8. Pug- natum est utrimque vehementer sub muris; ubi nostri loco cedere visl sunt, hue undique concurritur. 9. Equi- tatu potius quam peditatu maxime valebat imperator noster ; itaque suis copiis plerumque ad vastandos agros hostium utebatur. 10. Undique ad Haeduos defendendos convenerunt ut potius in suis quam in alienis finibus pugnarent. 455 1. On the next day Caesar led forth his forces from each camp and gave the enemy a chance to fight.^ 2. Caesar was confident that no one would after that cross into Britain for the purpose of carrying on war. 3. The Gauls sent ambassadors to ask for aid, that they ^ aut is exclusive : aiit Caesar aiit nfillus, either Caesar or nobody, but vel gives a choice: vel hic vel ille, either this man or that (as you please). 2 Compare 358, 7. ^ Compare 454, 7. NUMERALS ' 199 might not be obliged to fight in others' territory rather than in their own. 4. He showed him that it was very easy to get possession of the royal power in his state. 5. They got ready everything that was of use for besieg- ing a town. 6. They injured the enemy greatly by lay- ing waste their fields and setting fire to their buildings. 7. They sent an ambassador to beg that Caesar would not deprive them of their rights and their lands. LESSON LYIl NUMERALS 456 Learn the Cardinal numbers to 1,000 and the ordinals through the twenty-first, 473. 457 Review the declension of unus, and learn the declension of duo and tres, 469; the other cardi- nals through centum are not declined except those compounds which have unus, duo, or tres. The hundreds from ducenti to nongenti are declined like the plural of bonus. 458 Review the declension of mille, 252. All ordi- nals are declined like bonus. 459 1. Discessu hostium Caesar exercitum in duas partes divisit ; qnattuor legiones milia passuum quTndecim in Haeduds duxit. 2. Ducenti homines pugnantes utrimque interficiuntur ; omnia aedificia longe lateque incenduntur. 3. Adiiinxit sibi sex cohortes atque die octayo ex suis in finis alienos progressus est. 4. Spe regnandi novis rebus studebat ; sed illi in libertate manere quam servitutem 200 FIRST LATIN BOOK ferre malebant. 5. Etsi ille milia passuum quinque abesse hostis certior factus est, tamen misit eqaites qui cognoscerent qualis esset natura montis. 6. Fide socio- rum perspecta, cum novem cohortibus peditum infra pontem milibus passuum quattuordecim flumen transiit. 7. Quoscumque adiit, hortabatur ut se cum Germanis coniungerent ; quinto die multa milia illorum in unum locum convenerant. 8. Dies continues tres suas copias produxit et hostibus potestatem pugnandi fecit. 9. Haedui reliquaeque item civitates,cognito Caesaris discessu,eodem unde pridie venerant, redierunt. 10. Urbis defendendae causa murum fecit in altitiidinem pedum sedecim, fos- samque novem pedum duxit. 460 1. He made a ten-foot ditch and a wall twelve feet high. 2. Three cohorts were left as a protection for the baggage, five were sent among the Haeduans. 3. On the eighth day he drew up his army in line across the river. 4. He learned that the enemy were twenty-five miles dis- tant from the camp. 5. On the fifth day twenty thousand men arrived to defend the town. 6. The spears of these ^people are two feet shorter than those which the Haeduans use. 7. The soldiers worked at building^ the camp thirty consecutive hours. 8. Two ships were carried out of their course ^ by the wind and were unable to make ^ the harbor. ^ Simply built, ^ defero. * capio. READING EXERCISE I 201 461 READING EXERCISE Caesar's First Invasion of Britain (B. G. IV, 20-36) In the late summer of 55 B, C. Caesar, having returned from a brief invasion of Germany, decided to cross to Britain in order to overawe the tribes living there and to put an end to the support given by them to the Gauls 1. Exigua parte aestatis reliqua Caesar, etsi in his loeis, quod omnis Gallia ad septentriones vergit, maturae sunt hiemes, tamen in Britanniam proficisci contendit, quod omnibus fere Gallicis bellls hostibus nostris inde 5 subministrata auxilia intellegebat et, si tempus ad bellum gerendum deficeret, tamen magno sibi usui fore arbitra- batur, si modo insulam adisset, genus hominum perspexis- set, loca, portus, aditus cognovisset; quae omnia fere Gallis erant incognita. Neque enim temere praeter mer- 10 eatores illo adit quisquam, neque his ipsis quicquam praeter oram maritimam atque eas regiones quae sunt contra Gallias notum est. Itaque vocatis ad se undique [The numerals preceding the notes refer to the lines above.] .^ 1, 1. exigua . . . reliqua : abl. abs., 392. 2. ad septentriones : toward the north. 4. bellis: abl. of time when, 176. 5. subministrata (esse): inf. in ind. disc. — sT: equivalent to etsL— ad bellum g-erendum : 450, b. 6. sibi USUI: 415-418. — fore: the subject is contained in the clauses si . . . cognovisset ; in translating use the pronoun it : he thought it would be . . ., if etc. 7 f. adisset, perspexisset, cogrnovisset : in ind. disc, represent- ing the fut. perf. of the direct ; adiero, perspexero, cog- novero. 8. loca: 132. 9. incognita ; probably the Gauls were not so ignorant as they seemed ; but they were unwilling to help Caesar. 10. illo : adv., to that place.— \\\^ ipsis : i. e., mercatoribus. 12. Gallias : plural with reference to the separate divisions of Gaul. 202 FIRST LATIN BOOK mercatoribus, neque quanta esset msulae magnitudo, neque quae aut quantae nationes incolerent, neque quern 15 usum belli haberent aut quibus Institutis uterentur, neque qui essent ad maiorem navium multitudinem idonei portus reperire poterat. Volusenus and Commius sent 07i reconnoitering expeditions 2. Ad haee cognoscenda, priusquam periculum face- ret, idoneum esse arbitratus Gaium Volusenum cum navi longa praemittit. Huic mandat ut exploratls omnibus rebus ad se quam primum revertatur. Ipse cum omnibus 5 copiis in Morinos proficiscitur, quod inde erat brevissimus in Britanniam traiectus. Hue navis undique ex f initimis regionibus, et quam superiore aestate ad Veneticum bellum f ecerat classem, iubet convenire. Interim consilio eius cognito et per mercatores perlato ad Britannos, a 10 compluribus msulae civitatibus ad eum legati veniunt qui polliceantur obsides dare atque imperio populi Eo- mani obtemperare. Quibus auditis liberaliter pollicitus hortatusque ut in ea sententia permanerent, eos domum remittit et cum 15 iis una Commium, quern ipse Atrebatibus superatis 13. quanta esset, etc. : ind. questions depending on reperire, 1. 17. What do they represent of the direct discourse? 14. incolerent : supply earn, i. e., Tnsulam. 15. usum : skill. 2, 1. priusquam . . . faceret: 368. 2. idoneum : he did not, however, succeed in his attempt. — nayi lon^a: ship-of-war. 4. quam : p. 100, n. 2. 6. Morinos : this tribe lived nearest Britain. 7. quam : agreeing with classem, 1. 8.— Teneticum : the Veneti, who lived in the northwestern part of Gaul, had been con- quered in 56 B. c. 11. polliceantur: 280.— dare: 327.— imperio: 411. 15. Atrebatibus: a tribe living south and west of the Morini, conquered in 57 b. c. READING EXERCISE I 203 regem ibi constituerat, cuius et virtutem et consilium probabat et quern sibi fidelem esse arbitrabatur cuiusque auctoritas in his regionibus magni habebatur, mittit. Huic imperat quas possit adeat ciyitates horteturque ut 20 populi Eomani fidem sequantur seque celeriter eo ven- turum nuntiet. Volusenus perspectis regionibus quan- tum ei facultatis dari potuit, qui navi egredi ac se bar- baris committere non auderet, quinto die ad Caesarem revertitur quaeque ibi perspexisset renuntiat. After preparing a fleet of ninety-eight transports besides his men- of-war and receiving assurances of loyalty from the Moriniy Caesar crosses the chanfiel 3. His constitutis rebus nactus idoneam ad navigan- dum tempestatem tertia fere vigilia solvit, equitesque in ulteriorem portum progredi et navis conscendere et se sequi iussit. A quibus cum paulo tardius esset adminis- 5 tratum, ipse hora diei circiter quarta cum primis navibus Britanniam attigit atque ibi in omnibus collibus exposi- tas hostium copias armatas conspexit. Cuius loci haec 16. ibi : i. e., among the Atrebates. 17. fidelem : yet three years later he turned against Caesar. 18. inagni: gen. of value. — habebatur: was considered. 19. possit: subordinate clause in ind. disc, 335. — adeat, horte- tur, nuntiet : 335. 20. fldem sequantur : accept the protection of. 23. facultatis : modifying quantum, 409. 23. auderet: 282. 24. revertitur, renuntiat : see p. 138, n. 1. 3, 1. His . . . rebus : i. e., his preparations. 2. tertia vigilia: about midnight, as the night was divided into four watches. The date was very near August 26th, when the tide was high at 7.30 p. M. — solvit : cast off. 3. ulteriorem portum : a harbor eight Roman miles off, where eighteen transports had been detained by the wind. 4. paulo tardius : they did not sail until three days later. 5. hora . . . quarta : about nine o'clock. The distance across is about thirty miles ; the Romans landed not far from Dover. 204 FIRST LATIN BOOK erat natura atque ita montibus anguste mare contineba- tur uti ex locis superioribus in litus telum adigi postes. 10 Hunc ad egrediendum nequaquam idoneum locum arbi- tratus, dum reliquae naves eo convenirent ad horam nonam in ancorls exspectavit. Interim legatis tribu- nisque militum convocatis et quae ex Yoluseno cogno- visset et quae fieri vellet ostendit, monuitque, ut rei mili- 15 tiiris ratio, maxime ut maritimae res postularent (ut quae celerem atque instabilem motum haberent) ad nutum et ad tempus omnes res ab eis administrarentur. His dimis- sis et ventum et aestum uno tempore nactus secundum, dato signo et sublatis ancoris, circiter milia passuum 20 septem ab eo loco progressus, aperto ac piano litore navis constituit. The Britains resist a landing 4. At barbari consilio Komanorum cognito, praemisso equitatu et essedariis, quo plerumque genere in proeliis uti consuerunt, reliquis copiis subseciiti nostros navibus egredi prohibebant. Erat ob has causas summa difiicul- 6 tas, quod naves propter magnitiidinem nisi in alto con- 8. montibus : the cliffs which come close to the water's edge. 11 f. dum . . . convenirent: for the other ships to come tip, 370. — horam nonam : about 3.30 p. m. 14 ff. monuit : the object clause depending directly on this is [ut] ad nfitum . . . administrarentur, charged that everything be done, etc. — ut . . . postularent : as the art of war and especially seamanship required. These clauses have the imperf. subj., representing Caesar's postulant, as they are an integral part of the command. Why is the imperf. used? 15. ut quae . . . haberent : characterizing clause, since they are things ivhich involve. 18. aestum : the tide set to the north and east about 6.30 p. m. 20. Iitore : probably between Walmer Castle and Deal, northeast of Dover. 4, 2. essedariis : fighter's in war-chariots. — quo . . . genere : both horsemen and chariots. — consuerunt : = consueierunt. 5. alto : deep water. READING EXERCISE 1 205 stitui non poterant ; militibus autem ignotis locis, impedi- tis manibus, magno et gravi onere armorum oppressTs simiil et de navibus desiliendum et in fluctibus consis- tendum et cum hostibus erat pugnandum, cum illi aut 10 ex arido aut paulum in aquam progress! omnibus mem- bris expeditis, notissimis locis, audacter tela conicerent et equos insuefactos incitarent. Quibus rebus nostri per- territi atque huius omnino generis pugnae imperiti non eadem alacritate ac studio quo in pedestribus uti proelils 15 consuerant utebantur. Caesar manoeuvres for an advantage — Bravery of a centurion 5. Quod ubi Caesar animadvertit, navis longas, qua- rum et species erat barbaris intisitatior et motus ad usum expeditior, paulum removeri ab onerariis navibus et remis incitari et ad latus apertum hostium constitui 5 atque inde fundis, sagittis, tormentis hostis propelli ac submoveri iussit ; quae res magno usui nostris fuit. Xam et navium figura et remorum motu et intisitato genere tormentorum permoti barbari constiterunt ac paulum etiam pedem rettulerunt. Atque nostris militi- 10 bus cunctantibus, maxime propter altitudinem maris, qui 6. militibus : dat. of agent with desiliendum, etc., 443. 7. manibus : abl. abs. — oppressis : agreeing with militibus. 9. cum illi: while the enemy, 376. 12. insuefactos : trained to this action. 13. generis : gen. w. imperiti. 14. pedestribus : on land. 5, 1. navis: subject of removeri, incitari, constitui. 2. inusitatior: less familiar, i. e., than that of the transports. 4. latus apertum : the right, for the enemies' shields protected their left. 5. inde : i. e., from the ships-of-war. 6. quae res : a manoeuvre which, 10. qui : i. e., is qui. 206 FIRST LATIN BOOK decimae legionis aquilam ferebat obtestatus deos ut ea res legioni f eliciter eveniret : " Desilite," inquit, " commi- litiones, nisi voltis aquilam hostibus prodere ; ego eerte meum rei publicae atque imperatori officium praesti- 15 tero/' Hoc cum voce magna dixisset, se ex navi pro- iecit atque in hostis aquilam ferre coepit. Tum nostri cohortati inter se ne tantum dedecus admitteretur, iini- versi ex navi desiluerunt. Hos item ex proximis navibus cum conspexissent, subsecuti hostibus adpropinquave- 20 runt. The Romans land, hut for want of cavalry cannot pursue the Britons 6. Pugnatum est ab utrisque acriter. Nostri tamen, quod neque ordines servare neque firmiter insistere neque signa subsequi poterant, atque alius alia ex navi quibuscumque signis occurrerat se adgregabat, magno- 5 pere perturbabantur ; hostes vero notis omnibus vadis, ubi ex litore aliquos singularis ex navi egredientis con- spexerant, incitatis equis impeditos adoriebantur, plures paucos circumsistebant, alii ab latere aperto in universos tela coniciebant. Quod cum animadvertisset Caesar, sca- 11. obtestatus: appealing to. The direct form of his apj^eal was: Quod vobls f eliciter eveniat, desiUfe, etc. 17. inter se: 07ie another. — tantum dedecus: as the loss of the legion's eagle would be. 18. universi : tvith one accord. 19. subsecuti : i. e., the soldiers, the same as the subject of con- spexissent. 6, 1. ab utrisque : on both sides. 2. firmiter insistere: get a firm footing. 3. poterant: notice the number of imperfects describing the progress of the battle. — alius alia ex navi : me7i from different ships. 6 f. ubi . . . conspexerant, adoriebantur, etc. : a general state- ment, ivhenever they saw, etc. — sin^ularis : scattered soldiers. 9. scaphas: row-boats. READING EXERCISE 1 207 10 phas longarum navium, item speculatoria navigia militi- bus compleri iussit, et quos laborantis conspexerat his subsidia submittebat. Nostri, simul in arido constite- runt, suis omnibus consecutis, in hostis impetum f ecerunt atque eos in fugam dederunt ; neque longius prosequi 15 potuerunt, quod equites cursum tenere atque insulam capere non potuerant. Hoc unum ad pristinam fortu- nam Caesari defuit. Envoys from the Britons sue for peace 7. Hostes proelio superati, simul atque se ex fuga re- ceperunt, statim ad Caesarem legatos de pace miserunt ; obsides daturos quaeque imperasset facturos esse pol- liciti sunt. Una cum his legatis Commius Atrebas venit, quem supra demonstraveram a Caesare in Britan- niam praemissum. Hunc illi e navT egressum, cum ad eos oratoris modo Caesaris mandata deferret, compre- henderant atque in vincula coniecerant ; tum proelio facto remiserunt, et in petenda pace eius rei culpam in 11. speculatoria nayi^ia : scouting boats, light and swift. — quos . . . conspexerat . . . submittebat : compare 1. 6 above. 13. simul : = simul atque, as soon as. — suis omnibus consecu- tis : and all their comrades had Joined them. Notice that this is logically parallel to the preceding clause, but tliat by the use of the abl. abs. variety in expression is secured. 14 f . neque : and yet . . . not. — longius : very far. — quod equi- tes, etc. : the cavalry were still waiting for a favorable wind. See 3, 2 ff. 16. capere: make. 17. fortunam: Caesar firmly believed in his own "good luck." 7, 3. daturos, facturos esse : the subject of both is the same as that of polliciti sunt. — quae imperasset : ind. disc. ; in the direct, quae imperaveris, faciemus. 5. supra : 2, 14 if. 6. praemissum [esse] : perf. inf. pass. — ill! : i. e., the Britons. — egressum : when he had landed. — cum : concessive. 7. oratoris modo : in the character of (or as) an envoy. 208 FIRST LATIN BOOK 10 multitudinem contulerunt, et propter imprudentiam ut ignosceretur petlverunt. Caesar questus quod, cum ultro in continentem legatis missis pacem ab se petis- sent, bellum sine causa intulissent, ignoscere impruden- tiae dixit obsidesque imperavit ; quorum illi partem 15 statim dederunt, partem ex longinquioribus locis arces- sitam paucis diebus sese daturos dixerunt. Interea suos remigrare in agros iusserunt, principesque undique con- venire et se civitatesque suas Caesar! commendare coepe- runt. Caesar^s cavalry transports encounter a violent storm 8. His rebus pace confirmata, post diem quartum quam est in Britanniam ventum, naves duodeviginti de quibus supra demonstriitum est, quae equites sustulerant, ex superiore portu leni vento solverunt. Quae cum ad- 5 propinquarent Britanniae et ex castris viderentur, tanta tempestils subito coorta est ut nfdla efirum cursum tenere posset ; sed aliae eodem unde erant profectae referrentur, aliae ad inferiorem partem insulae, quae est propius solis occasum, magno suo cum periculo deicerentur ; 11. T^nosceretnr : impersonal, sc. sibi, that their action might be pardoned. 13. bellum sine causa: the Britons were actually resisting an armed invasion.— Ignoscere : the subject is the same as that of dixit. 15. arcessTtam: when fetched. 18. convenire: with coeperunt. 8, 1. post diem qnartnm : three days after, according to our reck- oning. The Roman counted the day with which he started as the first. 3. snpra : chap. 3.— sustulerant : had received on board. 5. Britanniae: 344. 6. tempestas : a northeast wind, blowing from the North Sea. 7. aliae . . . aliae: some . . . others. 8. inferiorem partem : somewhere southwest of Deal. READING EXERCISE \ 209 10 quae tamen ancoris iactis cum fluctibus complerentur, necessario adversa nocte in altum provectae continentem petierunt. The fleet is almost wrecked by the storm and high tide 9. Eadem nocte accidit ut esset Itina plena, qui dies maritimos aestus maximos in Oceano efficere consuevit, nostrisque id erat incognitum. Ita tino tempore et longas navis, quibus Caesar exercitum transportandum 5 ctiraverat quasque Caesar in aridum subduxerat, aestus complebat, et onerarias, quae ad ancorils erant deligatae, tempestas adflictabat, neque ulla nostris facultas aut administrandi aut auxiliandi dabatur. Compluribus navibus fractis reliquae cum essent — funibus, ancoris reli- 10 quisque armamentis amissis — ad navigandum inutiles, magna, id quod necesse erat accidere, totius exercitus perturbatio facta est. Neque enim naves erant aliae, quibus reportari possent, et omnia deerant, quae ad 10. complerentur: began to fill; the impf. indicates that the action was incomplete. 11. adversa nocte : in the face of darkness ; concessive, 302. 9, 1. eadem nocte : probably August 30th.— ut esset : 269. 2. aestus maximos : in the English Channel the high tides vary from twenty to thirty feet, and these were naturally very strange to the Italians, since the tide in the Mediterranean is hardly perceptible. 4. navTs : obj. of complebat.— transportandum curaverat : had had the army brought. The gerundive in agreement with the object is thus used with verbs of Giving, Sending, Caring, Permitting, Undertaking, and the like to express purpose. One of the most common verbs in this construction is euro. W. 644, 2 ; B. 837, 7 b, 2; AG. 294 d ; H. 622. 8. administrandi : of handling them. 9. funibus . . . amissTs: abl. abs., giving the reason for the ships' being ad navigandum inutiles. 11. magna: with perturbatio. — id quod: a thing which^ as, 13. quibus . . . possent: 282. 14 210 FIRST LATIN BOOK reficiendas navis erant usui, et, quod omnibus constabat 15 hiemari in Gallia oportere, frumentum in his locis in hiemem provisum non erat. The Britons plan to renew hostilities 10. Quibus rebus cognitis prlncipes Britanniae, qui post proelium ad Caesarem convenerant, inter se conlo- ciitT, cum et equites et navis et frumentum EomanTs deesse intellegerent, et paucitatem militum ex castrorum 5 exiguitate cognoseerent, — quae hoc erant etiam angus- tiora quod sine impedimentis Caesar legiones trfmspor- taverat, — optimum factu esse duxerunt, rebellione facta, frumento commeatuque nostros prohibere et rem in hiemem producere ; quod his superatis aut reditu inter- 10 clusis neminem postea belli inferendi causa in Britan- niam trfinsiturum confldebant. Itaque rursus coniura- tione facta paulfitim ex castris discedere et suos clam ex agris deducere coeperunt. Caesar stispects their purpose 11. At Caesar, etsi nondum eorum consilia cognoverat, tamen et ex eventu navium suarum et ex eo quod obsides dare intermiserant, fore id, quod accidit, suspicabatur. 14. USUI: 416. — omuibns constabat: all were agreed. The sub- ject is hiemari . . . oportere. 15 f. in hiemem : for the winter. 10, 1. prlncipes : subject of duxerunt, 1. 7. 3ff. cum . . . intellegerent, cognoseerent: 376. 5. quae : referring to castrorum.— hoc : abl. of cause, expanded in quod . . . transportaverat. 7. optimum factu : 451, h. 8. rem . . . producere : to prolong the campaign. 9. his . . . interclusTs : if these should be overcome, etc. Abl. abs. expressing condition, circumstances, 392. — reditu : 206. 11, 2. ex eventii : from what had befallen his ships. — ex eo quod : from the fact that. 3. fore : = futurum esse.— suspicabatur : began to suspect. READING EXERCISE ^ 211 Itaque ad omnTs casus subsidia comparabat. Nam et 5 frumentum ex agris cotidie in castra conferebat et quae gravissime adfllctae erant naves, earum materia atque aere ad reliquas reficiendas utebatur, et quae ad eas res erant usuT, ex continent! comparari iubebat. Itaque cum summo studio a militibus administraretur, duodecim 10 navibus amissis, reliquis ut navigari satis commode posset effecit. He plans to thwart them. They attach a foraging party 12. Dum ea gerunfcur, legione ex consuetudine una frumentatum missa, quae appellabatur septima, neque ulla ad id tempus belli suspicione interposita, cum pars hominum in agris remaneret, pars etiam in castra venti- 5 taret, ei qui pro portis castrorum in statione erant Cae- sari niintiaverunt pulverem maiorem quam consuetiido ferret in ea parte videri quam in partem legio iter fecisset. Caesar id quod erat suspicatus, aliquid novi a barbaris initum consili, cohortes quae in stationibus erant secum 6. materia atque aere : timber and metal, aes means both copper and bronze, which were used for bolts and to sheathe the beaks of the men-of-war, etc. 7. quae: neuter; the antecedent is the (unexpressed) subject (ea) of comparari. 10. ut . . . posset : 269. — navigari : impersonal, subj. of pos- set. Translate, so that they could sail. 12, 1. gerimtur: 370. 2. frumentatum: 452. 3 f . cum . . . remaneret, ventitaret: causal. — hominum: i. e., the Britons. — ventitaret : kept coming and going ; fre- quentative verb, W. 273, 2 ; B. 155, 2 ; AG. 167 h ; H. 364. 6. quam consuetiido ferret : than usual. 8 f . id quod erat: the true state of the case, explained by aliquid consilT. — novi consili: 409. — initum [esse]: perf. pass, in fin. 9. coliortes : belonging to the 10th legion. Four cohorts, being ready, started at once, two took their places on guard, and the remaining four followed as quickly as they could arm. 212 FIRST LATIN BOOK 10 in earn partem proficisci, ex reliquis duas in stationem succedere, reliquas armarl et confestim sese subsequi iussit. Cum paulo longius a castris processisset, suos ab hostibus premi atque aegre sustinere et conferta legione ex omnibus partibus tela conici animadvertit. 15 Xam quod omni ex reliquis partibus demesso frumento pars una erat reliqua, suspicati hostes hue nostros esse venturos noctu in silvas delituerant ; turn dispersos depo- sitis armis in metendo occupatos subito adorti, paucis interfectis reliquos incertis ordinibus perturbaverant, 20 simul equitatu atque essedis circumdederant. The Britons^ use of chariots in battle 13. Genus hoc est ex essedis pugnae. Primo per omnis partes perequitant et tela coniciunt atque ipso terrore equorum et strepitu rotarum ordines plerumque perturbant, et cum se inter equitum turmfis insinufive- 5 runt, ex essedis desiliunt et pedibus proeliantur. Auri- gae interim paulatim ex proelio excedunt atque ita curriis 11. arinari : reflexive, to arm themselves, 12. paulo longius : some little distance. 13. sustinere : ivere holding their own. — conferta : crowded together. 16. pars una : only one part ; i. e., as yet uncut. — suspicati : supposing. 17 f. dispersos . . . occupatos : agreeing with nostros, brought over from the line above. 19. incertis ordinibns : because their ranks were unsteady, 392. 13, 1. ex essedis : modifying pugnae. These war-chariots of the Britons were drawn by two horses, and held six fighting men (essedarii) besides the driver (auriga). 3. equorum : subjective gen., caused by the horses. 4. cum . . . insinuaverunt : wheii they have worked their way in among, 374. — equitum turmas : apparently the Britons' cavalry, so their fighting-line was made up of horse and foot, the dismounted essedarii. READING EXERCISE \ 213 conlocant ut, si illi a multitudine hostium premantur, expeditum ad suos receptum habeant. Ita mobilitatem equitum, stabilitatem peditum in proeliis praestant, ac 10 tantum usti cotidiano et exercitatione efficiunt uti in declivi ac praecipiti loco incitatos equos sustinere et brevi moderari ac flectere, et per temonem percurrere et in iugo insistere et se inde in currus citissime recipere consiferint. Rescue of the foragers. The Britons gather in great force 14. Quibus rebus perturbatis nostris novitate ptignae tempore opportunissimo Caesar auxilium tulit; namque eius adventu hostes constiterunt, nostri se ex timore receperunt. Quo facto ad lacessendum hostem et com- 5 mittendum proelium alienum esse tempus arbitratus, suo se loco continuit et brevi tempore intermisso in castra legiones rediixit. Dum haec geruntur, nostris omnibus occapatis, qui erant in agris reliqui discesserunt. Secii- tae sunt continuos complures dies tempestates, quae et 10 nostros in castris continerent et hostem a pugna prohibe- 7. ill! : the fighting essedarii. 8. expeditum : ready. 9. praestant: display. 10. tantum . . . efficiunt : become so expert. 11. incitatos: at full speed. — sustinere: to check. 12. brevi : within a short space. 13. iugo : which rested on the necks of the horses and supported the pole (temo). 14. consuerint : shortened form of consueverint. 14, 1. perturbatis nostris : dat. with auxilium tulit. 5. alienum : unfavorable. 7 f . nostris . . . occupatis: with fortifying camp and getting supplies. 8. qui . . . reliquT : i. e., the Britons. The antecedent of qui is the (unexpressed) subject of discesserunt ; compare 11, 7. 9 f. quae . . . continerent, prohiberent : such as to, etc., 282. 214 FIRST LATIN BOOK rent. Interim barbari nuntios in omnTs partes dimlse- runt paucitatemque nostrorum militum suis praedicave- runt et, quanta praedae faciendae atque in perpetuum sui liberandi facultas daretur, si Eomanos castris expu- 15 lissent, demonstraverunt. His rebus celeriter magna multitudine peditatus equitatusque coacta ad castra venerunt. They are defeated in battle 15. Caesar, etsi idem quod superioribus diebus acci- derat fore videbat, ut, si essent hostes pulsi, celeritate periculum effugerent, tamen nactus equites circiter tri- ginta, quos Commius Atrebas (de quo ante dictum est) 5 secum transportaverat, legiones in acie pro castris con- stituit. Commisso proelio diiitius nostrorum militum impetum hostes ferre non potuerunt ac terga verterunt. Quos tanto spatio secuti quantum cursii et viribus efficere potuerunt, complures ex eis occiderunt ; deinde omnibus 10 longe lateque aedificiis incensis se in castra receperunt. Caesar returns to Gaul 16. Eodem die legati ab hostibus missi ad Caesarem de pace venerunt. His Caesar numerum obsidum quern antea imperaverat duplicavit, eosque in continentem ad- diici iussit, quod, propinqua die aequinocti, infirmis nfivi- 13 f. praedae faciendae, snT liberandi : objective gen. with facultas, 157 ; see also 450.— dare tur, expnlissent: what do these represent of the direct discourse? 15, 1. idem : subject of fore, and explained by ut . . . effugerent. 3. equites triginta : too few to be of service except in pursuit of a defeated enemy. 4. ante : 2, 15 ; 7, 4. 8. tanto spatio: over as much distance. — quantum . . . potue- runt : as their strength enabled them to run. 16, 4. propinqua die aequinocti: abl. abs. ; the equinox is still thought to be a stormy season. — inflrmis nayibus : abl. abs. READING EXERCISE ^ 215 5 bus hiemi navigationem subiciendam non existimabat. Ipse idoneam tempestatem nactus paulo post mediam noctem navis solvit ; quae omnes incolumes ad continen- tem pervenerunt ; sed ex eis onerariae duae eosdem por- tus quos reliquae capere non potuerunt et paulo infra 10 delatae sunt. 5. hiemi : stormy weather. — subiciendam : sc. esse. 7. solvit: Napoleon III reckoned that the return to Gaul was made on September 11th or 12th, so that the stay in Britain lasted about three weeks. 9. capere : to make. — paulo infra : to the southwest. APPENDIX TABLES OF DECLENSIONS AND CONJUGATIONS 462 NOUNS FIRST DECLENSION Stem in a SINGULAR PLURAL NoM., Voc. rosa rosae Gen. rosae rosarum DAT. rosae rosis Accu. rosam rosas Abl. rosa rosis 463 SECOND DECLENSION Stem in o SINGULAR PLURAL NoM., Voc. seryus, serve servi Gen. servi servorum Dat. servo servis Accu. servum servos Abl. servo servis SINGULAR PLURAL donum dona doni donorum dono donis domim dona dono donis SINGULAR PLURAL SINGULAR PLURAL NoM,, Voc. pner pueri ager agri Gen. piieri pner drum agri agronim Dat. puero pueris agro agris Accu. puermn pueros agrum agros Abl. puerd pueris agro 217 agris 218 FIRST LATIN BOOK SINGULAR PLURAL NOM., Voc. vir viri Gen. viri virorum DAT. viro viris Accu. virum viros Abl. viro viris 464 NoM., Voc. Gen. Dat. Accu. Abl. NOM., Gen. Dat. Accu. Abl. NoM., Voc. Gen. Dat. Accu. Abl. NoM., Voc. Gen. Dat. Accu. Abl. THIRD DECLENSION Mute Stems Singular princeps principis principi principem principe rex regis regi regem rege Plural Voc. principes reges prmcipimi regnm prmcipibns regibns principes reges principibns regibus vox vocis voci vocem voce voces vocTun vocibus voces vocibus Singular obses obsidis obsidi obsidem obside Plural obsides obsidnm obsidibus obsides obsidibus miles militis militi militem milite milites militnm militibus milites militibus virtus virtutis virtuti virtutem virttite virtiites virtiitum virtiitibus virtutes virtatibus caput capitis capiti caput capite capita capitum capitibus capita capitibus THIRD DECLENSION 219 Liquid, Nasal, and Spirant Stems Singular NoM., Voc. consul victor homo Gen. consulis victoris hominis DAT. consul! victori homini Accu. consul em victorem hominem Abl. consule victore Plural homine NoM., Voc. consules victores homines Gen. consulum victorum hominum DAT. consulibus victoribus hominibus Accu. consules victores homines Abl. consulibus victoribus Singular hominibus NoM., Voc. nomen honor corpus Gen. nominis honoris corporis DAT. nomini honori corpori Accu. nomen honorem corpus Abl. nomine honore Plural corpore NoM., Voc. nomina honores corpora Gen. nominum honorum corporum DAT. nominibus honoribus corporibus Accu. nomina honores corpora Abl. nominibus honoribus Stems in i Singular corporibus NOM., Voc. civis hostis nubes Gen. civis hostis nubis Dat. civi hosti nubi Accu. cTvem hostem nubem Abl. civi, -e hoste nube 220 FIRST LATIN BOOK Plural NOM., Voc. cives hostes nubes Gen. civinm hostium nubium DAT. civibus hostibus nubibus Accu. civis, -es hostis, -ea 1 nubis, -es Abl. civibus hostibus nubibus SiNGUTiAR NoM., Voc. mare animal Gen. maris animalis DAT. mari animali Accu. mare animal Abl. mari animali Plural NoM., Voc. maria animalia Gen. DAT. animalium animalibus maribus Accu. maria animalia Abl. maribuB animalibus Mixed Stems Singular NoM., Voc. arx urbs cliens Gen. arcis urbis clientis Dat. arci urbi clienti Accu. arcem urbem clientem Abl. arce urbe cliente Plural NoM., Voc. arces urbes clientes Gen. arciuin urbium clientium Dat. arcibus urbibus clientibus Accu. arces, -is urbes, -is clientes, -is Abl. arcibus urbibus clientibus FOURTH AND FIFTH DECLENSIONS 221 465 FOURTH DECLENSION Stem in u Singular NOM., Voc. manus cornu domus Gen. manus cornus domus DAT. manui, -ti cornu domui, -6 Accu. manum cornu domum Abl. manu cornu Plural domu, -6 NoM., Voc. manus cornua domus Gen. manuuin cornuum domuum, -drum DAT. manibus cornibus domibus Accu. manus cornua domus, -6s Abl. manibus cornibus domibus 466 FIFTH DECLENSION Stem in e Singular NoM., Voc. digs res Gen. diei rei DAT. diei rei Accu. diem rem Abl. die Plural re NoM., Voc. dies res Gen. dierum rerum DAT. diebus rebus Accu. dies res Abl. diebus rebus 222 FIRST LATIN BOOK ADJECTIVES 467 FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS SlNOULAB MASCULINE FEMININE NEUTER NoM., Voc. bonus, bone bona bonum Gen. boni bonae boni Dat. bond bonae bono Accu. bonnm bonam bonum Abl. bono bona Plural bono NoM., Voc. boni bonae bona Gen. bonorum bonarum bonorum Dat. bonis bonis bonis Accu. bonds bonas bona Abl. bonis bonis Singular bonis MASCULINE FEMININE NEUTER NoM., Voc. niger nigra nigrum Gen. nigri nigrae nigri Dat. nigro nigrae nigro Accu. nigrum nigram nigrum Abl. nigro nigra Plural nigrd NoM., Voc. nigri nigrae nigra Gen. nigromm nigranim nigrorum Dat. nigris nigris nigris Accu. nigros nigras nigra Abl. nigris nigris nigris ADJECTIVES ^ 2: Singular MASCULINE FEMININE NEUTER NOM., Voc. miser misera miserum Gen. miseri miserae miseri Dat. misero miserae misero Accu. miserum miseram miserum Abl. misero misera Plural misero NOM., Voc. miseri miserae misera Gen. miserorum miseranun miserorum Dat. miseris miseris miseris Accu. miseros miseras misera Abl. miseris miseris miseris 223 468 THIRD DECLENSION Singular masc, fem. neuter NoM., Voc. audax audax Gen. audacis Dat. audaci Accu. audacem audax Abl. audaci Plural masc, fem. neuter audaces audacia audacium audacibus audacis, -es audacia audacibus Singular masc, fem. neuter NoM., Voc amans amans Gen. amantis Dat. amanti Accu. amantem amans Abl. amante, -i Plural MASC, FEM. neuter amantes amantia amantium amantibus amantis, -es amantia amantibus 224 FIRST LATIN BOOK Singular Plural MASC, ] FEM. NEUTER MASC, FEM. NEUTER NOM., Voc. fortis forte fortes fortia Gen. fortis fortium Dat. forti fortibus Accu. fortem forte fortis, -es fortia Abl. forti Singular fortibus Plural MASC. FEM. NEUTER MASC. FEM. neuter NOM., Voc. acer acris acre acres acres acria Gen. acris acris acris acrium acrium acrium Dat. acri acri acri iicribus acribus acribus Accu. acrem acrem acre acris, -es ; acris, -es acria Abl. acri acri acri acribus acribus acribus 469 IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES Nine adjectives have -ius throughout in the Genitive Singular and -i in the Dative Singular : iinus, solus, totus, ullus, ntillus, alius, alter, uter, neuter. In the plural they are all declined like bonus. The following paradigms show the de- clension of four in the singular : MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. NoM. unus una unum uter utra utrum Gen. unius iinius unius utrius utrius utrius Dat. uni imi imi utri utri utri Accu. unum unam unum utrum utram utrum Abl. uno una uno utro utra utro NoM. alius alia aliud alter altera alterum Gen. alius alius alius alterius alterius alterius Dat. alii alii alii alteri alteri alteri Accu. alium aliam aliud alterum alteram alterum Abl. alio alia alio altero altera altero ADJECTIVES 225 THE NUMERALS DUO AND TRES MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC, FEM. NEUT. NOM. duo duae duo tres tria Gen. duonim duarum duorum trium trium Dat. duobus duabus duobus tribus tribus Accu. duos (duo) duas duo tres, -is tria Abl. duobus duabus duobus tribus tribus 470 DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES Singular masc, fem. neut. NoM., Voc. f ortior fortius C^EN. fortioris I>AT. fortiori Accu. fortiorem fortius Abl. fortiore Singular masc, fem. neut. NoM., Voc. Oen. DAT. Accu. Abl. plus pluris plus plure Plural masc, fem. neut. fortiores fortiora fortiorum fortioribus fortiores fortiora fortioribus Plural masc, fem. neut. plures plura plurium pluribus plures plura pluribus 471 IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE bonus melior optimus malus peior pessimus magnus maior maximus parvus mirior minimus multus plus plurimus 15 226 FIRST LATIN BOOK facilis, easy difficilis, difficult similis, like dissimilis, unlike humilis, low gracilis, slender facilior difficilior similior dissimilior humilior gracilior faciUimus difficillimus simillimus dissimillimus humillimus gracillimus (poster!) (exteri) (inferi) (super!) posterior, later exterior, outer inferior, lower superior, higher j postremus, latest^ last \ postumus, late horn ( extremus ) ( extimus, ) ( infimus ) , \ . \ lowest [ imus ) outermost , supremus, last \ summus, highest (Compare prae, Z>^/ore) prior, /or/wer primus, j^r^^ " citra, tJiis citerior, hither citimus, hither- side of) most " ultra, he- ulterior, /ar^/^er \\limL\x&^ farthest^ yond) last *' in, intra, in^ interior, inner intimus, inmost within) " prope, near) propior, nearer proximus, near- est^ next 472 IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADVERBS Positive Comparative Superlative bene, well melius optime male, ill peius pessime multum, much plus plurimum parum, {too) little minus minime diu, long diutius diutissime saepe, often saepius saepissime magis, more maxime 473 NUMERALS 227 NUMERALS CARDINAL ORDINAL ROMAN 1. unus, una, unum, one primus, -a, -um, first I 2. duo, duae, duo, i two secundus (alter), second n 3. tres, tria, three tertius, third III 4. quattuor quartus nil or IV 5. quinque quintus V 6. sex sextus VI 7. septem Septimus VII 8. octo octavus vm 9. novem nonus vim or IX 10. decern decimus X 11. undecim undecimus XI 12. duodecim duodecimus XII 13. tredecim (decern et tres) tertius decimus XIII 14. quattuordecim quartus decimus xiiii or XIV 15. quindecim quintus decimus XV 16. sedecim sextus decimus XVI 17. septendecim Septimus decimus XVII 18. duodeviginti (octodecim) duodevicensimus XVIII 19. undeviginti (novendecim) undevicensimus xviiii or XIX 20. viginti vicensimus XX 21. viginti unus vicensimus primus XXI (or unus et viginti) (iinus et vicensimus, etc.) 30. trlginta tricensimus XXX 40. quadraginta quadragensimus xxxx or XL 50. quinquaginta quinquagensimus L 60. sexaginta sexagensimus LX 70. septnaginta septuagensimus LXX 80. octoginta octogensimus LXXX 90. nonaginta nonagensimus Lxxxx or xc 100. centum centensimus c 101. centum (et) unus, etc. centensimus primus. etc. CI 200. dueenti, -ae, -a ducentensimus CO 300. trecenti trecentensimus ccc 400. quadringei>ti quadringentensimus cccc 500. quingenti quingentensimus 10, or D 600. sescenti sexcentensimus DC 700. septingenti septingentensimus DOG 800. octingenti octingentensimus DCCC 900. nongenti nongentensimus DCCCC 228 FIRST LATIN BOOK CARDINAL 1,000. mille 5,000. quinque milia 10,000. decern milia 100,000. centum milia ORDINAL ROMAN millensimus cio, or m quinquiens millensimus loo deciens millensimus ccioo centiens millensimus ccciooo PRONOUNS 474 PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE Singular FIRST PERSON SECOND PERSON NOM., Voc. ego ta Gen. mei tni Dat. mihi, mi tibi Accu. me te Abl. me te REFLEXIVE OF THE THIRD PERSON Plural NoM., Voc. nos Gen. nostrum, nostri Dat. nobis Accu. nos Abl. ndbis vdbis sui sibi se, sese se, sese vos vestrum, vestri sui v5bis sibi vos se, sese se, sese 475 DEMONSTRATIVE Singular MASC. fem. NEUT. NoM., Voc. bic baec boo Gen. huius buius buius Dat. buie buie buie Accu. bunc banc boc Abl. boo bac boc PRONOUNS \ Plural MASC. fem. NEUT. NoM., Voc. hi hae haec Gen. horuin haruin horum DAT. his his his Accu. h5s has haec Abl. his 1 his Singular his MASC. FEM. NEUT. NoM., Voc. iUe ilia iUud Gen. illius iUius illius DAT. iUi illi illi Accu. ilium illam illud Abl. ills ilia Plural illo NoM., Voc. iUi illae ilia Gen. illomm illarum illdrum DAT. illis illis illis Accu. illos illas ilia Abl. illift 1 illiB Singular illis MASC. FEM. NEUT. NoM., Voc. is ea id Gen. eius eius eius DAT. ei ei ei Accu. eum earn id Abl. eo ea Plural eo NoM., Voc. ei, ii eae ea Gen. eorum earum eorum Dat. eis, iis eis, iis eis, iis Accu. e5s eas ea Abl. eis, iis eis, iis eis, iis 229 230 FIRST LATIN BOOK Singular masc. fem. neut. NoM., Voc. idem e'adem idem Gen. eiusdem eiiisdem eiusdem DAT. eidem eidem eidem Accu. eun'dem eandem idem Abl. eodem eadem eodem Plural NoM., Voc. j eidem ( iidem eaedem e'adem Gen. eonin'dem earundem eorundem DAT. j eis'dem ( iis'dem eisdem eisdem iisdem iisdem Accu. eos'dem easdem e'adem Abl. j eisdem ( iisdem eisdem eisdem iisdem iisdem Singular MASC. FEM. neut. NoM., Voc. iste ista istud Gen. istius istius istius Dat. isti isti isti Accu. istum istam istud Abl. ist5 ista ista Plural NoM., Voc. isti istae ista Gen. istomm istamm istorum Dat. istis istis istis Accu. ist5s istas ista Abl. istis istis istis Singular MASC. FEM. NEUT. NoM., Voc. ipse ipsa ipsum Gen. ipsius ipsius ipsius Dat. ipsi ipsi ipsi Accu. ipsnm ipsam ipsum Abl. ipsa ipsa ipso 476 PRONOUNS ^ 2 Plural MASC. FEM. NEUT. NoM., Voc. ipsi ipsae ipsa Gen. ipsorum ipsarum ipsorum DAT. ipsis ipsis ipsis Accu. ips5s ipsas ipsa Abl. ipsis ipsis RELATIVE Singular ipsis MASC. FEM. NEUT. NoM., Voc. qui quae quod Gen. cuius cuius cuius DAT. cui cui cui Accu. quern quam quod Abl. quo qua Plural quo NoM., Voc. qui quae quae Gen. quorum quarum quorum DAT. quibus quibus quibus Accu. quos quas quae Abl. quibus quibus quibus 231 477 INTERROGATIVE Singular ^ masc, fem. neut. NoM., Voc. quis quid Gen. cuius Cuius Dat. cui cui Accu. quem quid Abl. qu5 quo Plural Like qui relative (a) When the adjective form qui is used, the declen- sion throughout coincides with that of the relative 232 FIRST LATIN BOOK 478 INDEFINITE Singular MASC. FEM. neut. NOM. aliquis (-qni) aliqna aliquid (aliquod) Gen. alicH'ius alicuius alicuius Dat. alicui alicni alicui Accu. aliquem aliquam aliquid (aliquod) Abl. aliqud aliqua Plural aliquo NOM. aliqui aliquae aliqua Gen. aliqu5niin aliquarum aliquorum Dat. ali'quibus aliquibus aliquibus Accu. aliquds aliquas aliqua Abl. aliquibus aliquibus Singular aliquibus MASC. FEM. NEUT. NOM. quidam quaedam quiddam (quoddam) Gen. cuius'dam cuiusdam cuiusdam Dat. cnidam cuidam cuidam Accu. quendam quandam quiddam (quoddam) Abl. quddam quadam quddam Plural ft NOM. quidam quaedam quaedam Gen. quorundam quarundam qu5rundam Dat. quibusdam quibusdam quibusdam Accu. qudsdam quasdam quaedam Abl. quibusdam quibusdam quibusdam (a) quisque, each^ quisquam, any at all ; si quis, if any, ne quis, that not (lest) any are all declined like quis (qui) interrogative. VERBS 233 REGULAR VERBS 479 FIRST CONJUGATION Stem in a amo, amare, amavl, amatus Indicatiye ACTIVE amo, / love amas, thou lovest {you love) amat, he {she^ it) loves amamus, we love amatis, you love amant, they love Present PASSIVE amor, I am loved amaris (-re), you are loved amatur, he is loved amamur, we are loved amamini, you are loved amantur, th^ey are loved Imperfect amabam, / loved^ was loving amabas, you loved amabat, he loved amabamus, we loved amabatis, you loved amabant, they loved amabo, I shall love amabis, you will love amabit, he will love amabimus, we shall love amabitis, you will love amabunt, they will love amabar, I was loved amabaris (-re), you were loved amabatur, he was loved amabamur, we were loved amabamini, you were loved amabantur, they ivere loved Future amabor, / shall he loved amaberis (-re), you will be loved amabitur, he tvill he loved amabimur, we shall he loved amabimini, you will he loved amabuntur, they will he loved 234 FIRST LATIN BOOK Perfect ACTIVE amavi, 1 loved amavisti, you loved amavit, he loved amavimus, we loved amavistis, you loved amaverunt (-ere), they loved PASSIVE rsum, I was loved amatusies, you ivere loved lest, he was loved rsumus, we were loved amati^ estis, you were loved Lsunt, they were loved Pluperfect amaveram, / had loved amaveras, you had loved amaverat, he had loved amaveramus, we had loved amaveratis, you had loved amaverant, they had loved reram, I had been loved amatus \ eras, you had heen loved lerat, he had been loved reramus, we had been loved amati { eratis, you had been loved ierant, they had been loved Future Perfect amavero, / shall have loved j^ero, I shallhavebeen loved amaveris, you will have loved amatus j eris, you will have^ etc. amaverit, he will have loved lerit, he will have^ etc. am averimus, tve shall have loved r erimns, we shall h ave^ etc. amaveritis, you tvill have loved amati-! eritis, you will have^ etc. amaverint, they will have loved I enmt, they will have^ etc. Subjunctive amem Present amer ames am eris (-re) amet ametur amemns amemur ametis amemini ament amentur VERBS 235 ACTIVE Imperfect passive amarem amares a mare t amarer amareris (-re) amaretur amaremus amaretis amarent amaremur amaremini amarentur amaverim amaveris amaverit Perfect { sim amatus < sis (sit amaverimus amaveritis . amaverint r simus amati } sitis ( sint amavissem amavisses amavisset Pluperfect r essem amatus } esses ( esset amavissemus amavissetis amavissent f essemus amati < essetis ( essent Impeeative ama, love (thou) amate, love {ye) Present amare, he (thou) loved amamini, be (ye) loved amato, thou shalt love amato, he shall love amatote, ye shall love amanto, they shall love Future amator, thou shalt be loved amator, he shall be loved amantor, the^ shall be loved 236 FIRST LATIN BOOK iNFIJiTITIVE ACTIVE PASSIVE Pres. amare, to love amari, to he loved Perf. amavisse, to have loved amatus esse, to have loved FuT. amatnrus esse, to he amatum iri, to he about to he ahout to love loved Participles Pk-es. amans, -antis, loving Ger. amandus, -a, -um, to he loved FuT. ainatunis,-a,-iiiii,a&oi^^ Perf. amatus, -a, -um, loved^ to love having been loved Gerund Supine NoM. Accu. amatum, to love Gen. amandi, 0/ Zoi;i/2-^ Abl. amatu, to love^ to he Dat. amand6,/(9r loving loved Accu. amandum, loving Abl. amando, hy loving (a) PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION Active Indicative Subjunctive Pres. amaturus sum, \ " eram am ahout amaturus sim Imperf. VU f (( essem FuT. " ero Perf. " fui u fuerim Plup. " fueram li fuissem FuT. Perf. " faero Infinitive Pres. amaturus esse, to he ahout to love Perf. « fuisse, to have heen ahout to love VERBS 237 Passive Pres. Imperf. Put. Perf. Plup. FuT. Perf. Indicative Subjunctive amandus sum, -j IJ^^^eto{must) ^^^^^ ^^ oe loved eram ero fui fueram faero '' essem " fuerim " fuissem Infinitive Pres. amandus esse, to have to he loved Perf. " fuisse, to have had to he loved 480 SECOND CONJUGATION Stem in e habe5, habere, habui, habitus Indicative Present ACTIVE PASSIVE habeo, / have^ etc. habeor, / am had^ held habes haberis (-re) habet habetur habemus habemur habetis habemini habent habentur Imperfect habebam, I was having^ etc. habebar, I was had, held habebas habebaris (-re) habebat habebatur habebamus habebatis habebant habebamur habebamini habebantur 238 FIRST LATIN BOOK Future ACTIVE habebo, / shall have^ etc. habebis habebit PASSIVE habebor, / shall he had^ held habeberis (-re) habebitur babebimus habebitis habebunt habebimur habebimini habebuntur habui, / have had^ etc. habuisti habuit Perfect ( sum, I habitus \ es (est have heen [had, held habuimus habuistis habuerunt (-ere) I sumus habiti ^ estis ( sunt Pluperfect habueram, / had had^ etc habueras habuerat • eram, I had heen habitus I eras \1iad^ held erat habueramus habueratis habuerant ^eramus habiti < eratis lerant Future Perfect habuerd, I shall have had, etc. habueris habuerit ( eio,! shall haveheen habitus < eris [had, held i erit habuerimus habueritis habuerint r erimus habiti ^ eritis lerunt VERBS 239 SUBJUl^CTIYE Present ACTIVE PASSIVE habeam habear habeas habearis (-re) habeat habeatur habeamus habeamur habeatis habeamini habeant habeantur Imperfect haberem haberer haberes habereris (-re) haberet haberetur haberemus haberemur haberetis haberemini haberent haberentur Perfect habuerim c sim habueris habitus \ sis habuerit Ut habuerimus r simus habueritis habiti } sitis habuerint (sint Pluperfect habuissem f essem habuisses habitus ■< esses habuisset ( esset habuissemus ( essemus habuissetis habiti < essetis habuissent ( essent 240 FIRST LATIN BOOK Imperative Present habe, have (tJiou) habere, be {thou) had, held habete, have (ye) habemini, be (ye) had, held Future habeto, thou shalt have habetor, thou shalt be had, habeto, he shall have habetor, he shall, etc. [held habetote, ye shall have habentd, they shall have habentor, they shall be had, [held Infinitive Pres. habere, to have haberi, to be had Perf. habuisse, to have had habitus esse, to have been had FuT. habiturus esse, to be habitum iri, to be about to about to have be had Participles Pres. habens, -entis, , having Ger. habendus, -a, -um, to FuT. habiturus, - a, -um, be had about to have Perf. habitus, -a, -um, had. having bee7i had Gerund Supine NOM. Accu. Tifl.hituin Gen. habendi Abl. XXCu *JL\j 11 ill habitu Dat. habendo Accu. habendum Abl. habendd (a) PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION Active Pres. habiturus sum, / am about to have. Etc. Passive Pres. habendus sum, / must be had. Etc. VERBS 241 481 THIRD CONJUGATION Stem in e rego, regere, rexi, rectus l2!fDICATIVE ACTIVE Present passive rego, / rule, etc. regis regit regor, / am ruled, etc. regeris (-re) regitur regimus regitis regunt regimiir regimini reguntur Imperfect regebam, I was ruling, regebas regebat regebamus regebatis regebant etc. regebar, / was ruled, etc. regebaris (-re) regebatur regebamur regebamini regebantur Future regam, / shall rule, etc. reges reget regemis regetis regent regar, / shall he ruled, etc. regeris (-re) regetur regemur regemini regentur rexi, / have ruled, etc. rexisti rexit Perfect ( sum, / have leen rectus \ es [ruled, etc. (est reximus rexistis rexerunt (-re) I sumus recti j estis ( sunt 16 242 FIRST LATIN BOOK Pluperfect ACTIVE PASSIVE rexeram, / had ruled^ etc. ( eram, / had been rexeras rectus } eras [ruled^ etc. rexerat ( erat rexeramus ( eramus rexeratis recti •< eratis rexerant ( erant Future Perfect rexero, / shall have ruled^ ( ero, I shall have been rexeris [etc. rectus \ eris [ruled^ etc. rexerit (erit rexerimufl ( erimus rexeritis recti \ eritis rexerint ( erunt Subjunctive Pre ISENT regam regar regas regaris (-re) regat regatur regamus regamur regatis regamini regant regantur Imperfect regerem regerer regeres regereris (-re) regeret regeretur regeremus regeremur regeretis regeremini regerent regerentur VERBS 243 Perfect ACTIVE PASSIVE rexerim [ sim rexeris rectus < sis rexerit (sit rexerimus [ simus rexeritis recti \ sitis rexerint Pluperfect ( sint rexissem ( essem rexisses rectus \ esses rexisset [ esset rexissemus ( essemus rexissetis recti ■ 1 essetis rexissent Impeeatiye Present . essent ACTIVE PASSIVE rege, rule {thou) regere, he {thou) ruled regite, rule {ye) regimini, he {ye) ruled regit 6, thou shall rtile regito, he shall rule regitote, ye shall rule regunto, they shall rule Future regitor, thou shalt he ruled regitor, he shall he ruled reguntor, they shall he ruled I:n^finitive Pres. regere, to rule Perf. rexisse, to have ruled FuT. recttirus esse, to he ahout to rule regi, to he ruled rectus esse, to have heen ruled rectum iri, to he ahout to he ruled 244 FIRST LATIi^ BOOK Participles ACTIVE PASSIVE Pees, regens, ruling Ger. regendus, -a, -urn, to he ruled FuT. recturns, -a, -tun, Perf. rectus, -a, -urn, ruled, about to rule having been ruled Gerund Supine NoM. Accu. rectum Gen. regendi Abl. rectu Dat. regendo Accu. regendum Abl. regendd (a) PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION Active Pees, recturus sum, / am about to rule. Etc. Passive Pres. regendus sum, I must be ruled. Etc. 482 THIRD CONJUGATION (Continued) Verbs in -i5 capio, capere, cepl, captus Indicative Present active passive capio, I take, etc. capior, / am tahen, etc. capis caperis (-re) capit capitur capimus capimur capitis capimini capiunt capiuntur VERBS Imperfect ACTIVE PASSIVE capiebam capiebar Future capiam capiar capies capieris (-re) capiet, etc. capietur, etc. Perfect cepi captus sum Pluperfect ceperam captus era,m Future Perfect cepero captus ero Subjunctive Present capiam capiar capias capiaris (-re) capiat capiatur capiamus capiamur capiatis capiamini capiant capiantur Imperfect caperem caperer Perfect ceperim captus sim Pluperfect cepissem captus essem 245 246 FIRST LATIN BOOK Imperative Present active passive cape, take (thou) capere, be (thou) taken capite, take (ye) capimini, be {ye) taken Future capito, thou shalt take^ capitor, thou shalt be taken, etc. etc. Infinitive Pres. capere, to take capi, to be taken Perf. cepisse, to have taken captus esse, to have been taken FuT. capturus esse, to be captum iri, to be about to be about to take taken Participles Pres. capiens, taking Ger. capiendus, -a, -um, to FuT. capturus, -a, -um, about be taken to take Perf. captus, -a, -um, taken gerund supine Gen. capiendi, etc. captum captu (a) periphrastic CONJUGATION Active Pres. capturus sum, / am about to take. Etc. Passive Pres. capiendus sum, / must be taken. Etc. VERBS 247 483 FOURTH CONJUGATION Stem in i audio, audire, audlvi, auditus 4 Indicative Present ACTIVE PASSIVE audio, / hear^ etc. audior, / am heard^ etc, audis audiris (-re) audit auditur audimus audimur auditis audimini audiunt audiuntur Imperfect audiebam, / was hearing^ audiebar, / was Jieard^ etc. audiebas [etc. audiebaris (-re) audiebat audiebatur audiebamus audiebamur audiebatis audiebamini audiebant audiebantur Future audiam, / shall Jiear^ etc. audiar, / shall he heard^ etc, audies audieris (-re) audiet audietur audiemus audiemur audietis audiemini audient audientur 248 FIRST LATIN BOOK Perfect ACTIVE audivi, / have heard^ etc. audivisti audivit passive r sum, / have been auditus } es [heard, etc. (est audivimus audivistis audiverunt (-re) f sumus audit! < estis (sunt Pluperfect audiveram, / had heard, etc. audiveras audiverat c eram, I had been auditus \ eras [heard, etc. ( erat audiveramus audiveratis audiverant / eramus auditi \ eratis ( erant Future Perfect audivero, / shall have heard, audiveris [etc. audiverit ( ero, / shall have auditus } eris [been heard, i erit [etc. audiverimus audiveritis audiverint / erimus auditi } eritis ( erunt Subjunctive Present audiam audias audiat audiar audiaris (-re) audiatur audiamus audiatis audiant audiamur audiamini audiantur VERBS 249 Imperfect ACTIVE passive audirem audires audiret audirer audireris (-re) audiretur audiremus audiretis audirent Perfect audiremur audiremini audirentur audiverim audiveris audiverit sim auditus } sis (sit audiverimus audiveritis audiverint Pluperfect f simus auditi } sitis ( sint audivissem audivisses audivisset ( essem auditus } esses ( esset audivissemus audivissetis audivissent Imperative Present i essemus auditi •< essetis ( essent audi, liear (thou) audite, hear {ye) audire, he {thou) heard audimini, he {ye) heard Future audit5, thou shalt hear^ etc. auditor, thou shalt he heard^ audito auditor [etc. auditote audiunto audiuntor 250 FIRST LATIN BOOK Infinitive ACTIVE Pres. audire, to hear Perf. audivisse, to have heard FuT. auditums esse, to \ about to hear PASSIVE audiri, to he heard auditus esse, to have been heard auditum iri, to he ahout io he heard Participles Pres. audiens, hearing Ger. audiendus, -a, -um, to he heard FuT. auditurus, -a, -um, Perf. auditus, -a, -um, heard^ ahout to hear having heen heard GERUND audiendi, -do, -dum, -do SUPINE auditum, auditu {a) PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION Active Pres. auditurus sum, / am about to hear. Etc. Passive Pres. audiendus sum, / must be heard. Etc. 484 DEPONENT VERBS CoNj. I hortor, CoNj. II vereor, CoNj. Ill sequor, CoNj. IV potior, hortari, hortatus, to urge vereri, veritus, to fear sequi, secutus to follow potiri, potitus, to get possession VERBS 251 I II III IV Pres. hortor vereor sequor potior hortaris (-re) vereris (-re) sequeris (-re] ) potiris (-re) hortatur veretur sequitur potitur hortamur veremur sequimur potimur hortamini veremini sequimini potimini hortantur verentur sequuntur potiuntur Impf. hortabar verebar sequebar potiebar FUT. liortabor verebor sequar potiar Perf. hortatus sum veritus sum secutus sum potltus sum Plup. hortatus veritus secutus potltus eram eram eram eram F. P. hortatus er5 veritus ero secutus er5 potltus ero Subjunctive Pres. horter verear sequar potiar Impf. hortarer vererer sequerer potirer Perf. hortatus sim veritus sim secutus sim potltus sim Plup. hortatus veritus secutus potltus essem essem essem essem Imperative hortare, etc. verere, etc. sequere, etc. potire, etc. IlifFINITIVE Pres. hortari vereri sequi potiri Perf. hortatus esse veritus esse secutus esse potltus esse FUT. hortaturus veriturus secufciirus potiturus esse esse esse esse Paeticiples Pres. hortans verens sequens potiens FuT. hortaturus veriturus secutiirus potiturus Ger. hortandus verendus sequendus potiendus Perf. hortatus veritus secutus potltus 252 FIRST LATIN BOOK Gerund hortandi, verendi, sequendi, potiendi, etc. etc. etc. etc. Supine hortatnm, -tu veritum, -tu secutum, -tu potitum, -tu (a) Notice that Deponent Verbs have the Active form of the Future Infinitive and the Participles of both voices. 485 SINGULAR sum, / am es, you are est, he (she^ it) is eram, F was eras, you were erat, he was ero, / shall be eris, you tvill be erit, he will be f ui, / have been, was fuisti, you have been, fuit, he has been, was IRREGULAR VERBS Sum, esse, ful Indicative Present PLURAL sTUiius^ ive are estis, yo^l are sunt, they are Imperfect eramiLS, we were eratis, you were erant, they were Future erimus, we shall be eritis, you will be erunt, they will be Perfect fuimus, we have been, were were f uistis, you have been, were fuerunt (-ere), they have been, were IRREGULAR VERBS 253 Pluperfect PLURAL fueramus, loe had leen f ueratis, you had ieen fuerant, they had heen Future Perfect . fnero, I shall have heen fuerimus, we shall have heen fueris, you to ill have been fueritis, you loill have heen fuerit, he will have heen f uerint, they will have heen singular f ueram, / had heen fueras, yoii had heen fuerat, he had heen Subjunctive Present sim simus sis sitis sit Imperfect sint essem essemus esses essetis esset Perfect essent fuerim fuerimus fueris fueritis fuerit Pluperfect fuerint fuissem fuissemus fuisses fuissetis fuisset Impekative fuissent Present es, he {thou) este, he Future {ye) esto, thoti shalt he estate, ye shall he esto, he shall he sunto, they shall he 254 FIRST LATIN BOOK Infinitive Pakticiple Pres. esse, to he Fut. futurus, -a, -urn, about Perf. f uisse, to have been to he Put. futurus, esse (fore), to he ahout to he 486 COMPOUNDS OF SUM (a) possum, posse, potui, to he ahle^ can Indicative Subjunctive Pres. possum, / can possim potes, you can possis potest, he can possit possumus, 2oe can possimus potestis, you can possitis possunt, they can possint Impf. poteram, / could possem Put. potero, 1 shall he ahle Perf. potui, / could potuerim Plup. potueram, / had heen ahle potuissem F. P potuerd, / shall have heen ahle Infin. Pres. posse, to he ahle Perf. potuisse, to have Part. potens (adj.), jt?02^er/wZ [heen ahle ifi) prosum, prodesse, prdfui, to help Indicative Subjunctive Pres. prosum, / help prosim prddes prosis prodest prosit prdsumus prosimus prodestis prositis prdsunt prosint IRREGULAR VERBS 255 Indicative Subjui^ctive Impf. proderam, / ivas helping prodessem FuT. prodero, / shall help Perf. pr5fui, / helped profuerim Plup. prafueram, / had helped profuissem F. P. profuerd, I shall have helped Imper. prodes, prddesto, etc. Infin. Pres. prodesse Perf. profuisse Fut. profuturus esse Part. profuturus, about to help 487 volo, velle, volui, — , to be willing^ will^ wish nolo, nolle, nolui, — , to be umvilling^ will not malo, malle, malui, — , to be more willing^ prefer I:n^dicative Pres. volo, I wish nolo, / tvill not malo, I prefer vis non vis mavis vult non vult mavult volumus nolumus malumus vultis n5n vultis mavultis volunt nolunt malunt Impf. volebam ndlebam malebam Fut. vola.TTi, voles, etc . nolam, noles, etc . malam, males, etc. Perf. volui nolui malui Plup. volueram nolueram malueram F. P. voluero noluero Subju:n^ctive maluero Pres. velim nolim malim velis n51is malis veUt nolit malit velimus nolimus malimus velitis ndlitis malitis velint nolint malint 256 FIRST LATIN BOOK Subjunctive {continued) Impf. vellem nollem mallem Perf. voluerim noluerim maluerim Plup. voluissem ndluissem maluissem Impeeative Pres. noli ndlite FUT. nolito, etc. Infinitive Pres. velle ndlle maUe Perf. voluisse naiuisse Participle maluisse Pres. volens nolens 488 1 e5, ire, (ivi) ii, iturus, go Subjunctive earn, eas, eat eamus, eatis, eant irem, ires, iret iremus, iretis, irent Indicative Pres. eo, is, it imus, itis, eunt Impf. ibam, ibas, ibat ibamus, ibatis, ibant FuT. ibo, ibis, ibit ibimus, ibitis, ibunt Perf. (ivi), ii (iverim) ierim Plup. (iveram) ieram (ivissem) issem F. P. (iverd) iero Imperative i, ite, ltd, ito, itote, eunto Pres. ire Infinitive Perf. (ivisse) isse FuT. iturus esse IRREGULAR VERBS 257 Participles Pres. iens, euntis Fut. iturus Ger. eundum Gerund : eundi, -do, -dum, -do Supine : ituin, itii (a) The compounds adeo, approach, ineo, enter, and some others, are transitive. They are inflected as fol- lows in the passive : INDICATIVE SUBJUKCTIYE Pres. adeor Impf. adibar Pres. adear adiris Fut. adibor Impf. adirer aditur Perf. aditus simi L Perf. aditus sim adimur Plup. aditus eram Plup. aditus essem adimini F. P. aditus ero Infin. adiri, aditus esse adeuntur Part, aditus adeundus (5) In the perfect system of eo and its compounds the forms with v are extremely rare. 2 fio, fieri, factus sum. to he made, hecome Indicative Subjunctive Pres. fid fiam fis fias fit fiat fimus fiamus fitis fiatis fiunt fiant Impf. fieba.Tn fierem Fut. flam Perf. factus sum factus sim Plup. factus eram factus essem F. P. factus erd Impeeative Ikfikitive Pres. fi fite Pres. fieri Fut. fito fitote Perf. factus esse 17 fito fiunto Fut. factum iri 258 FIRST LATIN BOOK Pakticiples Perf. factus, -a, -um Ger. faciendus, -a, -urn 489 fero, ferre, tuli, latus, hear ACTIVE PASSIVE Indic. SUBJ. Indic. SUBJ. Pees. fero feram feror ferar fers feras ferris feraris (-re) fert ferat fertur feratur ferimus feramus ferimur feramur fertis feratis ferimini feramini ferunt ferant feruntur ferantur Impf. ferebam ferrem ferebar ferrer Put. feram ferar Perf. tuli tulerim latus sum latus sim Plup. tnleram tulissem latus eram latus essem F. P tulera latus ero Imperative . Pres. fer ferte ferre ferimini FUT. ferto fertote i9T\{\T XCX \i\3 ferta USX. tu vC ferunto USX l/UX fertor feruntor Infinitive Pres. ferre ferri Perf. tulisse latus esse FuT. laturus esse latum iri Participles Pres. ferens Perf. latus FuT. laturus Ger. ferendus Gerund : ferendi, -do, -dum, -do Supine : latum, -tu LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULAEY The following vocabulary contains all the words used in the pre- ceding lessons and in the account of Caesar's Invasion of Britain given in § 461 ; but the words given in the special vocabularies to the reading exercises are not repeated here. The present infinitive only is given of verbs conjugated like amo. The component parts of compound verbs are shown in parentheses immediately after the verbs ; allied words follow the meanings as in the vocabularies to the lessons. A numeral after the meanings refers to the lesson in which the word is first used, unless preceded by the sign of a section. The few abbreviations will be readily understood. a, ab, adverbial prefix and prep. w. abl., from, hy, 9. abdo, -ere, -didi, -ditus (ab + do), to put away, to hide; se abdere, to hide one's self; ab- ditus, -a, -um, hidden, 51. abeo, -Ire, -il, -itfirus (ab + eo), to go off, go away, All. absum, -esse, afiiT, afuturus (ab + sum), to he away, absent, 13. ac, conj., see atque. accedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus (ad + eedo), to approach, draw near, 49. accido, ere, -cidT, — , to fall, happen, 51. aceipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus (ad -I- eapio), to receive, accept, get, 37. acer, acris, acre, adj., sharp, keen, active, 21. acies, -ei, f., line of battle, 26. acriter, adv., sharply, eagerly (acer), 25. ad, adverbial prefix and prep. w. accu., to, toward; w. names of towns, in the vicinity of, 13. adduco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus (ad + duco), to lead to, bring, in- duce, 50. adeo, -ire, -ii, -iturus (ad 4- eo), to go to, approach, 53. adfero, -ferre, -tulT, -latus (ad + fero), to bear to, bring up, 51. adflicto, -are, to dash against, wrecli, shatter, § 461. adfligo, -ere, -flixT, -flictus, to shatter, injure, §461. adgrego, -are, to gather, join, §461. adigo, -ere, -egi, -actus (ad + ago), to drive to, hurl, cast, § 461. 259 260 FIRST LATIN BOOK aditns, -us, m., approach, arrival, access (adeo), 53. adiungo, -ere, -iunxi, -iiinctus, to join to, attach, unite, 55. adiuYO, -are, -iuvi, -iutus, to help, aid, 28. admin istro, -are, to manage, carry on, 15. admitto, -ere, -misi, -missus (ad + mitto), to commit, allow, bring on one''s self, § 461. adorior, -irT, -ortus (ad + orior), to rise up against, at- tack, 44. adpropiuquo, -are, to approach (propinquus), 17. adsum, -esse, -fui, -futurus (ad -I- sum), to he present, 25. adulescens, -ntis, adj., young; as a substantive, young man, 46. adventus, -us, m., arrival, ap- proach, 31. adyersus, -a, -um, adj., opposite, unfavorable, 51. aediflcium, -i, n., building (aedi- flco), 27. aediflco, -are, to build, 9. aeger, aegra, aegrum, adj., sick, feeble, 7. aeg're, adv., feebly, with diffi- culty, § 461. Aemilius, -T, ra., Aemilius, 37. aequinoctium, -i, n., equinox (aequus, nox), § 461. aequus, -a, -um, adj., level, equal, fair, 39. aes, aeris, n., metal, copper, bronze, § 461. aestas, -atis, f., summer, 20. aestus, -us, m., tide, § 461. aetas, -atis, f., a^e, time of life, 39. Africa, -ae, f., Africa, 32. ager, agri, ra., field, land, 6. agmen, -inis, n., line of march (ago), 26. ago, -ere, egi, actus, drive, lead, do, discuss ; gratias agere, to express thanks, 32. agricola, -ae, m., farmer (ager), 4. alacritas, -atis, f., eagerness, zeal, g 461. Alcibiades, -is, m., Alcibiades, 35. alienus, -a, -um, adj., another's, others\ foreign (alius), 56. aliquis, -qua, -quid (-quod), indef. pron., some one, some, any (declined, § 478), 52. alius, -a, -ud, adj., another, other-, alius . . . alius, 07ie . . . another (decl. § 469), 41. alter, -era, -erum, adj., the other of two (declined, § 469), 44. altitfido, -inis, f., height (altus), 24. altum, -T, n., the deep (altus), §461. altus, -a, -um, adj., high, deep, 22. amlcitia, -ae, f., friendship, alli- ance, friendly relations (ami- cus), 11. amicus. -I, m., friend (amo), 4. amitto, -ere. -misl, -missus (a -I- mitto), to let go, lose, 31. amo, -are, to love (conj. § 479), 1. amor, -oris, ra., love, affection (amo), 17. ancilla, -ae, f., maid-servant, 1. ancora, -ae, f., anchor, % 461. anguste, adv., narrowly, closely (angustus), § 461. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 261 aiigiistus, -a, -urn, adj., narrow, close, C07ifi7 ted, ^A.^\. animadverto, -ere, -verti, -ver- sus (auimum + adverto), to turn the mind to, notice, 52. animal, -alis, n., living being, animal, 18. animus, -i, m., mind, courage, soul, 11. annus, -i, m., year, 20. ante, adv. and prep. w. accu., he- fore, 15. antequam (ante -I- quam), conj., before (see ^ 367, n. 1), 47. antea, adv., before, previously (ante), 34. Antioclius, -I, m., Antiochus, 34. antiquus, -a, -um, adj., ancient, old (ante), 6. apertus, -a, -um, adj., open, ex- posed, unprotected, § 461. appello, -are, address, call, name, 9. Appius, -1, m., Appius, 31. apud, prep. w. accu., with, before, by, near, among, 17. Apulia, -ae, f., Apulia, 37. aqua, -ae, f., water, 27. aquila, -ae, f., eagle, standard, of a legion, § 461. ara, -ae, f., altar, 3. arbitror, -ari, -atus, dep. v., to think, suppose, 41. arbor, -oris, f., tree, 17. arcesso, -ere, -sivi. -situs, to summon, send for, § 461. argentum, -T, n., silver, money, 5. aridus, -a, -um, adj., dry, neut. as substantive, aridum, -T, dry land, beach, § 461. arma, -orum, n. plur., arms, weapons (armo), 10. armamenta, -orum, n. plur., equipment, tackle, rigging (ar- mo), § 461. armo, -are, to arm, equip, 21. arx, arcis, f., citadel, 19. Asia, -ae, f., Asia, 28. Atheniensis, -e, adj., Athenian; as subst., a7i Athenian, 28. atque, -ae, conj., and, and also, 31. Atrebas, -atis, adj., Atrebatian; Atrebates, -um, m. plur., the Atrebates, a people of Belgic Gaul, § 461. atrox, -ocis, adj., savage, fright- ful, 22. attin^o, -ere, -tigi, -tactus, to touch, reach, § 461. auctoritas, -atis, f., i7ifluence, authority, 28. audacia, -ae, f., boldness, daring (audax), 16. audacter, adv., boldly (audax), 25. audax, -acis, adj., bold, daring 21. audeo, -ere, ausus, semi-dep. v., to dare (see § 295), 38. audio, -ire, -ivi (-il), -itus, to hear (conj. § 483), 34. au^eo, -ere, auxT, auctus, to in- crease, enlarge, magnify, 28. auriga, -ae, in., a charioteer, di'iver, § 461. aut, conj., or-, aut . . . aut, either . . . or, 40. autem, conj., b\it, moreover, how- ever, 49. auxilior, -arT, -atus, dep. v., to help, aid (auxilium), §461. auxilium, -i, n., help, ance, 7. 262 FIRST LATIN BOOK Ayaricum, -T, n., Avar icurn^ now Bourges, 54. ayidns, -a, -um, adj., eager, 17. B barbarns, -a, -um, adj., foreign^ barbarian, 28. beatns, -a, -nm, adj., happy, for- tunate, 23. Bel^ae, -arum, m. plur., the Bel- gians, 12. bellum, -I, n., war, 6. bene, adv., well (bonus), 25. beneflcium,-!, n., kindness, favor (bene, facio), 50. bonus, -a, -um, adj., good (decl. §§ 62, 467), 1 ff. brevT, adv., in a short time (bre- Yis), § 461. brevis, -e, adj., brief, short, 21. BritannT, -drum, m. plur., the Britons, 6. Britannia, -ae, f., Britain, Eng- land, 3. C caedes, -is, f ., slaughter, massacre, 18. caelum, -i, n., sky, heaven, 27. Caesar, -aris, m., {Caius Julius) Caesar, 12. campus, -T, m., field, plain, 4. capio, -ere, cepT, captus, to take, seize, capture (conj. § 482), 33. captiYUS, -1, m., captive (capio), 27. caput, -itis, n., head, 16. Carthaginiensis, -e, adj., Car- thaginian; as substantive, a Carthaginian, 32. carus, -a, -um, adj., dear, 2 ff. Cassivelaunus, -I, m., CassueZaw- nu^, a leader of the Britons, 49. castra, -orum, n. plur., a forti- fied camp, 13. casus, -us, m., accident, event, oc- currence, 49. causa, -ae, f., cause, reason; abl. causa w. gen., for the sake of, 10. cayeo, -ere, cavT, cautus, to be on one's guard, take care, 45. cedo, -ere, cessT, cessurus, to withdraw, yield, 42. celer, -eris, -ere, adj., swift, quick, 23. celeritas, -atis, f., swiftness, speed (celer), 30. celeriter, adv., swiftly, quickly (celer), 16. centurio, -onis, m., centurion, 41. certe, adv., certainly, at least (certus), § 461. certus. -a, -um, &dj., fixed, deter- mined, certaiji ; aliquem cer- tiorem facere, to inform one, 22. ceteri, -ae, -a, adj., all the rest, the others, 7. Chersonesus, -I, f., the Chersone- sus, a peninsula of Thrace, 28. Clneas, -ae, m., Cineas, a friend and envoy of king Pyrrhus, 31. circiter, adv., about (with nu- merals ; circnm), § 461. circum, adverbial prefix and prep. w. accu., around, 41. circumdo, -are, -dedi, -datus (circum + do), to put around, surround, § 461. circumsisto, -ere, -stetT, — , to surround, beset, § 461. circumvenio, -Ire, -venl, -Yen- LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 263 tus (circum + venio), to come around^ surround^ invest, 46. cito, adv., rapidly, quickly \ su- perl. citissime, with the great- est speed, % 461. citerior, -ius, adj. comp., hither, nearer (comp. § 471), 24. civis, -is, m. and 1, citizen, 18. clvitas, -atis, f., citizenship, state (civis), 19. eludes, -is, m., loss, disaster, 18. clam, adv., secretly, 33. clamor, -oris, m., shout, 17. clarus, -a, -um, adj., bright, clear, famous, 3 ff. classis, -is, f ., fleet, 31. Claudius, -I, m., Claudius, 31. cliens, -entis, m., dependent, client, 19. coepi, coepisse, coeptus, defect. v., to begin ; the present system is supplied by incipio, -ere, 46. co^ito, -are, to think, consider, plan, 53. co^nosco, -ere, -novi, -nitus, to become acquainted with, learn, recognise, 34. cogo, -ere, -e^i, -actus (cum + ago), to compel, force, collect, 32. cohors, -hortis, f., a cohort, one tenth of a legion, 19. cohortor, -ari, -atus (cum -f- hortor), dep. v., to encourage, §461. collis, -is, m., a hill, 18. com-, con-, co-, adverbial prefix = cum, with, together. comes, -itis, m. and f., a com- panion, 15. commeatus, -us, m., transporta- tion, supplies, § 461. commendo, -are, commit, entrust, §461. commilito, -onis, m., fellow- soldier (miles), § 461. committo, -ere, -misi, -missus (cum + mitto), to engage in battle, 31. Commius, -i, m., Commius, a chief of the Atrebates, g 461. commode, adv., coiiveiiiently, fit- ly, easily, § 461. communis, -e. adj., common, 50, comparo, -are (cum + paro), to get ready, prepare, 14. compleo, -ere, -plevi, -pletus, to fill, cover, 47. complures, -a or -ia, adj. plur., several, a good many, 45. comprehendo, -ere, prehendi, prehensus, to arrest, seize, 53. coucedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus (cum + cedo), to yield, with- draw, 47. concilium, -i, n., council, con- ference, 14. concurro, -ere, -currl or -cucur- ri, -cursurus, to run together, 54. condicio, -onis, f., terms, 32. confertus, -a, -um, adj., crowded, close, § 461. confero, -ferre, -tulT, -latus (cum -I- fero), to bring togeth- er, 53. confestim, adv., promptly, hasti- ly, § 461. conflcio, -ere, -feci, -fectus (cum + facio), to finish, perform, wear out, 45. confido, -ere, -fisus (cum + fido), to trust, be confident, 38. 264 FIRST LATIN BOOK conflrmo, -are, to strengthen, establish, 20. conicio, -ere, -iecl, -iectus, to throw together, cast, hurl, § 461. eoniungo, -ere, -iunxl, -iunc- tns, to join together, unite, 54. coniunx, -iug'is, ra. or f., husband or wife (coniungo), 15. coniuratio, -onis, f., conspiracy, plot (coniuro), § 461. eoniuro, -are, to swear together, plot, conspire, 12. conloco, -are, to station, place, 18. conloquor, -loqui, -locutus, dep. v., to converse, 54. Conor, -ari, -atus, dep. v., to at- tempt, 36. conscendo, -ere, -scendl, -scen- 8US, to mount, go on board ship, §461. consequor, -T, -secutus (cum + sequor), dep. v., to overtake, 37. consilium, -I, n., plan, design, counsel, 13. consisto, -ere, -stitT, — , to take a position, stand, halt, 43. conspicio, -ere, -spexi, -spectus, to see, make out, observe, § 461. constituo, -ere, -stitui, -stitu- tus, to establish, place, station, 41. consto, -are, -stiti, -statiirus, to agree ; impers., it is agreed, is an established fact, 51. consuesco, -ere, -suevT, -suetus, to become accustomed, 51. consuetudo, -inis, f., custom, habit, 51. consul, -is, m., consul, 17. consnlo, -ere, consuhiT, con- sultus, to have regard for, care for, consult ; aliquem con- sulere, to consult a person ; alicui consulere, to look out for a person's interests, 49. contendo, -ere, -lendl, -tentus, to exert one's self, hasten, 32. continens, -ntis, m., mainland, continent, § 461. contineo, -ere, -tinui, -tentus (cum -H teneo), to hold back, keep in check, 27. continuus, -a, -um, adj., con- secutive, successive, 20. contra, prep. w. accu., against, 12. convenio, -Ire, -venT, -venturus (cum + venio), to come to- gether, assemble, 42. convoco, -are (cum + voco), to call together, assemble, 13. coorior, -Tri, -ortus (cum + orior), arise, spring up, § 461. copia, -ae, f., plerity, abundance ; plur. copiae, troops, forces, 11. cornu, -us, n., horn, wing of an army, 26. corpus, -oris, n., body, 17. cotidianus, -a, -um, adj., daily (cotidie), 38. cotidie, adv., every day, daily, 36. creber, -bra, -brum, adj., fre- quent, numerous, 51. culpa, -ae, f., fault, blame, § 461. cum, conj., when, because, since, although (see §^ 374-376), 48. cum, prep. w. abl., with, 6. cunctator, -oris, m., the Delayer, a terra applied to Quintns Fa- bius Maximus (cunctor), 33. cunctor, -ari, -atus, dep. v., to delay, § 461. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 265 cnpio, -ere, -IvI (-ii), -itus, to de- sire, be eager, 33. cur, adv., why 9 30. eura, -ae, f., care (euro), 2. euro, -are, to care for ; w. gerundive, to have a thing done, 4. currus, -us, m., chariot, § 461. cursus, -us, m., running, speed, 54. custos, -odis, m., a guard, 15. D de, prep. w. abl., from, about, con- cerning, 9. de-, adverbial prefix, down from, away from. dea, -ae, f., goddess (deus) ; dat. and abl. plur., deabus, 3. debeo, -ere, debui, debitus, owe, ought, 44. decern, adj. indeclin., ten, 23. decerto, -are, to fight, 13. decimus, -a, -um, adj., tenth (decern), § 461. declivis, -e, adj., sloping down, down hill, § 461. dedecus, -oris, n., disgrace, % 461. dedo, -ere, dedidi, deditus (de + do), give up, surrender, 34. deduco, -ere, -diixT, -ductus (de -I- duco), to lead away, with- draw, 33. defendo, -ere, -fendi, -fensus, to defend, 33. defero, -ferre, -tulT, -latus (de 4- fero), to bring down, report, 55. defessus, -a, -um, tired out, wearied, 45. deflcio, -ere, -feci, -fectus (de-H facio), to fail, be wanting, 48. deicio, -ere, -iecl, -iectus (de + iacio), to throw dowii, cast, §46L deinde, adv., then, secondly, next, 32. deligo, -are, to bind fast, moor, §461. delitesco, -ere, -litui, — , to hide, conceal, §461. demessus, -a, -um, perf. part, of the following verb. demeto, -ere, -messui, -messus, to reap, cut down, § 461. demonstro, -are, to point out, show, 53. denique, Sidy., finally, 33. depono, -ere, -posui, -positus (de + pono), to put off, lay aside, § 461. desilio, -ire, -silui, -sultus, to leap down, jump overboard, §461. desisto, -ere, -stiti, — , to cease, cease from, give up, 40. despero, -are (de + spero), to give up hope, despair, 38. desum, -esse, -fui, -futurus (de -h sum), to fail, 38. deterreo, -ere, -terrui, -terri- tus (de -I- terreo), to frighten off, deter, 33. deus, -1, ra., god, 10. dexter, -tra, -trum, adj., right, on the right hand, 26. dico, -ere, dixi, dictus, to say, tell, speak, 31. dies, -ei, m., a day, time, 26. differo, -ferre, distuli, dilatus (dis + fero), to spread, scatter ; in the pres. system, to differ, 54. diiflcilis, -e, adj., difficult (faci- lis ; compared, § 471), 23, 266 FIRST LATIN BOOK difficultas, -atis, f., difficulty, trouble (diflicilis), 41. dl^nus, -a, -um, adj., worthy ; w. abl., worthy of, 40. dili^entia, -ae, f., care, pains, attention, 11. dimico, -are, to fight, 21. dimitto, -ere, -misi, -missus (dis + mitto), to send away, let go, 39. dis-, dl-, dif-, adverbial prefix, apart, away. discedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus (dis + cedo), to go away, de- part, 42. discessus, -us, m., departure (discedo), 55. dispersus, -a, -um, perf. part, of disperse, to scatter, § 461. dissimiiis, -e, adj., unlike (simi- lis ; compared § 471), 23. diu, adv., long, 10. difitius, adv., corap. of diu. dlyido, -ere, -tisT, -tTsus, to divide, separate, 50. do, dare, dedT, datus, to give, 2ff. dolor, -oris, m., pain, grief, 37. dominus, -T, ra., master, owner, 4. domus, -lis, f., house, home (decl. § 465), 42. donum, -i, n., gift (do), 5. dubito, -are, to doubt, hesitate (dubius), 33. dubius, -a, -um, adj., doubtful, 10. diico, -ere, diixT, ductus, to lead (dux), 32. dum, conj., while, so long as, un- til, 47. duodecim, adj. indeclin., twelve, §461. duodevT^intl, adj. indeclin., eighteen, g 461. duplico, -are, to double (duo), §461. durus, -a, -um, adj., hard, 22. dux, ducis, m. or f., leader, 15. E e, ex, prep. w. abl., out of, from, 18. e-, ex-, ef-, adverbial prefix, out of, out, completely. educo, -ere, -duxi, -ductus (e + duco), to lead forth, lead out, 46. efficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus (ex + facio), to accomplish, 33. effugio, -ere, -fu^i, -fugitiirus (ex 4- fugio), to escape, § 461. eius modi, adj. phrase, of that sort, such, S7. egens, -ntis, adj., needy, poor, 22. ego,-meT, pers. pron., /(declined § 474), 40. e^redior, -T, -gressus, dep. v., to go out, depart, 49. Elis, -idis, f., Elis, a district in the western Peloponnesus, 36. enim, conj., for (compare nam), 30. eo, -ire, (TtT) ii, itfirus, to go (conjugated § 488), 46. eo, adv., to that place (is), 49. eodem, adv., to the same place _ (idem), 55. EpTrus, -1, f., Epirus, a district in northwestern Greece, 31. epistula, -ae, f., letter, epistle (compare littera), 2. eques, -itis, m., horseman, hnight (eqnus), 19. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 267 equester, -tris, -tre, adj., he- longing to the cavalry, eques- trian (eques), 21. equitatus, -us, m., horsemen, cavalry (eques), 26. equus, -1, m., horse, 7. erro, -are, to wander, stroll, 4 ft*. eruptio, -onis, 1, sally, sortie, 47. esseda, -ae, f., or essedum, -I, n., a war-chariot, § 461. essedarius, -a, -um, one who fights from a chariot, a char- ioteer (esseda), § 461. et, conj., and', et . . . et, hoth . . . and, 1. etiam, adv. and conj., also, even, 19. etsi (et + sT), conj., even if, al- though. 39. Europa, -ae, f., Europe, 28. erenio, -ire, -veni, -venturus (e + venio), to result, § 461. eventus, -us, m., outcome, event, §461. excedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus (ex + cedo), to go out from, depart, 55. exeito, -are, to arouse, 45. exeo, -Tre, -ii, -iturus (ex + eo), to go out, leave, depart, 50. exercitatio, -onis, practice, training, § 461. exercitus, -us, m., army, 26. exi^uitas, -atis, f., scantiness, shortness (exig-uus), § 461. exiguus, -a, -um, adj., small, scanty, short, § 461. exTstimo, -are, to reckon, think, 42. expedio, -ire, -TvT (ii), -Ttus, to get ready, arrange (compare impedio), 35. expeditus, -a, -um, perf. part, of expedio, unencumbered, light- ly burdened, 46, expello, -ere, -pull, -pulsus (ex + pello), to drive out, 36. experior, -iri, -pertus, dep. v., to try, prove, experieiice, 37. exploro, -are, to seek, search out, investigate, § 461. expono, -ere, -posui, -positus (ex + pono), to set forth, dis- play, § 461. expugno, -are (ex + pii^no), to capture by storm (compare op- piigno), 11. exspecto, -are, to look out for, wait for, expect, 13. exterior, -ius, comp. of exte- rus. exterus, -a, -um, adj., outer, foreign (rare in positive ; com- pared, § 471), 24. extra, prep. w. accu., outside of, 47. extremus, -a, -um, super, of ex- terus, last, farthest, 24. Fabius, -T, m., Fahius, a famous Roman general, 33. fabula, -ae, f., story, 1. facile, adv., easily (facilis), 25. facilis, -e, adj., easy (compared § 471), 23. facio, -ere, -feci, -factus, to do, make ; pass., fio, fieri, factus (§ 488), 33. facultas, -atis, f ., opportimity, 45. fama, -ae, f., fame, reputation, report, 3. feliciter, adv., happily, luckily, successfully, 25. 268 FIRST LATIN BOOK fere, adv., nearly, about, almost, U. fero, ferre, tull, latus, to bear, carry (conjugated § 489), 51. fldelis, -e, adj., faithful, § 461. fides, -el, f., faith, pledge (f ido), 29. fido, -ere, i'lsus, semi-dep. v., to trust, 37. fi^ura, -ae, f. shape, § 461. filia, -ae, f., daughter; dat. and abl. plur., fil]abus(filius), 2. filius, -T, m., son; voc. sing., mi, 5. finis, -is, m., end, limit; plur., boundaries, territory, 18. flnitimus, -a, -um, adj., neigh- boring, bordering on ; m. plur. as subst., neighbors (finis), 11. fio, fieri, factns, pass, of facio, to be made, happen, result (conjugated, § 488), 46. flrmiter, adv., firmly, steadily, §461. fiecto, -ere, flexl, flexns, to turn, direct, guide, % 461. flnctns, -us, m., wave, § 461. fliiinen, -inis, n., river, 19. fore, fut. inf. of sum, = futu- rum esse, § 461. fortis, -e, adj., brave, 21. fort iter, adv., bravely (fortis), 10. fortitudo, -inis, f., bravery (for- tis), 28. fortiina, -ae, f., fortune, 42. fossa, -ae, f ., ditch ; fossam dfi- cere. to dig a ditch, 43. frango, frangere, fregl, frac- tus, to break, § 461. frater, -tris, m., brother, 18. frumentor, -arl, -atus, to get grain, forage (friimentum), §461. friimentum, -I, n., graiii, sup- plies, 11. fruor, frul, fruetus, dep. v., to enjoy, 38. frustra, adv., in vain, 49. fuga, -ae, f ., flight (fugo, fuglo), 19. fugio, -ere, fugl, fugitiirus, to flee (fuga, fugo), 33. fugo, -are, to put to flight (fuga, fugio), 5. funda, -ae, f., sling, % 461. fiinis, -is, m., a rope, cable, § 461. G Gallia, -ae, f., Gaul, 10. Galliens, -a, -um, adj., Gallic (Gallus), § 461. Gallus, -a, -um, adj., of Gaul, Gallic ; as subst., a Gaul (Gal- lia), 10. gandeo, -ere, gavlsus, semi-dep. v., to rejoice, 37. gens, gentis, f., family, tribe, clan, 19. genus, -eris, n., kind, family, race, % 461. Germanus, -a, -um, adj., Ger- man ; as subst., a German, 16. gero, -ere, gessi, gestus, to carry on, perform, 31. gladius, -I, m., sword, 5. Graecia, -ae, f., Greece, 3. Graecus, -a. -um, adj., Greek ; as a subst., a Greek, 28. gratia, -ae, f., gratitude, favor, kindness; gratias agere, to thank ; gratiam habere, to feel LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 269 grateful ; gratiani referre, to repay a favor, 5. gratus, -a, -um, adj., pleasing, agreeable, grateful (gratia), 3. gravis, -e, adj., heavy, severe, serious, 22. graviter, adv., severely, seriously (gravis), 39. grex, gregis, m., floch, herd, 15. H habed, -ere, habui, habitus, to have, hold ; gratiam iiabere, to feel grateful; orationem Iia- bere, to deliver a speech, 2 ff. habito, -are, to live, dwell (ha- beo), 3 ff. Haediii, -orum, m. plur., the Haeduans, an important people of Gaul, living between the Loire and the Saone, 12. Hannibal, -alis, m., Hannibal, the famous leader of the Car- thaginians in the Second Punic War, 33. Hasdrubai, -alis, m., Hasdru- bal, brother of Hannibal, 40. hasta, -ae, f., spear, 10. herba, -ae, f., grass, 7. hiberna, -orum, n. plur., ivinter quarters, 27. hic, liaec, hoc, demon st. pron., this-, hic . . . ille, the latter , . , the former (declined § 475), 12. hic, adv., here, in this place, 13. hienio, -ore, to spend the winter, winter (hiems), 20. hiems, hiemis, f., winter, 20. Hispania, -ae, f., Spain (His- panus), 34. Hispanus, -a, -um, adj., Span- ish ; as a subst., a Spaniard (Hispania), 39. hodie, adv. (hoc + die), to-day, 29. homo, -inis, m. and f., human being, man (compare vir), 17. honor, -oris, m., honor, 17. hora, -ae, f., hour, season, 20. Horatius, -i, m., Horace, a famous Latin poet, 5. hortor, -ari, -atus, dep. v., to encourage, urge, exhort, 36. hortus, -I, m., gardeii, 4. hostis, -is, m., enemy, 18. hiic, adv., to this place, hither (hic), 53. humilis, -e, adj., low (compared §471), 23. iam, adv., already, now, 13. ibi, adv., there, in that place (is), 3. idem, eadem, idem, demons. pron., the same (decl. § 475; is), 40. idoneus, -a, -um, adj., suitable, 13. Ignis, -is, m.,fire, 18. ignosco, -ere, ignovi, ignotus, to pardon (see § 411), § 461. Ignotus, -a, -um, adj., unknown, §461. ille, ilia, illud, demons, pron., that ; ille . . . hic, the former . . . the latter (decl. § 475), 12. illo, adv., to that place (ille) §461. impedimentum, -i, n., hin- drance ; plur., baggage (impe- dio), 25. 270 FIRST LATIN BOOK impedio, -Ire, -itT (-ii), -Ttus, to hinder, 34. impeditus, -a, -um, perf. part, of impedio, hindered, entangled, embarrassed, § 461. imperator, -oris, m., general (impero), 27. imperitus, -a, -um, adj., un- skilled (peritus), 41. imperiiim, -i, n., a command (impero), 27. impero, -are, to command, order, 22. impetro, -are, to obtain ojie's request, 18. impetus, -us, m., attack, onset, 27. improviso, adv., unexpectedly, 44. imprudeutia, -ae, f., lack of foresight, thoughtlessness, in- discretion, § 461. imus, -a, -um, superlative of in- fer us, lowest (see § 471), 24. in, prep. w. accu. and abl., into, in, within, 4 and 14. in-, adverbial prefix w. verbs, in, upon, towards-, negative prefix w. adjectives, not, incendo, -ere, -cendl, -census, to set Jire to, hum, kindle, 35. incertus, -a, -um, adj., uncer- tain (certus), 45. incito, -are, to iirge on, arouse, incite, 11. inco^nitus, -a, -um, adj., un- known (compare cognosco), §461. incola, -ae, m., inhabitant (in- colo), 9. incolo, -ere, -eolui, — , to dwell, inhabit, 49. incolumis, -e, adj., unharmed, 36. inde, adv., from that place, thence, then, 54. indi^nus, -a, -um, adj., un- worthy, w. abl., unworthy of (dignus), 32. ineo, -ire, -il, -itiirus (in + eo), to go into, enter, begin, 49. Inferior, -ius, comp. of Interns, lower (§ 471), 24. Infero, -ferre, -tull, -latus (in + fero), to carry, bring upon, 51. Infer us, -a, -um, adj., low (com- pared § 471), 24. Inflmus, -a, -um, superl. of In- ferus, lowest, 24. Inflrmus, -a, -um, adj., weak, infirm, § 461. Infra, prep. w. accu., below, 54. ingens, -ntis, adj., great, huge, serious, 32. inimlcus, -a, -um, unfriendly; as subst., private enemy (ami- cus), 10. inlquns, -a, -um, adj., unequal, unfair (aequiis), 41. iniuria, -ae, f., wrong, injury, outrage, 34. inopia, -ae, f., want, lack, need, dearth, 11. inquit, defect, v., said he, used in direct quotations, 36. inslgnis, -e, adj., marked, re- markable, notable, 23. Insinuo, -are, to thrust in, make way into, § 461. Insisto, -ere, -stiti, — , to stand upon, keep one's footing, § 461. Instabilis, -e, adj., unsteady, uncertain, § 461. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 271 Tnstitutum, -i, n., practice, cus- tom, institutions (Instituo), §461. instituo, -ere, -stituT, -stitutus, to begiii, establish, 45. instruo, -ere, -struxi, -structus, arrange, draw up, 48. insiiefactus, -a, -um, perf. part, of insuefacio, trained, accus- tomed, § 461. Insula, -ae, f., island, § 461. integer, -gra, -grum, adj., whole, fresh, 51. intellego, -ere, -lexi, -lectus, to understand, 42. inter, adverbial prefix and prep, w. accu., between, among, 12. intercludo, -ere, -clusi, -clu- sus, to cut off, 47. interea, adv., meanwhile (inter), 12. interflcio, -ere, -feci, -fectus (inter + facio), to kill, 35. interim, adv., in the meantime (inter), 43. interior, -ius, comp. adj., inner (compared § 471 ; inter), 24. intermitto, -ere, -niisT, -missus (inter + mitto), to stop, inter- rupt, let pass, 44. interpono, -ere, -posui, -posi- tus (inter + pono), to put be- tween, interpose, § 461. intimus, -a, -um, superl. of in- terior, innermost (compared § 471), 24. intro, -are, to enter, 12. iniisitatus, -a, -um, adj., unac- customed, § 461. inutilis, -e, adj., useless, § 461. iuYitus, -a, -um, adj., unwilling, 36. ipse, ipsa, ipsum, intens. de- mons, pron., self, very (declined § 475), 40. is, ea, id, demons, pron., that; he, she, it (declined § 475), 14. iste, ista, istud, demons, pron., that, that of yours (declined _ § 475), 40. Italia, -ae, f., Italy, 3. ita, adv., thus, in that way (is), 21. itaque, adv., therefore (ita), 4. item, adv., likewise, also (is), 54. iter, itineris, n., journey, march, 17. iterum, adv., again, a second time, 31. iubeo, -ere, iussT, iussus, to command, order, 40. iiidex, -icis, m., judge (ius), 15. iiidico, -are, to judge (ifidex, iiis), 40. iugum, -1, n., yoke, ridge, 50. lulia, -ae, f., Julia, 1. iHs, iiiris, n., right, justice, law, 56. iuYenis, -is, m., a youth (inven- tus), 28. iuyentus, -fitis, f., youth; col- lectively, young men, the youth, 21. iuvo, -are, iuvT, iutus, to help, aid, 13. labor, -oris, m., work, labor, 17. laboro, -are, to work, toil (la- bor), 4. Laeedaemon, -onis, f.. Lace- daemon, Sparta, 36. Lacedaemonius, -a, -um, adj., Lacedaemonian, Spartan, 32. 272 FIRST LATIN BOOK lacesso, -ere, -sTvi, -situs, to provoke, challenge, harass, 49. laete, adv., gladly, 25. late, adv., broadly, widely (la- tus), 55. latus, -a, -um, adj., hroad, wide, 1. latus, -eris, n., side, flank, 46. laudo, -are, to praise (laus), 3 ff. laus, laudis, f., praise, glory, 16. legatio, -onls, f., embassy, lega- tion (legratus), 31. le^atus, -1, ra., envoy, ambassa- dor, lieutenant (legatio), 14. legio, -onis, f., legion, 19. lego, -ere, legi, leetus, to read, 48. lenis, -e, adj., gentle, mild, § 461. levis, -e, adj., light, slight, 24. leviter, adv., lightly, 25. liber, -era, -erum, adj., free, 7. liber, librT, m., a book, 6. liberaliter, adv., generotisly, kindly (liber), § 461. llberT, -orum, ra. plur., freeborn children (liber), 6. libero, -are, to free (liber), 7. llbertas, -atis, f., liberty, free- dom (liber), 36. licet, -ere, licuit or licitnm est, impers. v., it is permitted, one may, 33. lingua, -ae, f., tongue, language, 54. littera, -ae, f., letter, of the al- phabet ; plur., a letter, an epistle, 48. lltus. -oris, n., shore, % 461. locus, -I, m., place, spot ; plur. loca, n., places, situation ; loci, m., topics, 13. longe, adv., far off, at a distance, by far (long us), 13. longinquus, -a, -um, adj., loiig, far, remote (loiigus), 54. longus, -a, -um, adj., long, dis- tant, 1 ff. loquor, -I, locfitus, dep. v., to speak, talk, 38. luna, -ae, f., the moon, § 461. lupa, -ae, f., she-wolf, 9. lupus, -I, m., wolf, 5. liix, liicis, f., light, 15. M magis, adv. com p., more ; siiperl. maxime, most (compared § 472 ; magnus), 25. magister, -tri, m., master, teach- er, 6. magistratus, -iis, m., magis- tracy, office, a magistrate (ma- gister), 35. magnitudo, -inis, f., size, great- ness (magnus), 40. miignopere, adv., greatly, 16. magnus, -a, -um, adj., great, large, loud (compared § 471), Iff. maior, -ius, adj., com p. of magnus, larger, elder : maio- res. elders, ancestors, 29. male, adv., badly, ill, unsuccess- fully (mains), 25. malo, malle, malul (magis + volo), to prefer, 44. mains, -a, -um, adj., bad, ill, 2 ff mandata, -orum, n. plur., orders, commands (mando), § 461. mando, -are, entrust, commit, command, § 461. mane, adv., in the morning, early, 39. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 2Y3 maneo, -ere, mansi, mansurus, to remain, 27. manus, -fis, f., hand, company, troop, 26. Marcus, -i, m., Marcus, 4. mare, maris, n., sea, 18. maritimus, -a, -um, adj., belong- ing to the sea, maritime (mare), 50. mater, -tris, f., mother, 22. materia, -ae, f., stuff, timber, §461. matiirus, -a, -um, adj., early, ripe, § 461. maxime, superl. adv., most, 25. medius, -a, -um, adj., middle, in the middle of, 37. membrum, -i, n., limb, of the body, § 461. memoria, -ae, f., memory, 29. mercator, -oris, m., trader, mer- chant, 45. meto, -ere, messui, messus, to reap, cut, § 461. meus, -a, -um, poss. pron., mine, 3. miles, -itis, m., soldier, private, 15. militaris, -e, adj., relating to a soldier ; military ; res milita- ris, the science of war (miles), 44. mille, adj. indeclin., a thousand; plur. milia, -ium; the plural is used as a substantive, while the singular is an adjective, 30. Miltiades, -is, m., Miltiades, the Greek commander at Marathon, 480 B. c, 28. minime, adv., superl. of minus, least (compared § 472), 25. 18 minor, minus, adj., comp. of parvus, less, smaller (compared § 471), 24. minus, comp. adv., less, 25. miser, -era, -erum, adj., wretched, unfortunate, 7. ' mitto, -ere, misi, missus, to send, throw (weapons), 31. mobilitas, -atis, f., quickness, speed, § 461. moderor, -ari, -atus, dep. v., to control, manage, § 461. modo, adv., only, but, even ; non modo, not only, 40. modus, -1, m., manner, measure, 31. moenia, -ium, n. plur., walls of a city, fortifications, 18. mons, m.oiL'i\^,m., mountain, hill; summus mons, top of the hill, 19. mora, -ae, f.., delay, 14. Morini, -orum, m. plur., the Mori?ii, a people living in Bel- gic Gaul, § 461. morior, mori, mortuus, dep. v. to die (mors), 39. moror, -ari, moratiis, to delay (mora), 38. mors, mortis, f., death (morior), 19. mos, moris, m., habit, customs, 35. motus, -us, m., movement, dis- turbance, uprising (moveo), §461. moveo, -ere, movi, motus, to move ; castra movere, to break camp ; sTgna movere, to ad- vance, 29. mulier, -eris, f., woman, 22. multitudo, -inis, f., crowd, mul- titude, 30. 274 FIRST LATIN BOOK multo, adv., (by) much, by far (multus), 23. mnltns, -a, -um, adj., much; plur., many (compared § 471), 2ff. munio, -ire, -ivi (ii), -itus, to fortify, 36. miinitio, -onis, f., fortification^ defenses (munio), 48. murus, -i, m., wall, 9. Musa, -ae, f ., a muse, 5. N nam, conj., for (compare enim), 14. namqne, conj., for, § 461. nanciscor, -i, nactus, dep. v., to find, 39. narro, -are, to tell, narrate, 2 ff. nascor, -i, natus, dep. v., to be born, 48. natio, -onis, f., race, nation (nas- cor), 27. natnra, -ae, f., nature (nascor), 13. nauta, -ae, m., sailor (nayi^o), 3. nayigatio, -onis, f., saili^ig, voyage, namgation (navig-o), §461. nayiginm, -T, n., a boat, § 461. nayigo, -are, to sail (nayis), 4 ff. nayis, -is, f., ship ; nayis longa, man-of-war, 19. -ne, interrogative enclitic, 1. ne, adv. and conj., not, that not, i7i order that not, lest ; ne . . . quidem, not even, 29, 40. nee, see neqne. necessario, adv., necessarily, of necessity (necessarius), § 461. necessarius, -a, -um, adj., neces- sary, needful (necesse), 28. necesse, adj. indeclin., necessary ; necesse est, one must, 39. neco, -are, to kill, 26. nemo, neminis, m., no one, no- body, 23. nequaquam, adv., not at all, by no means, § 461. neque, conj., a7id not ; neque . . . neque, neither . . . nor, 17. Neryii, -orum, m. plur., the Ner- vii, a tribe of Belgic Gaul, 12. neuter, neutra, neutrum (ne + uter), neither (declined § 469), 52. niger, nigra, nigrum, adj., black, 7. niliil, n. indeclin., nothing, 23. nisi, conj. (ne + si), if not, un- less, 39. noeeo, -ere, nocuT, nocitiirus, to harm, injure ; nocens, hurt- ful, guilty, 46. noctu, adv., by night (nox), 46. nocturnns, -a, -um, adj., by night, in the night (nox), 48. nolo, nolle, nolui (ne + yolo), to be unwilling, not to wish (conjugated § 487), 44. nomen, -inis, n., name, 17. non, adv., not ; non modo . . . sed etiam, not only . . . but also, 2, 40. nondum, adv. (non + dum), not yet, 46. nonnullus, -a, -um, adj. (non + niillus), some, 36. nonus, -a, -um, adj., ninth (no- yem), § 461. noster, nostra, nostrum, poss. pron., our (nos), 14. notus, -a, -um, adj., known, fa- miliar, § 461. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 275 noTitas, -atis, f., newness, nov- elty, strangeness (novas), § 461. novus, -a, -um, adj., new, 2 ff. nox, noctis, t, night, 20. nubes, -is, f., cloud, 18. nuUus, -a, -um, adj. (ne 4- ul- lus), 7ione (declined § 469), 42. Numa, -ae, f., Numa, the second king of Rome, 30. numerus, -i, m., number, 12. numquam, adv., iiever, 37. nunc, adv., now (compare iam), 12. nuntio, -are, to announce, report (nuntius), 12. nuntius, -i, m., a messenger, 27. nutus, -us, m., nod, sign, § 461. O ob, prep. w. accu., on account of, 36; adverbial prefix, towards. obllviscor, -T, -litus, dep. v., to forget, used with an objective genitive, 38. obse», -idis, m. and f., hostage, 16. obtempero, -are, to obey, § 461. obtestor, -ari, -atus, dep. v., to implore, § 461. obtineo, -ere, -tinui, -tentus (ob 4- teneo), to hold, keep, pos- sess, 55. occasus, -us, m., falling, setting, the west, § 461. occido, -ere, -cTdi, -cisus, to cut down, kill, 35. occulto, -are, to hide, 17. occupo, -are, to seize, 16. occurro, -ere, -eurri, -cursurus, to go to meet, resist, 43. oceanus, -T, m., the ocean, 4. octodecim, indeclin. num., eight- een, § 461. odium, -i, n., hatred, 11. offero, -ferre, obtuli, oblatus (ob -f fero), to bring to, offer, 55. officium, -1, n., duty, office, 56. olim, adv., once, formerly, 10. omnino, adv., altogether, at all, 44. omnis, -e, adj., every, all, 21. onerarius, -a, -um, adj., of bur- den; naves onerariae, trans- ports (onus), § 461. onus, oneris, n., load, burden, weight, § 461. opera, -ae, f., work, attention; operam dare, to take pains, 34. opinio, -onis, f., belief, expecta- tion, reputation, 53. opertet, -ere, oportuit, impers. v., it is proper, one ought, 50. oppidanus, -a, -um, adj., belong- ing to a town; as subst., a townsman, inhabitant (oppi- dum), 9. oppidum, -1, n., town, 6. opportunus, -a, -um, adj., op- portune, advantageous, § 461. opprimo, -ere, -pressT, -pres- sus (ob -H premo), to over- whelm, 46. oppugnatio, -onis, f., siege, at- tack (oppiigno), 42. oppiigno, -are (ob + piigno), to besiege, attack, 10. opus, operis, n., work, 45. ora, -ae, f., shore, coast, § 461. oratio, -onis, f., speech (oro), 43. orator, -oris, m., speaker, pleader, envoy (oro), § 461. ordo, -inis, m., order, rank, 23. oro, -are, to speak, beg, 30. 276 FIRST LATIN BOOK ostendo, -ere, ostendi, ostentns, to show, 42. paco, -are, to pacify, subdue (pax), 12. paene, adv., almost (compare fere), 38. palam, adv., openly^ publicly (compare clam), 53. par, paris, adj., like, equal, 51. paratus, -a, -um, perf. partic. of paro, ready, prepared, 13. paro, -are, to make ready, pre- pare, 12. pars, partis, f., part, share, 21. parvus, -a, -um, adj., small, little (compared § 471), 1 ff. passus, -us, m., step, pace ; as a measure of length about five feet ; mlUe passus, 5,000 (Ro- man) feet, a (Roman) mile, 30. pater, patris, m., father, 22. patior, -I, passus, dep. v., suffer, bear, allow, 44. patria, -ae, f., native land (com- pare pater), 2. pauci, -ae, -a, adj. plur., few, 28. paucitas, -atis, f., small number (paucT), § 461. paulatim, adv., little by little, gradually, 51. paulo, adv., by a little, slightly, 23. paulum, adv., a little, a short distance, 41. pax, pacis, f ., peace (paco), 15. pecnnia, -ae, f., money (peeus), 38. pecus, -oris, n., cattle, a herd, a flock, 17. pedes, -itis, m., a foot-soldier; plur., infantry (pes), 36. pedester, -tris, -tre, a.dj.,belo7ig- ing to the infantry, foot (pedes), 39. peditatus, -us, m., infantry, foot (pedes), 43. peior, peius, adj., comp. of ma- lus, worse (§ 471), 24. pello, -ere, pepuli, pulsus, to drive, 34. per, adverbial prefix and prep. w. accu., through, over, across, by means of, 16. percurro, -ere, -cucurri or -cur- rl, -cursurus, to run through, run along, § 461. perequito, -are, to ride over, ride through, § 461. perfacilis, -e (per + faeilis) ; adj., very easy, 56. perfero, -ferre, -tulT, -latus (per + fero), to bear through, en- dure, § 461. perflcio, -ere, -feci, -fectus (per -I- facio), to accomplish, finish, 48. periculosus, -a, -um, adj., full of danger, dangerous (periculum), 37. periculum, -T, n., danger, 5. peritus, -a, -um, adj., skilled, 32. permaneo, -ere, -mansT, -man- surus (per + maneo), to re- main, stay, % 461. permitto, -ere, -misT, -missus (per + mitto), to let go, allow, permit, 46. permoveo, -ere, -movT, -motus (per + moveo), to move deeply, excite, arouse, 50. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 2Y7 perpetuus, -a, -um, adj., constant, uninterrupted, perpetual, 54. Persa, -ae, m., a Persian, 35. Persicus, -a, -um, adj., Persian (Persa), 28. perspicio, -ere, -spexi, -spectus, to see through, examine, learn, §461. persuaded, -ere, -suasi, -suasu- rus, to persuade, 31. perterreo, -ere, -terrui, -terri- tus, to frighten thoroughly, ter- rify, 38. pertineo, -ere, -tinuT, — , to per- tain to, to reach, 50. perturbatio, -onis, f., confusion, disorder, alarm (perturbo), §461. perturbo, -are, to throw into con- fusion, alarm, § 461. pervenio, -Ire, -veni, -venturus (per + venio), to come through, arrive, 35. pes, pedis, m., foot ; pedem re- ferre, to retreat, 22. pessimus, -a, -um, superl. of malus, worst (compared § 471), 24. peto, -ere, petivi (-ii), petitus, to seek, ask, 31. Pharnabazus, -i, m., Pharnahd- zus, a Persian satrap, 35. pllum, -1, n., javelin, a heavy spear, 42. planus, -a, -um, adj., flat, level, §461. plenus, -a, -um, adj., full, § 461. plerique, pleraeque, pleraque, adj. plur., many, very many, the most, 35. plerumque, adv., for the most part, generally, 54. pltirimus, -a, -um, superl. of multus, most, very many (com- pared § 471), 24. plus, pltiris, compar. of mnltus, more (compared § 471 ; de- clined I 470), 24. poena, -ae, f ., punishment, 36. poeta, -ae, m., poet, 3. polliceor, -eri, poUicitus, dep. v., to promise, 43. pono, -ere, posui, positns, to place, put, put aside, 39. pons, pontis, m., bridge, 19. populus, -i, m., people, 5. porta, -ae, f., gate, 30. porto, -are, to carry, 11. portus, -us, m., harbor, port, 30. posco, -ere, poposci, — , to de- mand, ask, 47. possum, posse, potui (potis + sum), to be able, can (conju- gated § 486), 43. post, prep. w. accu., after, behind, 18. postea, adv., afterwards (post), 25. posterior, -ius, comp. of poste- rns, Za^er (compared, § 471), 24. posterns, -a, -um, adj., the fol- lowing, next; plur., poster!, descendants, 25. postquam (post + quam), conj., after, 30. postremns, -a, -um, superl. of posterns, last, latest, 24. postridie (posterns + dies), adv., the next day, 49. postnlo, -are, to demand, ask, 14. potestas, -atis, f., power, oppor- tunity, 35. potior, -iri, potitus, dep. v., to get possession of, 37. 278 FIRST LATIN BOOK pot ins, adv., rather, 56. praecedo, -ere, -cessT, -cessurus (prae + cedo), to go before, ex- cel, surpass, 54. praeceps, praecipitis, adj., head- long, in haste, steep, § 461. praeda, -ae, f., booty, 13. praedico, -are, to make known, announce, § 461. praeflcio, -ere, -feci, -fectus (prae + facio), to set over, put in command of, 35. praemitto, -ere, -mIsT, -missus (prae + initto), to send for- ward, 35. praeminm, -T, n., reward, 6. praesertim, adv., especially, 55. praesidium, -T, n., guard, protec- tion, assistance, 9. praesto, -stare, -stiti, — , to ex- cel, exhibit, perform, 56. praesum, -esse, -fui (prae + snm), to be over, in comma?id of4S. praeter, prep. w. accu., besides, except, beyond, 53. praeterea, adv., besides, more- over (praeter), 56. premo, -ere, press!, pressns, to press, attack, oppress, 36. pridie, adv., on the day before, 49. primo, adv., at first (primus), 54. primum, adv.,^r5^ (primus), 31. primus, -a, -um, superl. of prior, first (compared § 471), 20. princeps, principis, m., leader, chief, 15. prior, prius, comparative, posi- tive wanting, former (compared § 471), 24. pristinus, -a, -um, adj., old, former, § 461. priusquam (prius -h quam), conj., before, 47. privo, -are. to deprive, 24. pro, prep. w. abl., for, for the sake of, in the place of, 16. pro-, adverbial prefix, forward, before, probo, -are, to approve, 37. procedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus (pro + cedo), to go forward, advance, 46. procul, adv., far, far off, 41. prodo, -ere, -did!, -ditus (pro -I- do), to betray, § 461. produco, -ere, -diixi, -ductus (pro + diico), to lead forward, advance, ,48. proelior, -sly}, -atus, dep. v., to fight (proelium), § 461. proelium, -T, n., battle, 10. profectio, -onis, f., departure, setting out (proflcTscor), 43. proflclscor, -I, profectus, dep. v., to set out, depart, 37. pro^redior, -T, -gressus, dep. v., to go forward, advance, 41. prohibeo, -ere, -hibuT, -liibitus (pro + habeo), topi-event, hin- der, 29. proicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus (pro + iacio), to throw forward, §461. prope, adv. and prep. w. accu., near, 44. propello, -ere, -pull, -pulsus (pro + pello), to drive away, dislodge, § 461. propero, -are, to hurry, hasten, 13. propinquus, -a, -um. near, neigh- boring ; propinquT. -orum, m. plur., relatives (prope), 48. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 279 propior, -ius, comparative, posi- tive wanting, nearer (compared § 471 ; prope), 24. propono, -ere, -posui, -positus (pro + pono), to set forth, tell, offer, 43. propter, prep. w. accu., on ac- count of, 39. prosequor, -i, -secutus (pro + sequor), dep. v., to pursue, fol- low, § 461. prosum, -esse, -fui (pro + sum), to be useful, be of advantage to, to profit (conjugated § 486), 43. proveho, -ere, -vexi, -veetiis, to carry forward, § 461. provideo, -ere, -vidi, -visus (pro + video), to provide, 47. provincia, -ae, f., province, 25. proximus, -a, -um, superl. of propior, nearest, next (com- pared § 471), 10. puella, -ae, f., girl (piier), 1. puer, pueri, m., boy, 6. pugna, -ae, f., battle, 31. pfigno, -are, to fight (pfigna). 9. pulclier, -elira, -clirum, adj., beautiful, pretty, 2 ff. pulvis, -eris, m., dust, § 461. piito, -are, to think, 41. Pyrrlius, -i, m., Pyrrhus, king of Epirus, 31. qua, rel. adv., where, 53. quaero, -ere, quaesivi, quaesT- tus, to ask, seek, 42. qualis, -e, interrog. and rel. adj., of what sort f as, 55. quam, conj., than ; with super- latives, as possible, 22. quamquam, conj., although, 45. quantus, -a, -um, interrog. and rel. adj., how great ? as great, as, 44. quare, interrog. and rel. phrase (qua + re), whyf wherefore, 52. quartus, -a, -um, fourth (quat- tuor), 21. -que, enclitic conj., and, 18. queror, -i, questus, dep. v., to complain, 50. qui, quae, quod, rel. pron., who, which, what, that (declined § 476), 13. quia, conj., because, 49. quicumque, quaecumque, quod- eumque, indef. rel. pron., who- ever, whichever, whatever (de- clined § 476), 52. quidam, quaedam, quoddam or quiddam, indef. pron., a cer- tain, one, a (declined § 478), 37. quidem, adv., indeed, in fact-, ne . . . quidem, not even, 45. quies, -etis, f., rest, sleep, 19. quin, conj., but that, from, with- out (used chiefly after negative expressions of doubting and hindering, §§ 270, 271), 33. QuTntus, -1, m., Quintus. quis (qui), (quae), quid (quod), interrog. pron., who 9 (for use of forms see § 136 a, b), 14. quisquam, — , quidquam (quod- quam), indef. pron., any one, anything (used chiefly in sen- tences in which a negative is expressed or implied; declined § 478), 41. quisque, quaeque, quidque (quodque), indef. pron., each, every (declined § 478), 44, 280 FIRST LATIN BOOK quisqnis, — , quidquid, indef. rel. pron., whoever, whatever (declined § 476), 52. quo, interrog. and rel. adv., whither ? to what place 9 into which place, where, 43. quo, conj., in order that (used to introduce a purpose clause which contains a comparative, § 280 6), 35. quoniam, conj., since, because, 49. quoque, conj., also, too-, follow- ing the word to which it be- longs, 5. quot, indeclin. interrog. adj., how many ? relative, a« many OS, 36. R ratio, -onis, f., reason, plan, method, 33. re-, red-, adverbial prefix, ha^k, again. rebellio, -onis, f. (re + bellum), renewal of war, revolt, § 461. receptus, -us, m., a retreat, ref- uge, %m, recipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus (re + eapio), to take hack, recover ; se recipere, to betake 07ie's self, ?>o. reddo, -ere, -didi, -ditus (re + do), to return, give back, 32. redeo, -Ire, -ii, -iturus (re + eo), to go back, retire, return, 52. reditus, -us, m., return (redeo), §461. reduco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus (re + duco), to bring back, lead back, 35. refero, -ferre, rettuli, relatus (re 4- fero), to carry back, re- port ; pedem referre, to retire, retreat, 51. refleio, -ere, -feci, -fectus (re + facio), to make over, repair, re- build, § 461. regina, -ae, f., queen (rex), 2. regio, -onis, f., region, direction, 27. regius, -a, -um, adj., royal (rex), 39. regnnm, -I, n., kingdom (regno), 55. Begulns, -i, m., Regulus, a fa- mous Roman, 32. relinquo, -ere, relTquI, relic- tus, to leave, abandon, 34. reliquns, -a, -um, adj., remain- ing, left, 14. remaneo, -ere, -mansT, -niansu- rus (re -i- maneo), to stay be- hi?id, remain, § 461. Remi, -orum, m. plur., the Remi, a people of Belgic Gaul, 13. reinigro, -are, to return, move back, § 461. remitto, -ere, -misi, -missus (re + mitto), to send back, § 461. removeo, -ere, -movi, -motus, to move back, remove, § 461. remus, -I, m., oar, § 461. renflntio, -are (re + nuntio), to take back word, report, 31. reperio, -ire, repperl, reper- tus, to find out, learn, 49. reporto, -are (re -f porto), to carry back, § 461. res, rei, f., matter, affair, busi- ness, thing-, res militaris, the art of war, military science ; res publica, the state, 26. responded, -ere, -spondl, -spon- sus^ to answer, reply, 39, LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 281 reverter, reverti, reversus, dep. v., to return ; in the perfect sys- tem the active forms reverti, reverteram, etc., are used, 42. revoco, -are (re + voco), to call hack, recall, 35. rex, regis, m., king (regno), 15. Rheuus, -1, m., the Rhine, 27. ripa, -ae, f., hank, 19. rogo, -are, to ask, request, 18. Roma, -ae, f., Rome, 6. Romauus, -a, -um, adj., Roman (Roma), 5. rosa, -ae, f., a rose, 1. rota, -ae, f., wheel, § 461. rursus, adv., hack, again, 32. S sacer, sacra, sacrum, adj., sa- cred, holy, 7. sacerdos, -otis, m., priest (sa- cer), 16. saepe, adv., often^ 28. sagitta, -ae, f., arrov), § 461. Saguntum, -I, n., Saguntum, a city in Spain, 33, salus, -litis, f., safety, 42. sapieiiter, adv., wisely, 25. satis, adv., enough, 35. scapha, -ae, 1, skiff, hoat, § 461. scio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to know, a fact (compare cognosco), 34. Scipio, -onis, m., Scipio, the name of a famous Roman fam- ily, 39. sciitum, -1, n., shield, 5. secundus, -a, -um, adj., follow- ing, favorahle (sequor), 24. sed, conj., hut, 2. semper, adv., always, 6. senatus, -us, m., senate (senex), 32. senex, senis, m., old man (de- clined p. 91, n. 1), 26. sententia, -ae, f., opinion, view, purpose (sentio), 32. sentio, -ire, sensi, sensus, to feel, perceive, think, 35. septem, indeclin. adj., seven, 20. septentriones, -um, n. plur., the seven plow-oxen (the stars in the constellation of the Great Bear), the north, § 461. Septimus, -a,, -um, adj., seventh (septem), 20. sequor, -i, seciitus, dep. v., to follow, 37. servitiis, -utis, f., slavery, servi- tude (servus), 55. servo, -are, to save, preserve, 5. servus, -i, m., slave, 4. SI, conj., */, 29. SIC, adv., so, 38. Sicilia, -ae, f., Sicily, 35. Signum, -1, n., sign, standard ; signa inferre, to advance, charge, 29. silentium, -i, n., silence, 40. silva, -ae, f ., wood, forest, 2. similis, -e, adj., like, similar to (compared § 471), 23. simul, adv., at the same time-, simul ac (atque), at the same time as, as soon as, 34. sine, prep. w. abl., without, 10. singularis, -e, adj., single, § 461. singuli, -ae, -a, adj., one hy one, singly, 53. sinister, -tra, -trum, adj., left, on the left hand, 26. socius, -T, m., ally, 14. sol, solis, m., sun, 41. soleo, -ere, solitus, semi-dep. v., to he accustomed, he wont, 37. 282 FIRST LATIN BOOK solus, -a, -um, adj., alone, only (declined § 469), 52. solvo, -ere, solvi, solutirs, to unbind, loose, weigh anchor, §461. spatiiim, -1, n., space, § 461. species, -ei, f., sight, appearance, § 461. speculatorius, -a, -um, adj., scouting, § 461. spero, -are, to hope (spes), 41. spes, speT, f ., hope, ;29. spolio, -are, to strip, despoil, 24. stabilitas, -atis, f., firmness, steadiness, § 461. statim, adv., at once, immediate- ly, 30. statio, -on is, f., post, guard, duty, § 461. strepitus, -us, m., noise, din, uproar, § 461. studeo, -ere, studuT, — , to he eager for, desire (studium), 55. studium, -T, n., eagerness, devo- tion, zeal, 21. sub, adverbial prefix and prep. w. accu. and abl., under, to the foot of, at the foot of, 34. subdueo, -ere, -duxT, -ductus (sub + diico), to lead up, draw up, § 461. subicio, -ere, -iecT, -iectus (sub 4- iacio), to throw under, place under, § 461. subito, adv., suddenly (subitus), 25. subitus -a -um, adj., sudden, un- expectedly, 54. subministro, -are, to supply, furnish, § 461. submitto, -ere, -misT, -missus (sub + mitto), to send up, send to one^s assistance, § 461. submoveo, -ere, -movi, -motus (sub + moveo), to drive off, dislodge, § 461. subsequor, -i, -secutus (sub-i- sequor), dep. v., to follow close- ly. § 461. subsidium, -i, n., reserve, support, resource, 44. succedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus (sub -h cedo), to come up, ap- proach, take the place of, 51. Suebl, -orum, m. plur., the Sue- bians, a powerful German peo- ple, 41. suT, sibi, se (sese), se, reflexive pron., himself, herself, itself, themselves ; he, she, it (declined § 474), 40. summus, -a, -um, superl. of su- perus, highest, the top of (com- pared § 471), 24. Superbus, -T, m., the Proud, the name given King Tarquin, 27. superior, -ius, compar. of supe- rus, upper, higher (compared § 471), 24. supero, -are, to surpass, excel, conquer, 11. supplicium, -i, n., pu9iishment, 36. supra, adv. and prep. w. accu., above, beyond, 41. suspTcio, -onis, f., suspicion, 53. suspicor, -ari, -atus, dep. v., to suspect, § 461. sustineo, -ere, -tinuT, -tentus (sub + teneo), support, hold out against, withstand, 27. sustuli, perf. indie, of tollo. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 283 suus, -a, -um, poss. pron., tiis own^ her owriy its own (sul), 28. Syria, -ae, f., Syria, 34. talis, -e, adj., such, of such a kind, 41. tarn, adv., so, 38. tamen, adv., nevertheless, yet, still, 29. tandem, adv., at last, 43. tantus, -a, -um, adj., so great, 30. tarde, adv., slowly, late; paulo tardius, rather slowly, § 461. Tarentinus, -a, -um, adj., Taren- tine, relating to Tarentum, a city of southern Italy, 31. Tarquinius, -i, m., Tarquin, the last king of Rome, 27. telum, -1, n., weapon, spear, 29. temere, adv., recklessly, rashly, §461. temo, -onis, m., pole (of a chariot or wagon), g 461. tempestas, -atis, f., weather, storm (tempus), § 461. templum, -i, n., temple, 10. tempus, -oris, n., time, 21. teneo, -ere, tenui, tentus, to hold, 27. tener, -era, -erum, adj., tender, young, 7. terg'um, -i, n., hack, 33. terra, -ae, f., earth, land, 4. terreo, -ere, terruT, territus, to frighten, 30. terror, -oris, m., fright, alann, §461. tertius, -a, -um, adj., third (tres), 20. Tiberis, -is, m., the Tiber, 27. timeo, -ere, timui, — , to be afraid, fear, 28. timidus, -a, -um, adj., timid, frightened (timeo), 22. timor, -oris, m., fear (timeo), 17. tollo, -ere, sustuli, sublatus, to lift up, raise, destroy, 41. tormentum, -i, n., engine (for throwing missiles), § 461. tot, indeclin. adj., so many, 32. totus, -a, -um, adj., whole, entire (declined § 469), 20. tra, = trans-, trado, -ere, -didi, -ditus (trans + do), to hand over, yield up, surrender, 33. traduco, -ere, -diixT, -ductus (trans + dfico), to lead over, lead across, 32. traiectus, -us, m., a crossing over, passage, § 461. trans, advei'bial prefix and prep. w. accu., over, across, 20. transeo, -Ire, -ii, -itHrus (trans 4- eo), to go over, cross, 47. transport©, -are (trans + porto), to carry across, § 461. tribunus, -i, m., a tribune, a mil- itary officer, six of whom were attached to each legion, 26. triginta, indeclin. num., thirty, §461. tristis, -e, adj., sad, 22. tu, tui, second pers. pron., thou, you (declined § 474), 40. Tullia, -ae, f., Tullia, 1. tum, adv., then, 29. turma, -ae, f., troop, squadron of cavalry, § 461. turris, -is, f., tower, 18. tuto, adv., safely (tutus), 25. 284 FIRST LATIN BOOK tntns, -a, -um, adj., safe, 22. tuus, -a, -um, pass, pron., thy, your (tu), 3. U ubi, rel. adv., where, whew, ubi prlinum, as soon as, 3. nllns, -a, -um, adj., any (de- clined § 469), 52. ulterior, -ius, comparative adj., positive wanting, farther, be- yond (compared § 471 ; ultra), 24. ultimus, -a, -um, superlative of ulterior, farthest, most remote (compared § 471), 24. ultra, adv. and prep." w. accu., beyond, on the farther aide, 54. nltro, adv., to the farther side, voluntarily, § 461. una, adv., along with, in company with, 54. unde, rel. adv., whence, from which, 52. undiqne, adv., from every side, everywhere, 43. universus, -a, -um, adj., all to- gether, all, § 461. umqnam, adv., ever, with a nega- tive, 37. iinus, -a, -um, adj., one, sole, alone (declined § 469), 32. urbs, urbis, f., city, 19. iisus, -us, m., use, experience, profit (utor), 50. ut (utT), conj., that, in order that, so that', after expression of fear, that not, 30. uter, utra, utrum, interrog. and rel. pron., which {of two) ? (de- clined § 469), 33. uterque, utraque, utrumque, pron., each (of two), both (uter), 50. uti, = ut. utinam, adv., used to introduce wishes, 29. utor, Uti, iisus, dep. v., to use, e?ijoy, profit by ; used with an abl. of means instead of direct object, 37. utrimque, adv., on both sides, from both sides, 55. vacuus, -a, -um, adj., empty of, without, 24. yadum, -i, n., a ford; plur., shoals, § 461. yaleo, -ere, TaluT, — , to be strong, 52. yalidus, -a, -um, adj., strong, 6. Varro, -onis, m., Varro, 37. Tasto, -are, to destroy, devastate, 11. vehementer, adv., violently, im- petuously, 36. vel, conj. and adv., or ; yel . . . yel, either, or (as you please) ; as adv., even, 56. yelociter, adv., swiftly (yelox), 43. yelox, -ocis, adj., swift, quick, 21. Veneticus, -a, -um, adj., of the Veneti, a tribe in northwestern Gaul, § 461. yenio, -Ire, yeni, yentiirus, to come, 34. yentito, -are, to come often, keep coming, come and go, § 461. yentus, -i, m., wind, 27. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 285 Ter, veris, n., spring ; primo vere, at the beginning of spring^ 24. vereor, -eri, veritus, dep. v., to fear, dread^ 36. vergo, -ere, — , — , to slope, look towards, § 461. yero, adv., in truth, certainly, §461. Vertiscus, -I, m., Vertiscus, a chief of the Remi, 17. verto, -ere, verti, versus, to turn, §461. Vesta, -ae, f., Vesta, a Roman god- dess, 4. Tester, -tra, -trum, poss. pron., your (vos), 16. via, -ae, 1, road, way, 1. Victor, -oris, m., victor (vinco), 17. victoria, -ae, f., victory (vinco) 10. video, -ere, vTdi, visus, to see ; pass., to seem, 27. vi^ilia, -ae, 1, watch, guard, 20. vlgintl, indeclin. num., twenty, 23. vTlicus, -I, m., steward, 4. villa, -ae, f., country house, 4. vinco, -ere, vici, victus, to con- quer, 35. vinculum, -i, n., chain, § 461. vir, virT, m., man, 6. virtiis, -utis, f., manliness, cour- age, virtue (vir), 16. VIS, VIS, f., force, violence; plur. vires, -iuin, strength, power, §461. vita, -ae, f., life, 3. vix, adv., hardly, scarcely, 29. voco, -are, to call (vox), 7. volo, velle, volui, to wish, will (conjugated § 487), 44. voluntas, -atis, f., wish, desire, consent (volo), 45. Volusenus, -i, m.,Volusenus, one of Caesar's military tribunes, §461. vox, vocis, f., voice, 16. vulnero, -are, to wound (vul- nus), 15. vulnus, -eris, n., a wound, 21. ENGLISH-LATIN YOOABULAEY The principal parts of verbs and peculiarities of syntax must be learned from the preceding vocabulary and the body of the book. The numbers after verbs indicate the conjugation to which they belong. a, art., usually not translated ; sometimes quidam, quaedam, quoddam. about, de w. abl. ; circum w. accu. abundance, copia, -ae, f. acceptable, gratus, -a, -um. accustomed (to be), soleo, 2 (§ 295) ; to grow accustomed, consuesco, 3. acquainted with (to become), cognosce, 3. across, trans w. accu. act (to), ago, 3 ; facio, 3. advance (to), signa movere, pro- gredior, 3. advantage of (to take), utor, 3. advice, consilium, -i, n. aflFairs, res, rei, f. afraid (to be), timeo, 2 ; vereor, 2. after, prep., post w. accu. ; conj., postquam, ubi, cum ; sometimes abl. abs. ; adv., inde, delude. afterwards, postea, deinde. again, iterum, riirsus. against, contra w. accu. agreed (to be), constare used impersonally. aid, auxilium, -i, n. aid (to), iuvo, 1. all, omnis, -e ; totus, -a, -um ; all other, ceteri, -ae, -a ; all sides (on), undique. allow (to), perraitto, 3; pati- or, 3; licet used impersonal- ly, 2. ally, socius, -i, m. almost, fere, paene. alone, solus, -a, -um. already, iam. also, quoque. altar, ara, -ae, f. although, cum w. subj. ; quam- quam w. indie. altogether, omnino. always, semper. ambassador, legatus, -i, m. among, inter, apud w. accu. ancestors, maiores, m. and f. ancient, antiquus. and, et, atque. animal, animal, -alls, n. announce (to), ntintio, 1. another, alius, -a, -um. any, ullus, -a, -um; aliquis, ali- qua, aliquid (aliquod); quis- quam, — , quidquam. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 287 appearance of (to have the), = to be like. approach, iter, itineris, n. ; adi- tus, -us, m. ; adventus, -iis, m. approach (to), adpropinquo, 1; adeo (§ 488). approve (to), probo, 1. arms, arma, -orum, n. plur. army, exercitus, -us, m. arouse (to), excito, 1 ; incito, 1. arrest (to), comprehendo, 3. arrival, adventus, -us, m. arrive (to), pervenio, 4. as, = appositive ; pro w. abl. ; quam ; qualis ; as long as, dum (§ 370) ; as soon as, cum primum ; simul atque (ac). ask (to), rogo, 1 ; peto, 3 ; pos- tulo, 1. assemble (to), convoco, 1. assembly, concilium, -i, n. assist (to), iuvo, 1. at once, statim. attack (to), oppugno, 1. attack, impetus, -us; oppugna- tio, -onis, f. attempt (to), conor, 1. attendant, comes, -itis, m. and f. auxiliary troops, auxilia, -orum, n. plur. avail (to be of), prosum w. dat. (§ 486). await (to), exspecto, 1. aware of (to be), sentio, 4; scio, 4. B bad, malus, -a, -um. baggage, impedimenta, -orum, n. plur. band, manus, -iis, f. barbarian, barbarus, -a, -um. battle, piigna, -ae. f . ; proelium, -i, n. be (to), sum (§ 485). beautiful, pulcher, -chra, -chrum. because, quod; cum; because of, = abl. of cause. before, conj., antequam; prep., ante w. accu. beg (to), rogo, 1 ; peto, 3. beginning (at the b. of), = the proper case of primus, -a, -um. behind, post w. accu. Belgians, Belgae, -arum, m. believe (to), puto, 1. belong (to), = dat. of possessor or possessive gen. below, infra w. accu. besiege (to), opptigno, 1. best, optimus, -a, -um. betake one's self (to), se reci- pere. between, inter w. accu. body, corpus, -oris, n. bold, audax. boldness, audacia, -ae, f. bondage, servitus, -utis, f. book, liber, libri, m. both . . . and, et . . . et. booty, praeda, -ae, f. boy, puer, pueri, m. brave, fortis, -e. bravely, fortiter. bravery, fortitudo, -inis, f. break camp (to), castra movere. bridge, pons, pontis, m. bring (to), porto, 1 ; fero (§ 489) ; infero; bring together, cogo, 3 ; bring upon, infero. Briton, Britannus, -i, m. broad, latus, -a, -um. brother, frater, -tris, m. 288 FIRST LATIN BOOK bnild, aedifico, 1. but, sed. C call (to), appello, 1 ; voco, 1 ; call together, convoco, 1. camp, castra, -orum, n. plur. camp (to pitch), castra ponere. can, be able (to), possum (§ 486). capture (to), expugno, 1. care for (to), euro, 1 ; consul© w. dat., 3. carry (to), porto, 1 ; carry on war, bellum gerere ; carry out of, deferre. Carthaginians, Carthaginienses, -ium, m. plur. cavalry, equites, -um, m. plur. ; equitatus, -us, ra. ; adj., eques- ter, -tris, -tre. centurion, centurio, -onis, m. challenge (to), lacesso, 3. chance, potestas, -atis, f . ; chances, casus, us, ra. charge of (to be in), praesum w. dat. ; to put inc. of, praeficio w. dat., 3. chase away (to), f ugo, 1. chief, princeps, -ipis, m. cliildren, liberi, -orum, m. plur. citadel, arx, arcis, f. citizensliip, civitas, -atis, f. city, urbs, urbis, f. ; oppidum, -1, n. client, cliens, clientis, m. cloud, nubes, -is, f. cohort, cohors, -tis, f. come (to), venio, 4 ; come near, adpropinquo, 1 ; come up, suc- cedo, 3. command, imperium, -i, n. companion, comes, -itis, m. and f . compel (to), cogo, 3. complain (to), queror, 3. conceal (to), occulta, 1. condition, condicio, -onis, f. confident (to be),c6nfido (§ 305). conquer (to), supero, 1 ; vinco, 3. consecutiye, continuus, -a, -um. conspire (to), eoniuro, 1. consul, consul, -lis, m. contend in battle (to), deeerto, 1. country, patria, -ae, f. ; fines, -ium, m. plur. country-house, villa, -ae, f. courage, animus, -i, m. ; virtus, -litis, f . ; f ortitiido, -inis, f . cover (to), compleo, 2. cut down (to), occido, 3. D danger, periculura, -i, n. dangerous, periculosus, -a, -um, daughter, filia, -ae, f. dawn, lux, lucis, f. day, dies, diei, m. daybreak (at), prima liice. dayliglit, liix, lucis, f. dear, earns, -a, -um. deatli, mors, mortis, f. decide (to), constituo, 3. defeat (to), supero, 1 ; vinco, 3. defend (to), defendo, 3. delay (to), moror, 1. delay, mora, -ae, f. deliver a speech (to), orationem habere. demand (to), postulo, 1. departure, profectio, -onis, f. ; discessus, -tis, m. deprive (to), privo, 1. design of (with the), = a pur- pose clause. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 289 desire (to), cupio, 3 ; volo (§ 487). desist from (to), desisto, 3 ; in- termitto, 3. despair (to), despero, 1. destroy (to), tollo, 3. deter (to), deterreo, 2. determine (to), constituo, 3. devastate (to), vasto, 1. die (to), morior, 3. different, dissimilis, -e. difficult, difficilis, -e. difficulty, difficultas, -atis, f. diligence, industria, -ae, f. ; dili- gentia, -ae, f. diligently, cum industria; dlli- genter. disaster, clades, -is, f. dislodge, pello, 3. dispatch (to), mitto, 3. disperse (to), abeo. distant (to be), absum. district, ager, agri, m. ; regio, -onis, f. ditch, fossa, -ae, f. doubt (to), dubito, 1. doubtful, dubius, -a, -um ; there is no doubt, non est dubium. draw up (to), constituo, 3. drive (to), fugo, 1 ; ago, 3 ; pel- lo, 3 ; drive away, out, from, fugo, 1 ; expello, 3. during, accu. or abl. of time ; in ; per. dwell (to), incolo, 3. E each (one), quisque, quaeque, quidque (quodque) (§ 478); each of two, uterque, utraque, utruraque (§ 469). eager, avidus, -a, -um ; acer, acris, acre, 19 eager for (to be), studeo, 2 ; cu- pio, 3. early (in the morning), mane. easy, facilis, -e. eighth, octavus, -a, -um. embassy, legatio,*-6nis, f. employ (to), Utor, 3. end, finis, -is, m. endure (to), patior, 3 ; f ero (§ 489). enemy, inimicus, -i, m. ; hostis, -is, m. engage with (to), piigno 1, proelium committere. England, Britannia, -ae, f. enjoy (to), fruor, 3. enlarge (to), augeo, 2. enough, satis. enter (to), intro, 1 ; enter upon, ineo, incipio, 3. entire, totus, -a, -um (§ 469). equal, aequus, -a, -um ; similis, -e. erect (to), aedifico, 1. especially, praesertim. establish (to), confirmo, 1. Europe, Europa, -ae, f. even if, etiam si. exchange (to), dSre et accipere. exhausted, defessus, -a, -um. experience (to), experior, 4 ; pa- tior, 3. experienced, peritus, -a, -um. F fact, res, rei, f. ; often simply the neuter of hie. fail (to), deficio, 3 ; desum. fall (to), accido, 3 ; pass, of iacio, 3; fall back, pedem referre; cedo, 3 ; revertor, 3. fame, fama, -ae, f. famous, clarus, -a, -um; some-' times ille. A 290 FIRST LATIN BOOK far, procul, longe. far away (to be), absum. farmer, agricola, -ae, m. farther, adj., ulterior, -ius ; adv., ultra. father, pater, patris, m. fear (to), tiraeo, 2 ; vereor, 2. fear, timor, -oris, m. fear that (for), ne. fearlessly, sine timore. feel grateful (to), gratiam ha- bere. few, nonnulli, -ae, -a; pauci, -ae, -a. field, ager, agri, m. ; campus, -I, m. fiercely, atrociter. fifth, quintus, -a, -um. fight (to), pugno, 1. fill up (to), corapleo, 2. finally, denique. find (to), nanciseor, 3. find out (to), cognosco, 3. fine, bonus, -a, -um; pulcher, -chra, -chriim. finish (to), conficio, 3. fire, ignis, -is, m. first, adj., primus, -a, -um ; first of all, adv., primum ; at first, primo. five, quinque. flank, latus, -eris, n. ; comu, -lis, n. flee (to), fugio, 3. fleet, classis, -is, f. flock, grex, gregis, m. foe, hostis, -is, m. follow (to), sequor, 3. following, proximus, -a, -um ; secundus, -a, -um ; hie, haec, hoc. foot, pes, pedis, m. ; foot-sol- diers, pedites, -um, m. pi.; peditatiis, -us, m. foot of, infimus, -a, -um ; to the foot of, sub w. accu. for, nam ; enim ; quod. for the sake of, pro w. abl. ; causa w. gen. force (with great), graviter. forced marches, magna itinera. forces, copiae, -arum, f. foresight, consilium, -i, n. forest, silva, -ae, f. forget (to), obliviscor, 3. former (the), ille, ilia, illud ; prior, prius. formerly, olim. fortification, munltio, onis, f. fortify, nmnio, 4. fortune, fortiina, -ae, f. free (to), libero, 1. free, liber, -era, -erum. freedom, libertas, -atis, f. fresh, novus, -a, -um; integer, -gra, -grum. friend, amicus, -i, m. friendship, amicitia, -ae, f. frighten (to), terreo, 2. from, a, ab ; de ; e, ex. G Gallic, Gallus, -a, -um ; Gallicus, -a, um. garden, hortus, -i, m. garrison, praesidium, -i, n. gate, porta, -ae, f. gather (to), convenio, 4. Gaul, Gallia, -ae, f. Gauls, Galli, -orum, m. general, imperator, -oris, m. ; dux, ducis, m. German, Germanus, -a, -um. Germany, Germania, -ae, f. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 291 get ready (to), paro, 1 ; aedifico, 1, gift, donum, -i, n. girl, puella, -ae, f. give (to), do, 1 ; give an opinion, sententiam dicere. give up (to), reddo, 3 ; trado, 3 ; desisto, 3. gladly, laete. glory, laus, laudis, f. go (to), eo (§ 488) ; exeo ; profi- ciscor, 3 ; go against, to meet. occurro, 3. goddess, dea, -ae, f. good, bonus, -a, -um. goods, bona, -orum, n. plur. gradually, paulatim. grain, frumentum, -i, n. grant (to), do, 1. grass, herba, -ae, f. great, magnus, -a, -um ; clarus, -a, -um. greatly, magnopere ; vehementer. Grreece, Graecia, -ae, f. ground, terra, -ae, f. guard, custos, -odis, m. Haeduans, Haedui, -orum, m. plur. halt (to), consisto, 3. hand, manus, -us, f. hand over (to), trado, 3. handsome, pulcher, -chra, -chrum. happen (to), flo (§ 488). happy, beatus, -a, -um. harbor, portus, -us, m. hard, durus, -a, -um ; gravis, -e ; atrox. hardly, vix ; fere. haste, celeritas, -atis, f. hasten (to), propero, 1. hatred, odium, -i, n. have (to), habeo, 2. height, altitiido, -inis, f. help, auxilium, -i, n. here, hie. hide (to), occulto, 1. hill, collis, -is, m. hinder (to), prohibeo, 2; impe- dio, 4. hither, adj., citerior, -ius. hold (to), habeo, 2. home, domus, -iis, m. honor, laus, laudis, f. hope, spes, spei, f. Horace, Horatius, -i, m. horn, cornu, -iis, n. horse, equus, -i, m. horseman, eques, -itis, m. hostage, obses, -idis, m. hour, hora, -ae, f. house, domus, -us, m. how many, quot. hurry (to), propero, 1 ; conten- do,3. I, ego (§474). immediately, statim. in, in w. abl. inasmuch as, cum w. subj.; quod. increase (to), augeo, 2. induce (to), addiico, 3. influence, auctoritas, -atis, f. inform (to), niintio, 1 ; aliquem certiorem facere. inhabit (to), incolo, 3. inhabitant, incola, -ae, m. ; in- habitant of a town, oppida- nus. injure (to), noceo, 2. injury, iniiiria, -ae, f. inner, interior, -ius. 292 FIRST LATIN BOOK in order that, ut. in regard to, de w. abl. intend (to), in animo habere; volo. interior, interior, -ius. into, in w. accu. Italy, Italia, -ae, f. javelin, pilura, -i, n. jud^e, index, -icis, m. K keeper, custos, -odis, m. keep from (to), prohibeo, 2. keep in check (to), contineo, 2. kill (to), neco, 1 ; interficio, 3 ; occido, 3. kin^, rex, regfs, m. know (to), scio, 4 ; cognovl, 3 ; intellego, 3; know how, scio w. inf. L labor, labor, -oris, m. lack, inopia, -ae, f. lacking (to be), desnm. land, terra, -ae, f. ; ager, agri, m. large, magnus, -a, -um. latter, hie, haec, hoc. lay waste (to), vasto, 1. lead (to), duco, 3; lead across, tradQco, 3; lead forth, pro- diico, 3 ; lead off, deduco, 3. leader, dnx, ducis, m. leading man, princeps, -ipis, m. learn (to), audio, 4 ; cognosce, 3 ; certior fieri. leaye (to), relinquo, 3. left, reliquus, -a, -um ; on the left hand, sinister, -tra, -trum. legion, legio, -onis, f. letter, epistula, -ae, f. ; litterae, -arum, f. plur. lerel, aequus, -a, -um. liberate (to), libero, 1. liberty, libertas, -atis, f. lieutenant, legatus, -i, m. life, vita, -ae, f . ; saliis, -litis, f. light, levis, -e. like (to), amo, 1. like, similis, -e. line-of-battle, acies, -ei, f. little, parvus, -a, -um; a little, paulum ; paulo ; a little after, paulo post. live (to), habito, 1. long, adj., longus, -a, -um. long, for a long time, adv., diu. look out for one's interests (to), alicui consulere. lose (to), amitto, 3. loud, magnus, -a, -um. love (to), amo, 1. love, amor, -oris, m. low, humilis, -e. M . magistrate, magistratus, -iis, m. maid-servant, ancilla, -ae, f. make (to), facio, 3; efficio, 3; make an effort, conor, 1 ; ope- ram dSre ; make peace, pacem confirmare ; make w.ar, bellum inferre, agere. man, vir, viri, m. ; homo, -inis,.m. manage (to), administro, 1 ; ago, 3 ; facio, 3. manner, modus, -i, m. ; ratio, -onis, f. ; in what manner, quo modo. many, multi, -ae, -a. march (to), iter facere; march out, exeo. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 293 march, iter, itineris, n, master, dominus, -i, m. ; magis- ter, -tri, m. meantime (in the), interim ; in- terea. meet (to go to), occurro, 3. meet death (to), morior, 3 ; pass. of neco, 1; interficio, 3; occi- do, 3. messenger, niintius, -i, m. method, ratio, -onis, f. midnight, media nox. mile, mille passtis. military matters, res militaris. money, peciinia, -ae, f. ; argen- tum, -i, n. mother, mater, -tris, f. mountain, mons, montis, m. much, adv., multo. muse, miisa, -ae, f. my, mine, meus, -a, -um. N name, nomen, -inis, n. nation, natio, -onis, f. naturally, abl. natiira. near, prope w. accu. ; nearer, propior, -ius ; nearest, proxi- mus, -a, -um. nearly, fere ; paene. needful, necessarius, -a, -um. neighbors, flnitimi, -orum, m. plur. neither . . . nor, neque . . . neque. neither, pron., neuter, -tra, -trum (§ 469). Nervians, Nervii, -orum, m. plur. new, novus, -a, -um. next, proximus, -a, -um ; poste- rus, -a, -um. night, nox, noctis, f. ; hy night, noctii. nobility of spirit, magnitudo animi. no longer, non diutius. not, non, neque ; not only . . . but also, non raodo . . . sed etiam ; not yet, nondum. nothing, nihil. notice, sentio, 4. now, nunc, iam. number, numerus, -i, m. obliged (to be), often expressed by the pass, periphras. conjuga- tion. ocean, oceanus, -i, m. offer, do, 1 ; offero, 3. often, saepe. old man, senex, senis, m. on, in w. abl.; on account of, abl. once, olim ; at once, statim. one . . . another, alius . . . alius. on land and sea, terra marique. onrush, impetus, -us, m. openly, palam. opinion, sententia, -ae, f. opportunity, facultas, -atis, f.; potestas, -atis, f. opposite, adversus, -a, -um. oppress, premo, 3 ; opprimo, 3. order (to), impero, 1 ; iubeo, 2 ; order to furnish, impero w. dat. of person and accu. of thing. other, alius, alia, aliud (§ 469) ; other of two, alter, -tera, -terum (§ 469). 294 FIRST LATIN BOOK others (the), ceteri, -ae, -a ; re- liqui, -ae, -a. our, noster, -tra, -trum. overcome (to), supero, 1 ; vinco, 3. overtake (to), consequor, 3. owe, on^ht (to), debeo, 2. owing (to), abl. of cause. own (one's), suus, -a, -um, owner, dominus, -i, m. pacify (to), paco, 1. part, pars, partis, f. ; for the most part, plerumque. pass (to let), interinitto, 3. pass the winter (to), hiemo, 1. patriotism, amor patriae. peace, pax, pads, f. people, populus, -i, m. perpetual, perpetuus, -a, -um. Persian, Persa, -ae, m. persuade (to), persuadeo, 2. pitch camp (to), castra ponere. place (to), conloco, 1. place, locus, -i, m. ; to the same place, eodem. plain, campus, -i, m. plan, consilium, -i, n. pleasing, gratus, -a, -um. pledge, fides, -ei, f. plunder, praeda, -ae, f. poet, poeta, -ae, m. Pompey, Pompeius, -i, m. position, locus, -i, m. possession of (to get), potior, 4 ; occiipo, 1. possessions, res, rerum, f. plur. ; bona, n. plur. power, imperium, -i, n. ; potestas, -atis, f. praise (to), laudo, 1, prefer (to), malo (§ 487). prepare (to), paro, 1 ; compare, 1. present (to be), adsum. prevent (to), prohibeo, 2; im- pedio, 4. previous, prior, prius. priest, sacerdos, -otis, m. princip«al man, princeps,-ipis, m. prisoner, captlvus, -i, m. proceed (to), progredior, 3 ; =r to begin, instituo, 3. promise (to), polliceor, 2. protect (to), munio, 4. protection, praesidium, -i, n. provision (to make), subsidia parare ; provideo, 2. provoke (to), lacesso, 3. punishment, poena, -ae, f. purpose (to no), frustra. pursue (to), sequor, 3. put in command (to), prae- ficio, 3. put to flight (to), fugo, 1. quantity, copia, -ae, f. ; multus, -a, -um. queen, regina, -ae, f. quickly, celeriter. quiet, quies, -etis, f. R rain, aqua de caelo. rather than, potius quam. reach (to), pervenio, 4. read (to), lego, 3. ready, paratus, -a, -um. ready (to get), paro, 1. reason, causa, -ae, f. recall (to), revoco, 1. receive (to), accipio, 3. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 295 recognise (to), cognosce, 3. reg'ard to (with), de w. abl. region, regio, -onis, f. relieve (to), succedo, 3. remain (to), maiieo, 2. remember (to), in memoria te- nere, habere. remove (to), tollo, 3. reply (to), respondeo, 2. report (to), nuntio, renuntio, 1. reputation, fama, -ae, f. rest (the), ceteri, -ae, -a ; reliqui, -ae, -a. retreat (to), decedo, 3 ; pedem referre. return (to), reddo, 3 ; = come back, revertor, 3 ; redeo. revolution, novae res, f. plur. reward, praemium, -i, n. Rhine, Rhenus, -i, m. ridge, iugum, -i, n. right, ius, iuris, n. right hand (on the), dexter, -tra, -trum. rise (to), orior, 4. river, flumen, -inis, n. road, via, -ae, f . ; iter, itineris, n. ; by the shortest road, qua proximum iter est. Roman, Romanus, -a, -um. rose, rosa, -ae, f. royal power, regnum, -i, n. rule (as a), plerumque. run together (to), concurro, 3; run away, f ugio, 3. sacred, sacer, -era, -crum. sad, tristis, -e. safety (in), incolumis, -e, sail (to), navigo, 1. sailor, nauta, -ae, m. sake of (for the), causa w. gen. sally, eruptio, -onis, f. same, idem, eadem, idem (§ 475). savage, atrox. save (to), servo, 1. say (to), dico, 3 ; said he, inquit. scarcity, inopia, -ae, f. sea, mare, maris, n. secretly, clam. see (to), video, 2. seek (to), peto, 3 ; quaero, 3. seem (to), videor, 2. seize (to), occupo, 1. senate, senatus, -us, m. send (to), mitto, 3; send for- ward, praemitto, 3. set fire to (to), incendo, 3. set forth (to), proficlscor, 3. set free (to), libero, 1. set to work (to), incipio, 3; coepi. set out (to), proficiscor, 3. seven, septem. several, singuli, -ae, -a ; nonnul- li, -ae, -a. severe, gravis, -e. severely, graviter. shield, scutum, -i, n. ship, navis, -is, f. short, brevis, -e; in a short time, celeriter ; by the short- est road, qua proximum iter est. shout, clamor, -oris, m. show (to), demonstro, 1 ; osten- do, 3. Sicily, Sicilia, -ae, f. sick, aeger, -gra, -grum. side, latus, -eris, n. ; on all sides, undique. signal, signum, -i, n. 296 FIRST LATIN BOOK silence, silentium, -i, n. ; in si- lence, silentio. since, cum ; quod. slaughter, caedes, -is, f. slare, servus, -i, m. slay (to), occido, 3 ; interficio, 3. small, parvus, -a, -urn. so, tarn, ita ; = therefore, itaque ; SO many, tot; so great, tan- tus, -a, -um, soldier, miles, -itis, m. some (one), aliquis, -qua, -quid (-quod) ; quidam, quaedam, quiddam (quoddam) ; some . . . others; alii . . . alii. son, filius, -i, m. soon, mox. sort, modus, -i, m. ; of this sort, talis, -e ; eiusraodi. Spaniards, Hispani, -orura, m. plur. spear, hasta, -ae, f. speech, oratio, -onis, f. ; to make a speech, orationem habere. speed, celeritas, -atis, f. spirit, animus, -i, m. spirited, acer, acris, acre. spring (at the beginning of), prim 6 vere. state, civitas, -atis, f. station (to), conloco, 1 ; consti- tuo, 3. stay (to), maneo, 2. steward, vilicus, -i, m. still, sed, tamen. stir up (to), incito, 1 ; excito, 1. stop (to), intermitto, 3. storm (to), oppugno, 1. storming, oppiignatio, -onis, f. story, fabula, -ae, f. strange, novus, -a, -um. strengthen (to), confirmo, 1. strong, validus, -a, -um; to be strong, valeo, 2. subdue (to), paco, 1 ; supero, 1 ; vineo, 3. succeed (to), efficere ut. successfully, feliciter. such, talis, -e ; is, ea, id. suddenly, subito, improviso. sue for (to), peto, 3. suitable, suited, idoneus, -a, -um. summer, aestas, -atis, f. sun, sol, solis, m. superior (to be), praecedo, 3. supply, copia, -ae, f.; supplies, copia ; f rumentum, -i, n. support, subsidium, -i, n. surrender, se dedere. surround (to), circumvenio, 4; circumdo, 3. suspicion, suspicio, -onis, f. sustain (to), sustineo, 2. swift, velox. swiftly, celeriter. sword, gladius, -i, m. take by storm (to), expugno, 1. take place (to), fio (§ 488). take possession of (to), occu- po, 1. teacher, magister, -tri, m. tell (to), narro, 1 ; dico, 3. temple, templum, -i, n. ten, decem. tender, tener, -era, -erum. terrify (to), terreo, 2. territory, fines, -iura, m. plur. than, quam ; abl. case. thank (to), gratias agere. that, in purpose or result clauses, ut ; after verbs of fearing, n^ ; ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 297 after verbs of doubting, etc., quin ; that not, ne, ut non ; after verbs of fearing, ut. that (one), ille, ilia, illud ; is, ea, id (§ 475) ; that (of yours), iste, ista, istud (§ 475). their, gen. plur. of is; reflexive suus, -a, -um. then, deinde ; inde ; turn. there, ibi. therefore, itaque. think (to), puto, 1. third, tertius, -a, -um. thirty, triginta. this, hic, haec, hoc (§ 475). though, cum w. subj. ; quam- quam. thousand, mille. three, tres, tria. throughout, per w. accu. thus, ita, sic, hoc modo. time, tempus, -oris, n. tired, defessus, -a, -um. to, dat. case ; ad, in w. accu. ; ex- pressing purpose, ut w. subj., ad w. gerundive, causa w. gen. of gerund or gerundive, supine. today, hodie. together with, cum w. abl. ; una cum w. abl. top of, summus, -a, -um. toward, ad w. accu. tower, turris, -is, f. town, oppidum, -I, n. ; urbs, ur- bisf. townsman, oppidanus, -i, m. trader, mercator, -oris, m. tree, arbor, -oris, f. tribe, gens, gentis, f. tribune, tribunus, -i, m. trust (to), confido, 3. try (to), Conor, 1. turn one's bael£ (to), terga ver- tere, dare. twelve, duodecim. twenty, viginti. twenty-flye, quinque et viginti. two, duo, duae, duo (§ 473); which of two, uter, utra, utrum (§ 469); each of two. uterque, utraque, utrumque. U uncertain, incertus, -a, -um. undergo (to), sustineo, 2. undeserved, indignus, -a, -um. unhappy, miser, -era, -erum. unharmed, incolumis, -e. unless, nisi. unlike, dissimilis, -e. until, dum. unwilling (to be), nolo (§ 487). use, usus, -lis, m. used to, etc., imperfect tense ; soleo, 2. useful, predicate dat. of usus. valor, virtiis, -litis, f . ; fortitudo, -inis, f. very, = superlative degree ; ipse, ipsa, ipsum (§ 475). victor, victor, -oris, m. victory, victoria, -ae, f. voice, vox, vocis, f. W wait for (to), exspecto, 1. wall, miirus, -i, m. ; moenia, -ium, n. plur. wander (to), erro, 1. war, warfare, bellum, -i, n. watch, vigilia, -ae, t 298 FIRST LATIN BOOK way, via, -ae, f. ; iter, itineris, n. weapon, telum, -i, n. well, bene. what? quid. when, ubi ; cum. whence, unde. where, ubi. which (of two), uter, utra, utrum (§469). while, dum. who, which, what, rel., qui, quae, quod (§ 476); interrog., quis, quid (§ 477). whosoeyer, quicunque, quae- cunque, quodcunque. wide, latus, -a, -um. wife, coniunx, -iugis, f. will, voluntas, -atis, f. ; against one's will, contra voluntatem ; invitus, -a, -um. wind, ventus, -i, m. wing, cornii, -us, n. winter, hiems, hiemis, f. winter-quarters, hiberna, -orum, n. plur. wisely, sapienter. wish, volo (§ 487) ; cupio, 3. with, cum w. abl. withdraw (to), cedo, 3 ; discedo, 3 ; pedem ref erre. within, in w. abl. ; of time, abl. case. without, sine w. abl. withstand, sustineo, 2. wolf, lupus, -1, m. ; she-wolf, lupa, -ae, f. woman, mulier, -eris, f. wood, silva, -ae, f. word, verbum, -i, n. work (to), laboro, 1 ; facio, 3. work, opus, operis, n. would that, = optative subj. with or without utinam (§ 242). wound (to), vulnero, 1 ; wound- ed, vulneratus, -a, -um. wrong, iniuria, -ae, f. year, annus, -i, m. you, tu ; plur. vos (§ 474). young man, iuvenis, -is, m. ; adulescens, -entis, m. your, tuus, -a, -um ; vester, -tra, -trum. youth, iuvenis, -is, ra. (1) THE END TWENTIETH CENTURY TEXT-BOOKS. THE CLASSICAL SERIES A Ne